TREX MEDICAL CORP
S-1/A, 1996-05-31
X-RAY APPARATUS & TUBES & RELATED IRRADIATION APPARATUS
Previous: AAVID THERMAL TECHNOLOGIES INC, 8-K, 1996-05-31
Next: NUVEEN TAX FREE UNIT TRUST SERIES 868, 487, 1996-05-31



<PAGE>
 
      
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 31, 1996     
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-2926
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                --------------
                                
                             AMENDMENT NO. 3     
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
 
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER THE
                            SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                                --------------
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                                --------------
 
        DELAWARE                     3844                   06-1439632
     (STATE OR OTHER    (PREIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL    (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     JURISDICTION OF      CLASSIFIATION CODE NUMBER    IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
    INCORPORATION OR
      ORGANIZATION)
 
                36 APPLE RIDGE ROAD, DANBURY, CONNECTICUT 06810
                                (203) 790-1188
         (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
            AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                --------------
 
                         SANDRA L. LAMBERT, SECRETARY
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
                        C/O THERMO ELECTRON CORPORATION
                                81 WYMAN STREET
                             POST OFFICE BOX 9046
                       WALTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS 02254-9046
                                (617) 622-1000
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                  INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                  COPIES TO:
 
   SETH H. HOOGASIAN,     DAVID E. REDLICK, ESQUIRE      EDWIN L. MILLER, JR.,
         ESQUIRE                HALE AND DORR                 ESQUIRE
     GENERAL COUNSEL           60 STATE STREET            TESTA, HURWITZ & 
TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION  BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02109      THIBEAULT, LLP
   C/O THERMO ELECTRON          (617) 526-6000           125 HIGH STREET
       CORPORATION                                 BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02110
     81 WYMAN STREET                                     (617) 248-7000
  POST OFFICE BOX 9046
 WALTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS
       02254-9046
     (617) 622-1000
 
                                --------------
 
       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
 As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement has become effective.
 
                                --------------
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
 
  If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
 
  If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
 
  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. [_]
 
                                --------------
 
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                    BETWEEN ITEMS OF FORM S-1 AND PROSPECTUS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ITEM                                                 LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
 ----                                                 ----------------------
 <C>  <S>                                       <C>
  1.  Forepart of Registration Statement and
       Outside Front Cover Page of
       Prospectus............................   Outside Front Cover Page
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
       Pages of Prospectus...................   Inside Front Cover Page; Outside
                                                Back Cover Page; Additional
                                                Information; Reports to Security
                                                Holders
  3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and
       Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges....   Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors;
                                                The Company
  4.  Use of Proceeds........................   Prospectus Summary; Use of
                                                Proceeds
  5.  Determination of Offering Price........   Outside Front Cover Page; The
                                                Rights Offering; Underwriting
  6.  Dilution...............................   Dilution
  7.  Selling Security Holders...............   Not Applicable
  8.  Plan of Distribution...................   Outside Front Cover Page; The
                                                Rights Offering; Underwriting
  9.  Description of Securities to be           
       Registered............................   Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                Capitalization; Description of
                                                Capital Stock
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and
       Counsel...............................   Experts; Legal Opinions
 11.  Information With Respect to the
       Registrant:
      (a) Description of Business............   Business; Management's Discussion
                                                and Analysis of Financial
                                                Condition and Results of
                                                Operations
      (b) Description of Property............   Business--Facilities
      (c) Legal Proceedings..................   Risk Factors--Risks Associated
                                                With Pending and Threatened
                                                Patent Litigation; Business--
                                                Patents and Proprietary
                                                Technology; Business--Legal
                                                Proceedings
      (d) Market Price of and Dividends on
          the Registrant's Common Equity and    
          Related Stockholder Matters........   Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                Dividend Policy; Executive
                                                Compensation; Description of
                                                Capital Stock; Shares Eligible
                                                for Future Sale
      (e) Financial Statements...............   Consolidated Financial
                                                Statements; Capitalization
      (f) Selected Financial Data............   Selected Financial Information
      (g) Supplementary Financial
          Information........................   Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ITEM                                                 LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
 ----                                                 ----------------------
 <C>  <S>                                       <C>
      (h) Management's Discussion and
          Analysis of Financial Condition and   
          Results of Operations..............   Management's Discussion and
                                                Analysis of Financial Condition
                                                and Results of Operations
      (i) Changes in and Disagreements with
          Accountants on Accounting and
          Financial Disclosure...............   Not Applicable
      (j) Directors, Executive Officers,
          Promoters and Control Persons......   Relationship and Potential
                                                Conflicts of Interest with Thermo
                                                Electron and ThermoTrex;
                                                Management
      (k) Executive Compensation.............   Executive Compensation
      (l) Security Ownership of Certain
          Beneficial Owners and                 
          Management.........................   Security Ownership of Certain
                                                Beneficial Owners and Management
      (m) Certain Relationships and Related     Relationship and Potential
          Transactions.......................   Conflicts of Interest with 
                                                Thermo Electron and ThermoTrex;
                                                Management--Certain Transactions
 12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
       Indemnification for Securities Act
       Liabilities...........................   Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                    
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION--DATED MAY 31, 1996     
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                                2,400,000 Shares
 
                     [LOGO OF TREX MEDICAL APPEARS HERE]
 
                                  Common Stock
 
  All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by Trex
Medical Corporation (the "Company"), a majority-owned subsidiary of ThermoTrex
Corporation ("ThermoTrex"), which is a majority-owned subsidiary of Thermo
Electron Corporation ("Thermo Electron"). Following this offering, ThermoTrex
will own approximately 80% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Company (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option).
 
  Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering
price will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for
information relating to the factors to be considered in determining the initial
public offering price. The Company has applied to have the Common Stock
approved for listing on the American Stock Exchange.
 
  Concurrently with the offering of Common Stock hereby, the Company is
offering approximately 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock (excluding shares
issuable upon exercise of subscription rights distributed by ThermoTrex to
Thermo Electron, which by their terms cannot be exercised by Thermo Electron,
and subscription rights retained by ThermoTrex, but with respect to which
ThermoTrex has made an irrevocable election not to exercise and will therefore
expire unexercised) in a rights offering to holders of record of its Common
Stock as of May 22, 1996 (the "Rights Offering"). A total of approximately
3,650,000 shares of Common Stock (or up to a total of 4,010,000 shares if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be offered
hereby and in the Rights Offering. As of   , 1996, subscription rights had been
exercised for the purchase of   shares of Common Stock. The effective
subscription price per share in the Rights Offering will be the initial public
offering price specified below. However, if the initial public offering price
is greater than $16.00 per share, the Rights Offering will be terminated. The
closing of the offering made hereby is a condition to the closing of the Rights
Offering. See "The Rights Offering."
 
THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK
FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6.
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE  SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
 ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO  THE CONTRARY
  IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      UNDERWRITING
                                            PRICE TO  DISCOUNTS AND  PROCEEDS TO
                                             PUBLIC  COMMISSIONS (1) COMPANY (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>      <C>             <C>
Per Share.................................    $            $             $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (3).................................    $           $             $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The Company, ThermoTrex and Thermo Electron have agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $700,000.
(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
    to an additional 360,000 shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-
    allotments, if any. If this option is fully exercised, the total price to
    the public would be $   , the total underwriting discounts and commissions
    would be $   and the total proceeds to the Company before estimated
    expenses would be $   . See "Underwriting."
 
                                  -----------
 
  The shares of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus are offered by the
Underwriters subject to prior sale, to withdrawal, cancellation or modification
of the offer without notice, to delivery to and acceptance by the Underwriters
and to certain further conditions. It is expected that delivery of the shares
will be made in New York, New York on or about   , 1996.
 
NatWest Securities Limited
                                Lehman Brothers
                                                         Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
 
                   The date of this Prospectus is    , 1996.
<PAGE>
 
  The picture at the upper left-hand side of the page illustrates the 
Company's Lorad M-IV Mammography System, which consists of a rectangular base 
or platform standing upright on its side (for wall mounting) with an attached 
arm which may be moved vertically up and down, and attached to the arm is a 
rotatable X-ray system.

  The picture at the upper right-hand side of the page illustrates a 
laboratory technician taking a mammographic image of a patient using the 
Company's Console Mammography System. The patient's image is being taken by the
system's C-arm, which consists of a rotatable C-shape apparatus with X-ray 
equipment mounted on both ends of the "C", and which apparatus is shown titled 
toward the patient.

The pictures are accompanied by the following caption:

The Company's LORAD M-IV mammography system, which the Company expects to
begin shipping in mid-1996, features enhanced image quality as well as modular
upgrades. The Contour mammography system offers a patented tilt C-arm, which
permits the system to tilt toward or away from the patient for imaging of a
greater area of breast tissue.

                               ----------------
 
  IN CONNECTION WITH THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY
OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE
OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE
PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE AMERICAN
STOCK EXCHANGE, IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING,
IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                               ----------------
   
  FOR UNITED KINGDOM PURCHASERS: THIS MEMORANDUM DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO THE PUBLIC (AS DEFINED IN THE COMPANIES ACT 1985) AND NO PROSPECTUS HAS
BEEN OR WILL BE REGISTERED OR ISSUED IN THE UNITED KINGDOM IN RESPECT OF THE
COMMON STOCK. CONSEQUENTLY, THE COMMON STOCK MUST NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE OR
SOLD IN THE UNITED KINGDOM EXCEPT TO PERSONS WHOSE ORDINARY ACTIVITIES INVOLVE
THEM IN ACQUIRING, HOLDING, MANAGING OR DISPOSING OF INVESTMENTS (AS PRINCIPAL
OR AGENT) FOR THE PURPOSES OF THEIR BUSINESSES OR TO PERSONS WHO IT IS
REASONABLE TO EXPECT WILL ACQUIRE, HOLD, MANAGE OR DISPOSE OF INVESTMENTS (AS
PRINCIPAL OR AGENT) FOR THE PURPOSES OF THEIR BUSINESS OR ARE OTHERWISE
OFFERED TO PERSONS IN THE CONTEXT OF THEIR TRADES, PROFESSIONS OR OCCUPATIONS.
       
  THIS MEMORANDUM MAY ONLY BE ISSUED OR PASSED ON TO ANY PERSON IN THE UNITED
KINGDOM IF THAT PERSON IS OF A KIND DESCRIBED IN ARTICLE II(3) OF THE
FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT 1986 (INVESTMENT ADVERTISEMENTS) (EXEMPTIONS) ORDER
1995 OR WITHIN ARTICLE 8(1) OF THE FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT 1986 (INVESTMENT
ADVERTISEMENTS) (EXEMPTIONS) (NO. 2) ORDER 1995.     
 
                               ----------------
   
  LORAD, LORAD DSM, StereoLoc, StereoGuide, Contour and XRE are registered
trademarks, and Bennett, Angiographic Devices, Unicath, DVFX and PolyCx are
trademarks, of Trex Medical Corporation. All other trademarks or trademarks
referred to in this Prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
    
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated, all
information contained in this Prospectus (i) assumes the exercise of all
subscription rights distributed in the Rights Offering (other than subscription
rights distributed to Thermo Electron or to be retained by ThermoTrex), and
(ii) assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. Investors
should carefully consider the information set forth under the heading "Risk
Factors."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
   
  The Company is a worldwide leader in the design, manufacture and marketing of
mammography equipment and minimally invasive stereotactic needle biopsy systems
used for the detection of breast cancer, as well as a leading designer and
manufacturer of general radiography (X-ray) equipment. A mammography system is
a dedicated radiographic system designed specifically to image breast tissue.
Stereotactic needle biopsy systems, which use a guided hollow needle to extract
a sample of tissues from the breast, offer a cost-effective, less invasive
alternative to open surgery for the biopsy of suspicious breast lesions. The
Company recently broadened its product base by acquiring Bennett X-Ray
Corporation ("Bennett"), a leading producer of specialty and general purpose
radiographic systems, including mammography systems, and XRE Corporation
("XRE"), a manufacturer of X-ray imaging systems used for cardiac
catheterization and angiography.     
 
  The Company's mammography and stereotactic needle biopsy systems are used by
radiologists and physicians in offices, hospitals and dedicated breast-care
centers, and its general radiography systems are used by physicians and
radiologists, both in office and hospital settings, as well as by veterinarians
and chiropractors. The Company sells its systems worldwide principally through
a network of independent dealers. In addition, the Company manufactures
mammography and radiography systems and components as an original equipment
manufacturer for other medical equipment companies such as United States
Surgical Corporation ("U.S. Surgical"), the GE Medical Systems division of
General Electric Company, Inc. ("GE"), and the Philips Medical Systems North
America Company subsidiary of Philips N.V. ("Philips").
 
  The Company's strategy includes maintaining its market position and expanding
into complementary markets through continued technological innovation and
strategic acquisitions. The Company recently introduced a proprietary High
Transmission Cellular ("HTC") grid for use with its mammography systems that
provides better image contrast than existing grids at lower radiation doses,
and a patented autoexposure tomography option to its general radiography
systems that reduces the need for multiple exposures during tomography
procedures, thereby reducing the radiation exposure to the patient. The Company
believes the most promising technological advances in the radiography field
will be derived from the substitution of electronic detectors for the film
currently used in substantially all radiographic systems. This digital imaging
technology is expected to be capable of higher image quality, permit the
enhancement of an X-ray image through software and allow near-real-time, off-
site analysis of the X-ray image by radiologists. The Company is currently
developing a full-view digital imaging mammography system and has working
prototypes at two clinical sites. The Company believes that the digital imaging
technology being developed for this system may be adaptable to general
radiography and cardiac diagnostic imaging systems, and the Company will seek
to develop applications in these markets.
   
  The Company also intends to expand or augment its product line through the
acquisition of one or more additional companies or technologies. The Company's
strategy includes making acquisitions of companies that can benefit from the
Company's distribution channels and technology. In May 1996, the Company
acquired XRE, which designs, manufactures and markets X-ray imaging systems
used for cardiac catheterization and angiography. XRE manufactures systems and
system components as an original equipment manufacturer for other medical
equipment companies such as Philips and the Picker International, Inc.
subsidiary of GEC, Inc. ("Picker International"). It also sells its systems in
the United States directly and through distributors. In April 1996, the Company
signed a non-binding letter of intent to acquire Continental X-Ray Corporation
and certain of its affiliates (collectively, "Continental"). Continental
designs, manufactures and markets radiographic/fluoroscopic products, general
radiography systems, electrophysiology products used in cardiac laboratories
and dedicated mammography systems. There can be no assurance that the
Continental transaction will be successfully completed.     
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 
                              THE RIGHTS OFFERING
 
  Concurrently with the offering of the shares of Common Stock hereby (the
"Underwritten Public Offering"), the Company is distributing to holders of its
Common Stock of record on May 22, 1996 (the "Record Date"), including
ThermoTrex, subscription rights (the "Rights") to subscribe for and purchase
additional shares of Common Stock (the "Rights Offering" and, together with the
Underwritten Public Offering, the "Offerings"). The purpose of the Rights
Offering is to provide existing stockholders of the Company and ThermoTrex with
an opportunity to participate in the initial public offering of the Company's
Common Stock and to provide the Company with the ability to raise additional
capital in a cost-effective manner. The Rights are generally non-transferable,
except that ThermoTrex may distribute Rights to holders of its Common Stock.
 
  Of the Rights received by ThermoTrex, it will distribute to each holder of
ThermoTrex common stock on the Record Date, including Thermo Electron, one
Right for every ten shares of ThermoTrex common stock held by them and will
retain the remaining Rights. ThermoTrex has irrevocably elected not to exercise
the Rights which it does not distribute to its shareholders and such Rights
will expire unexercised. The terms of the Rights provide that they may not be
exercised by any person holding a majority of the outstanding shares of
ThermoTrex common stock. As holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of
ThermoTrex common stock, Thermo Electron will have no right to exercise the
Rights it receives from ThermoTrex and such Rights will therefore expire
unexercised. Accordingly, there will be a total of approximately 1,250,000
shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of all Rights
which may be exercised in the Rights Offering.
 
  The purchase price per share to subscribers in the Rights Offering will be
the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus up to a maximum of $16.00 per share. If the
initial public offering price is greater than $16.00 the Rights Offering will
be terminated because the Company intends to issue the shares in the
Underwritten Public Offering and the Rights Offering at the same price and
because participants in the Rights Offering are only being asked to commit
funds based upon a maximum public offering price of $16.00 per share. As of
     , 1996 a total of      Rights had been exercised. The closing of the
Rights Offering is conditioned upon the closing of the Underwritten Public
Offering.
 
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
Common Stock Offered by the Company in
 the Underwritten Public Offering...... 2,400,000 shares
Common Stock Offered by the Company in
 the Rights Offering................... 1,250,000 shares
Common Stock to be Outstanding after
 the Offerings (1)..................... 25,866,452 shares
Proposed AMEX Symbol................... TXM
Use of Proceeds........................ For acquisitions, to fund research and
                                        development and for general
                                        corporate purposes
</TABLE>
- --------
   
(1) Does not include 1,925,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
    under the Company's stock-based compensation plans and 3,307,888 shares of
    Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the conversion of $39,000,000
    principal amount of the Company's 4.2% Subordinated Convertible Note, due
    to ThermoTrex (the "Convertible Note"). Options to purchase 1,401,000
    shares of Common Stock had been granted and were outstanding under the
    Company's stock-based compensation plans as of May 30, 1996. See
    "Capitalization," "Dilution," "Management--Compensation of Directors,"
    "Executive Compensation," "Relationship and Potential Conflicts of Interest
    with Thermo Electron and ThermoTrex" and Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements.     
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                  SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA COMBINED (6)
                                                                                                     ------------------------
                                                                                      SIX MONTHS
                             FISCAL YEAR (1)(2)          NINE MONTHS ENDED (1)(2)    ENDED (1)(4)     NINE MONTHS  SIX MONTHS
                    ------------------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------     ENDED       ENDED
                                                         OCTOBER 1, SEPTEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, SEPTEMBER 30, MARCH 30,
                    1991 (4) 1992 (3)(4)  1993    1994    1994 (4)    1995 (5)      1995     1996        1995         1996
                    -------- ----------- ------  ------- ---------- ------------- -------- --------- ------------- ----------
<S>                 <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>       <C>           <C>        
STATEMENT OF 
INCOME DATA:               
Revenues........     $  --     $ 4,128   $37,519 $54,410  $39,196      $55,291    $31,315   $66,829    $126,185     $92,959
Gross Profit....        --       1,964    18,930  26,616   19,542       27,111     15,190    29,237      47,783      38,622
Research and        
Development         
Expenses........        313      1,683     7,182  10,662    7,320        8,595      6,270     8,170      13,918      10,825
Operating Income    
(Loss)..........       (313)      (746)    1,960   2,682    2,428        6,342      1,803     7,372       4,277       7,952
Net Income          
(Loss)..........       (190)      (544)      827   1,194    1,085        3,483        966     3,734         598       3,678
Earnings (Loss) 
per Share (7)...       (.01)      (.03)      .04     .06      .05          .17        .05       .17         .02         .15
Weighted Average    
 Shares  (7)....     20,151     20,151    20,151  20,151   20,151       20,151     20,151    21,547      24,667      24,700
</TABLE> 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 30, 1996
                                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                                                               AS ADJUSTED,
                                                  PRO FORMA        AS           INCLUDING
                                                 COMBINED (8) ADJUSTED (9) RIGHTS OFFERING (10)
                                                 ------------ ------------ --------------------
<S>                  <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>          <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working Capital................................    $ 10,626     $ 39,068         $ 55,318
Total Assets...................................     161,295      189,737          205,987
Long-term Obligations..........................      39,236       39,236           39,236
Shareholders' Investment ......................      63,432       91,874          108,124
</TABLE>
 
- ----
(1) All periods presented include ThermoTrex Corporation's ("ThermoTrex")
    research and development business pertaining to its Sonic CT system.
(2) The Company's 1991, 1992, 1993 and 1994 fiscal years, set forth in this
    table and referred to elsewhere in this Prospectus, ended on December 28,
    1991, January 2, 1993, January 1, 1994, and December 31, 1994,
    respectively. In September 1995, the Company changed its fiscal year-end
    from the Saturday nearest December 31 to the Saturday nearest September
    30. Accordingly, the Company's transition period from January 1, 1995 to
    September 30, 1995 ("fiscal 1995") is presented. The unaudited data for
    the nine months ended October 1, 1994 is presented for comparative
    purposes only.
(3) Includes the results of Lorad Corporation ("Lorad") since its acquisition
    by ThermoTrex on November 17, 1992.
(4) Derived from unaudited financial statements.
(5) Includes the results of Bennett X-Ray Corporation ("Bennett") since its
    acquisition by ThermoTrex on September 15, 1995.
(6) The pro forma combined statement of income data was derived from the pro
    forma combined condensed statements of income included elsewhere in this
    Prospectus. The pro forma combined statement of income data sets forth the
    results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and the
    six months ended March 30, 1996, as if the acquisitions of Bennett, XRE
    Corporation ("XRE") and Continental X-Ray Corporation and certain of its
    affiliates ("Continental") had occurred on January 1, 1995.
(7) Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, earnings
    (loss) per share have been presented for all periods. Weighted average
    shares for all periods include the 20,000,000 shares issued to ThermoTrex
    in connection with the initial capitalization of the Company and the
    effect of the assumed exercise of stock options issued within one year
    prior to the Company's proposed initial public offering.
(8) The pro forma combined balance sheet data as of March 30, 1996 sets forth
    the financial position of the Company as if the acquisitions of XRE and
    Continental had occurred on March 30, 1996. See the pro forma combined
    condensed balance sheet included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
(9) Adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of 2,400,000 shares of Common
    Stock offered in the Underwritten Public Offering at an assumed initial
    public offering price of $13.00, after deducting estimated underwriting
    discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company.
(10) Adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of 2,400,000 shares of Common
     Stock offered in the Underwritten Public Offering and 1,250,000 shares
     offered in the Rights Offering at an assumed initial public offering
     price of $13.00, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
     commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
degree of risk. Accordingly, the following factors should be considered
carefully in evaluating the Company and its business before purchasing any of
such shares.
 
  Technological Change and New Products. The market for the Company's products
is characterized by rapid and significant technological change, evolving
industry standards and new product introductions. Many of the Company's
products are technologically innovative, and require significant planning,
design, development and testing at the technological, product and
manufacturing process levels. These activities require significant capital
commitments and investment by the Company. The high cost of technological
innovation is matched by the rapid and significant change in the technologies
governing the products that are competitive in the Company's market, by
industry standards that may change on short notice and by the introduction of
new products and technologies such as magnetic resonance imaging and
ultrasound which may render existing products and technologies uncompetitive
or obsolete. There can be no assurance that the Company's products or
proprietary technologies will not become uncompetitive or obsolete.
 
  Dependence on Patents and Proprietary Rights. The Company places
considerable importance on obtaining patent and trade secret protection for
significant new technologies, products and processes because of the length of
time and expense associated with bringing new products through the development
and regulatory approval process and to the marketplace. The Company's success
depends in part on whether it can develop patentable products and obtain and
enforce patent protection for its products both in the United States and in
other countries. The Company has filed and intends to file applications as
appropriate for patents covering both its products and manufacturing
processes. No assurance can be given that patents will issue from any pending
or future patent applications owned by or licensed to the Company or that the
claims allowed under any issued patents will be sufficiently broad to protect
the Company's technology. In addition, no assurance can be given that any
issued patents owned by or licensed to the Company will not be challenged,
invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights granted thereunder will
provide competitive advantages to the Company. The Company could incur
substantial costs in defending itself in suits brought against it or in suits
in which the Company may assert its patent rights against others. If the
outcome of any such litigation is unfavorable to the Company, the Company's
business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
  The Company relies on trade secrets and proprietary know-how which it seeks
to protect, in part, by confidentiality agreements with its collaborators,
employees and consultants. There can be no assurance that these agreements
will not be breached, that the Company would have adequate remedies for any
breach or that the Company's trade secrets will not otherwise become known or
be independently developed by competitors. See "Business--Patents and
Proprietary Technology."
 
  Risks Associated With Pending and Threatened Patent Litigation. In April
1992, Fischer Imaging Corporation ("Fischer") commenced a lawsuit in the
United States District Court, District of Colorado, against the Company's
Lorad division, alleging that the Lorad StereoGuide prone breast biopsy system
infringes a Fischer patent on a precision mammographic needle biopsy system.
As of September 30, 1995, the Company had sold 351 StereoGuide systems for
aggregate revenues of approximately $34.4 million. The suit requests a
permanent injunction, treble damages and attorneys' fees and expenses. If the
Company is unsuccessful in defending this lawsuit, it may be enjoined from
manufacturing and selling its StereoGuide system without a license from
Fischer. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to obtain
such a license, if required, on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In
addition, the Company may be subject to damages for past infringement. No
assurance can be given as to whether the Company will be subject to such
damages or, if so, the amount of damages which the Company may be required to
pay. The outcome of patent litigation, particularly in jury trials, is
inherently uncertain, and an unfavorable outcome in the Fischer litigation
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of
operations.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  The Company also is aware of a U.S. patent held by Nicola E. Yanaki which
has been asserted by him against certain automatic exposure control features
included in most of the Company's current mammography systems. The Company has
been informed by the holder of this patent that a competitor of the Company
has obtained a license for use of this patent. If Mr. Yanaki were successful
in enforcing such patent, the Company could be subject to damages for past
infringement and enjoined from manufacturing and selling imaging equipment
utilizing certain automatic exposure control features, which would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations.
 
  The Company is also aware of an issued European patent with counterparts in
other non-U.S. countries applicable to imaging equipment utilizing certain
automatic exposure control features. The European patent is the subject of an
opposition proceeding before the European Patent Office. There can be no
assurance as to the outcome of such opposition.
 
  In connection with the organization of the Company, ThermoTrex agreed to
indemnify the Company for any and all cash damages in connection with the
Fischer lawsuit and any potential claims by Mr. Yanaki with respect to sales
of the Company's products occurring prior to October 1995, when the businesses
of Lorad and Bennett were transferred to the Company. Notwithstanding this
indemnification, the Company would be required to report as an expense the
full amount, including any reimbursable amount, of any damages in excess of
the amount accrued ($2.3 million as of March 30, 1996), with any
indemnification payment it receives from ThermoTrex being treated as a
contribution to shareholders' investment. An unsuccessful outcome in any of
these matters may have a material adverse effect on the business of the
Company and on its results of operations for the period in which such outcome
occurs. See "Business--Patents and Proprietary Technology."
 
  The Company is aware of two U.S. patents owned by a former employee which
have been asserted against the Company relating to its HTC grid to be used
with the Company's mammography systems. If the former employee were successful
in enforcing such patents, the Company could be subject to damages and
enjoined from manufacturing and selling the HTC grid.
 
  The Company's competitors and other parties hold various patents and patent
applications in the fields in which the Company operates. There can be no
assurance that the Company will not be found to have infringed third-party
patents and, in the event of such infringement, the Company could be required
to alter its products or processes, pay licensing fees or cease making and
selling any infringing products and pay damages for past infringement.
 
  No Assurance of Development and Commercialization of Products Under
Development. A number of the Company's potential products are currently under
development. There are a number of technological challenges that the Company
must successfully address to complete any of its development efforts. Product
development involves a high degree of risk, and returns to investors are
dependent upon successful development and commercialization of such products.
Proposed products based on the Company's technologies will require significant
additional research and development. There can be no assurance that any of the
products currently being developed by the Company, or those to be developed in
the future by the Company, will be technologically feasible or accepted by the
marketplace, or that any such development will be completed in any particular
timeframe.
   
  Risks Associated with Acquisition Strategy. The Company's strategy includes
the acquisition of businesses and technologies that complement or augment the
Company's existing product lines. For example, in September 1995, the Company
acquired its Bennett subsidiary, in May 1996, the Company acquired
substantially all of the assets of XRE, a manufacturer of X-ray imaging
systems for cardiac catheterization and angiography, and in April 1996, the
Company signed a non-binding letter of intent to acquire Continental, a
manufacturer of radiographic/fluoroscopic products, general radiography
systems, electrophysiology products and dedicated mammography systems.
Promising acquisitions are difficult to identify and complete for a number of
reasons, including competition among prospective buyers and the need for
regulatory approvals, including antitrust approvals. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to complete future acquisitions or that the     
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Company will be able to successfully integrate any acquired businesses. In
order to finance such acquisitions, it may be necessary for the Company to
raise additional funds through public or private financings. Any equity or
debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms which are not favorable
to the Company and, in the case of equity financing, may result in dilution to
the Company's stockholders.
 
  Intense Competition. The Company encounters and expects to continue to
encounter intense competition in the sale of its products. The Company
believes that the principal competitive factors effecting the market for its
products include product features, product performance and reputation, price,
and service. The Company's competitors include large multinational
corporations and their operating units, including GE, Philips, the Siemens
Corporation subsidiary of Siemens AG ("Siemens"), Toshiba American Medical
Systems, Inc. and Toshiba America MRI, Inc. (collectively, "Toshiba"),
Shimadzu, and Picker International. These companies and certain of the
Company's other competitors have substantially greater financial, marketing
and other resources than the Company. As a result, they may be able to adapt
more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer
requirements, or to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of
their products than the Company. Moreover, a significant portion of the
Company's sales are to GE and Philips through original equipment manufacturer
("OEM") arrangements. The products sold by such OEMs compete with products
offered by the Company and its independent dealers. Competition could increase
if new companies enter the market or if existing competitors expand their
product lines or intensify efforts within existing product lines. There can be
no assurance that the Company's current products, products under development
or ability to discover new technologies will be sufficient to enable it to
compete effectively with its competitors. See "Business--Competition."
 
  Government Regulation; No Assurance of Regulatory Approval. The Company's
products are subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
(the "FDA") and equivalent agencies in foreign countries. Failure to comply
with applicable regulatory requirements can result in, among other things,
civil and criminal fines, suspensions of approvals, recalls of products,
seizures, injunctions and criminal prosecutions.
 
  To date, all of the Company's products have been classified by the FDA as
Class II medical devices and have been eligible for FDA marketing clearance
pursuant to the FDA's 510(k) premarket notification process, which is
generally shorter than the more involved premarket approval ("PMA") process.
The Company believes that most of its currently anticipated future products
and substantial modifications to existing products will be eligible for the
510(k) premarket notification process. However, the FDA has not yet classified
full-view digital imaging mammography systems like the one being developed by
the Company. If such systems are classified as Class III devices, the Company
would be required to file for FDA marketing clearance for its full-view
digital imaging mammography system under the PMA process, which would require
substantial additional clinical trials and would take a number of years. While
not classifying such systems, the FDA recently issued a preliminary protocol
for marketing clearance of full-view digital imaging mammography systems
suggesting that clearance may be obtained through an enhanced 510(k)
application with more extensive clinical trials. The preliminary protocol
calls for clinical trials on 400 subjects prior to applying to the FDA for
clearance to commercially market such a system and a multi-year, follow-up
study including comparative film and digital images on 12,000 subjects
following commercial introduction. If the preliminary protocol is adopted as
currently drafted, the Company believes this follow-up study will be
burdensome and may limit the commercialization of full-view digital imaging
mammography systems. The period for submitting comments to the preliminary
protocol has expired, and the Company can make no prediction as to when a
final protocol will be issued or if one will be issued at all. There can be no
assurance that the necessary clearances for any of the Company's products will
be obtained on a timely basis, if at all.
 
  FDA regulations also require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to
certain "Good Manufacturing Practices" ("GMP"), which include testing, quality
control and documentation procedures. The Company's manufacturing facilities
are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA. No assurances can be given that
the FDA
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
will not in the future find the Company to be in violation of one or more such
regulations, which violation may adversely impact the operations of the
Company. See "Business--Government Regulation."
 
  Healthcare Reform; Uncertainty of Patient Reimbursement. The Federal
government has in the past and may in the future consider, and certain state
and local as well as a number of foreign governments are considering or have
adopted, healthcare policies intended to curb rising healthcare costs. Such
policies include rationing of government-funded reimbursement for healthcare
services and imposing price controls upon providers of medical products and
services. The Company cannot predict what healthcare reform legislation or
regulation, if any, will be enacted in the United States or elsewhere.
Significant changes in the healthcare systems in the United States or
elsewhere are likely to have a significant impact over time on the manner in
which the Company conducts its business. Such changes could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Federal government regulates
reimbursement of fees for certain diagnostic examinations and capital
equipment acquisition costs connected with services to Medicare beneficiaries.
Recent legislation has limited Medicare reimbursement for diagnostic
examinations. These policies may have the effect of limiting the availability
or reimbursement for procedures, and as a result may inhibit or reduce demand
by healthcare providers for products in the markets in which the Company
competes. While the Company cannot predict what effect the policies of
government entities and other third party payors will have on future sales of
the Company's products, there can be no assurance that such policies would not
have an adverse impact on the operations of the Company. See "Business--
Reimbursement."
 
  Dependence Upon Significant OEM Relationships. A significant portion of the
Company's sales are to GE and Philips through OEM arrangements. In fiscal
1995, sales to Philips accounted for 18% of the Company's net sales. Sales to
Philips accounted for 45% of XRE's sales in the 12 months ended December 31,
1995. The Company's sales depend, in part, on the continuation of these OEM
arrangements and the level of end-user sales by such OEMs. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to maintain its existing, or establish
new, OEM relationships and any failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on its business. See "Business--Sales and Marketing--OEM Agreements."
 
  Potential Product Liability. The Company's business exposes it to potential
product liability claims which are inherent in the manufacturing, marketing
and sale of medical devices, and as such the Company may face substantial
liability to patients for damages resulting from the faulty design or
manufacture of products. The Company currently maintains product liability
insurance, but there can be no assurance that this insurance will provide
sufficient coverage in the event of a claim, that the Company will be able to
maintain such coverage on acceptable terms, if at all, or that a product
liability claim would not materially adversely affect the business or
financial condition of the Company.
 
  Dependence on Key Personnel. The Company is highly dependent on the members
of its senior management, research and engineering, manufacturing, marketing
and sales staff, the loss of one or more of whom could have a material adverse
effect on the Company. In particular, the Company's future performance is
dependent in part on the continued services of Anthony J. Pellegrino, the
Company's Vice Chairman, and Hal Kirshner, the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer. The Company has no written employment agreements with
either Mr. Pellegrino or Mr. Kirshner. In addition, the Company believes that
its future success will depend in part on whether it can attract and retain
highly qualified engineering, management, manufacturing, marketing and sales
personnel, particularly as the Company expands its business activities. The
Company faces significant competition for the services of such personnel from
other companies. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
continue to attract and retain the personnel it requires for continued growth.
The failure to hire and retain such personnel could materially adversely
affect the Company.
 
  Risks Associated With International Operations. International sales
accounted for 21% and 14% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 1995 and 1994,
respectively. The Company intends to continue to expand its presence in
international markets. International revenues are subject to a number of
risks, including the following: agreements may be difficult to enforce and
receivables difficult to collect through a foreign country's legal system;
foreign customers may have longer payment cycles; foreign countries may impose
additional
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
withholding taxes or otherwise tax the Company's foreign income, impose
tariffs or adopt other restrictions on foreign trade; U.S. export licenses may
be difficult to obtain; and the protection of intellectual property in foreign
countries may be more difficult to enforce. There can be no assurance that any
of these factors will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's
business and results of operations.
 
  Control by ThermoTrex. The Company's stockholders do not have the right to
cumulate votes for the election of directors. ThermoTrex, which will own
approximately 80% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company after the
Offerings, has the power to elect the entire Board of Directors of the Company
and to approve or disapprove any corporate actions submitted to a vote of the
Company's stockholders. See "Relationship and Potential Conflicts of Interest
with Thermo Electron and ThermoTrex" and "Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management."
 
  Potential Conflicts of Interest. The Company may be subject to potential
conflicts of interest from time to time as a result of its relationship with
Thermo Electron and ThermoTrex. For example, conflicts may arise in the
development and licensing of digital detector technology by ThermoTrex to the
Company, the manufacture of digital detectors by ThermoTrex for sale to the
Company and the Company's manufacturing of lasers for sale to ThermoLase
Corporation. See "Relationship and Potential Conflicts of Interest with Thermo
Electron and ThermoTrex." Certain officers of the Company are also officers of
ThermoTrex, Thermo Electron and/or other subsidiaries of Thermo Electron, and
are full-time employees of ThermoTrex or Thermo Electron. Such officers will
devote only a portion of their working time to the affairs of the Company. For
financial reporting purposes, the Company's financial results are included in
the consolidated financial statements of ThermoTrex and Thermo Electron. The
members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are also affiliated with
Thermo Electron or ThermoTrex will consider not only the short-term and the
long-term impact of operating decisions on the Company, but also the impact of
such decisions on the consolidated financial results of ThermoTrex and Thermo
Electron. In some instances the impact of such decisions could be
disadvantageous to the Company while advantageous to ThermoTrex or Thermo
Electron, or vice versa. The Company is a party to various agreements with
Thermo Electron that may limit the Company's operating flexibility. See
"Relationship and Potential Conflicts of Interest with Thermo Electron and
ThermoTrex."
 
  Significant Additional Shares Eligible for Sale After the Offerings. At the
conclusion of the 120-day period following the closing of the Offerings, the
Company will file a registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act
covering the resale of 1,962,000 shares of Common Stock held by existing
investors other than ThermoTrex. The 20,254,452 shares of Common Stock owned
by ThermoTrex will become eligible for resale under Rule 144 in October 1997.
In addition, subject to certain limitations described below under "Shares
Eligible For Future Sale," as long as ThermoTrex is able to elect a majority
of the Company's Board of Directors, it will have the ability to cause the
Company at any time to register for resale all or a portion of the Common
Stock owned by ThermoTrex.
 
  Additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options granted
under the Company's stock-based compensation plans will become available for
future sale in the public market at prescribed times. Sales of a significant
number of shares of Common Stock in the public market following the Offerings
could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. See "Relationship
and Potential Conflicts of Interest with Thermo Electron and ThermoTrex,"
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."
 
  Immediate and Substantial Dilution. Purchasers of the Common Stock in the
Offerings will incur an immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible
book value per share of the Common Stock from the initial public offering
price of $12.47 per share, assuming the sale of no shares in the Rights
Offering, or $11.87 per share, assuming the maximum proceeds to the Company
from the Rights Offering. Additional dilution is likely to occur upon the
exercise of outstanding stock options. See "Dilution."
 
  No Prior Public Market; Potential Volatility of Stock Price. Prior to the
Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock, and there can
be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be sustained
after the Offerings or that the market price of the Common Stock will not
decline below the
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be
determined by negotiations among the Company and the Representatives of the
Underwriters. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price. Factors such as
fluctuations in the Company's operating results, announcements of
technological innovations or new contracts or products by the Company or its
competitors, government regulation and approvals, developments in patent or
other proprietary rights and market conditions for stocks of companies similar
to the Company could have a significant impact on the market price of the
Common Stock.
 
  Lack of Dividends. The Company anticipates that for the foreseeable future
the Company's earnings, if any, will be retained for use in the business and
that no cash dividends will be paid on the Common Stock. Declaration of
dividends on the Common Stock will depend upon, among other things, future
earnings, the operating and financial condition of the Company, its capital
requirements and general business conditions. See "Dividend Policy."
   
  Uncertainty as to Uses of Net Proceeds. Depending upon whether shares are
issued in the Rights Offering, whether the acquisition of Continental is
consummated, or both, there is substantial uncertainty as to the amount of net
proceeds from the Offerings which will be allocated to working capital and
general corporate purposes without identified specific uses. For example, if
all 1,250,000 shares are issued in the Rights Offering and the acquisition of
Continental is not consummated, there will be approximately $40,000,000 of net
proceeds for which specific uses have not been identified (approximately 90%
of the net proceeds of the Offerings). Conversely, if no shares are issued in
the Rights Offering and the Continental transaction is consummated, there will
be approximately $5,542,000 of net proceeds allocated to working capital and
general corporate purposes (approximately 19% of the net proceeds of the
Offerings). The Company will have discretion over the use and investment of
any such proceeds allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes.
See "Use of Proceeds."     
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE COMPANY
   
  The Company was incorporated in Delaware in September 1995 as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of ThermoTrex. ThermoTrex acquired all of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of Bennett in September 1995 for approximately $42,000,000 in
cash. On October 2, 1995, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares
of capital stock of Bennett from ThermoTrex in exchange for a $42,000,000
principal amount subordinated convertible note due 2000 (the "Convertible
Note"). The Convertible Note bears interest at a rate of 4.2% per annum and is
convertible into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $11.79 per
share. Subsequently, on October 16, 1995, ThermoTrex contributed all of the
assets and liabilities relating to its Lorad division ("Lorad") and the
development of its Sonic CT system to the Company in exchange for 20,000,000
shares of Common Stock of the Company. On May 29, 1996, the Company acquired
substantially all of the assets of XRE for approximately $17,000,000 in cash
and the repayment of approximately $1,800,000 of XRE's debt.     
 
  Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Prospectus to the
Company or Trex Medical Corporation refer to Trex Medical Corporation and its
subsidiaries. As of March 27, 1996, ThermoTrex beneficially owned 91% of the
Company's outstanding Common Stock, excluding the shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the conversion of the outstanding principal amount of the
Convertible Note. The Company's principal executive offices are located at 36
Apple Ridge Road, Danbury, Connecticut, and its telephone number is (203) 790-
1188.
 
                              THE RIGHTS OFFERING
 
  Concurrently with the offering of shares of Common Stock hereby, the Company
is distributing Rights to holders of its Common Stock of record on the Record
Date, including ThermoTrex. The Rights are generally non-transferable, except
that ThermoTrex may distribute Rights to holders of its Common Stock. Of the
Rights received by ThermoTrex, it will distribute to each holder of ThermoTrex
Common Stock on the Record Date, including Thermo Electron, one Right for
every ten shares of ThermoTrex Common Stock held by them and will retain the
remaining Rights. ThermoTrex has irrevocably elected not to exercise the
Rights which it does not distribute to its shareholders and such Rights will
expire unexercised. The terms of the Rights provide that they may not be
exercised by any person holding a majority of the outstanding shares of
ThermoTrex Common Stock. As holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of
ThermoTrex Common Stock, Thermo Electron will have no right to exercise the
Rights it receives from ThermoTrex and such Rights will therefore expire
unexercised. Accordingly, there will be a total of approximately 1,250,000
shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of all Rights
which may be exercised in the Rights Offering.
 
  The purpose of the Rights Offering is to provide existing stockholders of
the Company and ThermoTrex with an opportunity to participate in the initial
public offering of the Company's Common Stock and to provide the Company with
the ability to raise additional capital in a cost-effective manner.
 
  The purchase price per share to subscribers in the Rights Offering will be
the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus up to a maximum of $16.00 per share. If the
initial public offering price is greater than $16.00, the Rights Offering will
be terminated because the Company intends to issue the shares in the
Underwritten Public Offering and the Rights Offering at the same price and
because participants in the Rights Offering are only being asked to commit
funds based upon a maximum public offering price of $16.00 per share. As of
   , 1996 a total of     Rights had been exercised. The closing of the Rights
Offering is conditioned upon the closing of the Underwritten Public Offering.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
in the Offerings are estimated to be $28,442,000 ($32,817,800 if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) assuming no shares
are issued in the Rights Offering, and $44,692,000 ($49,067,800 if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) if all 1,250,000
shares are issued in the Rights Offering, in each case assuming an initial
public offering price of $13.00 per share and after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. The principal
purposes of the Offerings are to increase the Company's equity capital, to
create a public market for the Common Stock and to facilitate future access by
the Company to public equity markets.
   
  The Company expects to use the net proceeds from the Offerings for the
acquisition of Continental, the purchase price of which is currently expected
to be approximately $18,200,000. The Company expects to use any excess
proceeds (approximately $10,242,000, assuming no shares are issued in the
Rights Offering, and approximately $26,492,000 ($30,867,800 if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming all
1,250,000 shares are issued in the Rights Offering) to fund research and
development of future products, including the development of full-view digital
imaging mammography systems (currently estimated to be approximately
$4,700,000 in fiscal 1996), and for working capital and other general
corporate purposes, ($5,542,000, assuming no shares are issued in the Rights
Offering, and approximately $21,792,000 ($26,167,800 if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming all 1,250,000 shares are
issued in the Rights Offering), including the possible acquisition of one or
more businesses whose products are complementary with those offered by the
Company. However, except for Continental, the Company has no specific
agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any acquisition that
would be material to the Company. There can be no assurance that the
Continental acquisition will be consummated on the proposed terms, if at all.
See "Risk Factors--Uncertainty as to Uses of Net Proceeds."     
 
  Pending these uses, the Company expects to invest the net proceeds from the
Offerings primarily in investment grade interest bearing or dividend bearing
instruments, either directly by the Company or pursuant to a repurchase
agreement with Thermo Electron. See "Relationship and Potential Conflicts of
Interest with Thermo Electron and ThermoTrex--Miscellaneous."
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
  The Company anticipates that for the foreseeable future the Company's
earnings, if any, will be retained for use in the business and that no cash
dividends will be paid on the Common Stock.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
   
  The following table sets forth as of March 30, 1996 the capitalization of
the Company (i) stated on a pro forma basis to reflect the May 1996
acquisition of XRE and the proposed acquisition of Continental, and assumed
short-term borrowings from Thermo Electron of $18.2 million, (ii) as adjusted
to reflect the issuance and sale by the Company of the 2,400,000 shares of
Common Stock offered in the Underwritten Public Offering and assuming no
shares of Common Stock are sold in the Rights Offering, and (iii) as adjusted
to reflect the issuance and sale of 3,650,000 shares of Common Stock in both
the Underwritten Public Offering and the Rights Offering, in each case at an
assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable
by the Company.     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 MARCH 30, 1996
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                                                   AS ADJUSTED,
                                                                     INCLUDING
                                      PRO FORMA                       RIGHTS
                                       COMBINED     AS ADJUSTED      OFFERING
                                      ------------  ------------   -------------
                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>            <C>
Short-term Obligations:
  Note Payable to Thermo Electron.... $     18,200   $        --     $        --
                                      ============   ============    ============
Long-term Obligations:
  Subordinated Convertible Note, Due
   to Parent Company................. $     39,000   $     39,000    $     39,000
  Other..............................          236            236             236
                                      ------------   ------------    ------------
                                            39,236         39,236          39,236
                                      ------------   ------------    ------------
Shareholders' Investment:
  Common stock, $.01 par value,
   50,000,000 shares authorized;
   22,216,452 shares issued and
   outstanding, 24,616,452 shares, as
   adjusted and 25,866,452 shares, as
   adjusted for the Rights Offering
   (1)...............................          222            246             259
  Capital in excess of par value.....       59,476         87,894         104,131
  Retained earnings..................        3,734          3,734           3,734
                                      ------------   ------------    ------------
   Total Shareholders' Investment....       63,432         91,874         108,124
                                      ------------   ------------    ------------
    Total Capitalization (Long-term
     Obligations and Shareholders'
     Investment).....................     $102,668       $131,110        $147,360
                                      ============   ============    ============
</TABLE>
- --------
   
(1) Does not include 1,925,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
    under the Company's stock-based compensation plans and 3,307,888 shares of
    Common Stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of the outstanding
    principal amount of the Convertible Note. Options to purchase 1,401,000
    shares of Common Stock had been granted and were outstanding under the
    Company's stock-based compensation plans as of May 30, 1996. See
    "Management--Compensation of Directors" and "Executive Compensation" and
    Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.     
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
                                   DILUTION
   
  As of March 30, 1996, the Company had negative net tangible book value of
$15,337,000, or $.69 per share, stated on a pro forma basis to reflect the May
1996 acquisition of XRE and the proposed acquisition of Continental (see the
pro forma combined condensed balance sheet included elsewhere in this
Prospectus). Negative net tangible book value per share is determined by
dividing negative net tangible book value (total tangible assets less total
liabilities) by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After giving
effect to the sale by the Company of 2,400,000 shares of Common Stock in the
Underwritten Public Offering (after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses), and assuming no shares are
sold in the Rights Offering, the pro forma net tangible book value of the
Company as of March 30, 1996 would have been $13,105,000 or $.53 per share.
This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of
$1.22 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro
forma net tangible book value of $12.47 per share to new investors purchasing
Common Stock in the Underwritten Public Offering. See "Risk Factors--Immediate
and Substantial Dilution." The following table illustrates this per share
dilution:     
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                            <C>    <C>
   Assumed price to public.......................................        $13.00
                                                                         ------
     Pro forma negative net tangible book value per share as of
      March 30, 1996, before the Underwritten Public Offering.... $(.69)
     Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
      to the Underwritten Public Offering........................  1.22
                                                                  -----
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 30,
    1996, after the Underwritten Public Offering (1)(2)..........           .53
                                                                         ------
   Dilution per share to new investors (1)(2)....................        $12.47
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option were exercised in full, the pro
    forma net tangible book value per share after the Underwritten Public
    Offering would be $.70, resulting in an immediate dilution of $12.30 per
    share to investors purchasing shares in the Underwritten Public Offering.
    See "Underwriting."
   
(2) If all options outstanding as of May 30, 1996 to purchase an aggregate of
    1,401,000 shares of Common Stock were exercised in full, and the
    $39,000,000 principal amount Convertible Note which was outstanding as of
    May 30, 1996 was converted by ThermoTrex into 3,307,888 shares of the
    Company's Common Stock, in addition to the Underwriters' exercise of the
    over-allotment option, the pro forma net tangible book value per share
    after the Underwritten Public Offering would be $2.43, resulting in an
    immediate dilution of $10.57 per share to investors purchasing shares in
    the Underwritten Public Offering.     
 
  The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of March 30, 1996,
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid to the Company and the average price paid per share by
existing shareholders and by the investors purchasing shares of Common Stock
in the Underwritten Public Offering, assuming no shares are sold in the Rights
Offering:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            SHARES PURCHASED  TOTAL CONSIDERATION  AVERAGE
                           ------------------ -------------------   PRICE
                             NUMBER   PERCENT   AMOUNT    PERCENT PER SHARE
                           ---------- ------- ----------- ------- ---------
<S>                        <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>
ThermoTrex (1)............ 20,254,452   82.3% $41,010,000   44.4%  $ 2.02
Other existing investors
 (2)......................  1,962,000    8.0   20,161,000   21.8    10.28
New investors.............  2,400,000    9.7   31,200,000   33.8    13.00
                           ----------  -----  -----------  -----
  Total................... 24,616,452  100.0% $92,371,000  100.0%
                           ==========  =====  ===========  =====
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Calculated on the basis of (i) the book value of net assets transferred by
    ThermoTrex to the Company in exchange for 20,000,000 shares of the
    Company's Common Stock and (ii) the conversion price of the shares issued
    to ThermoTrex upon conversion of $3,000,000 principal amount of the
    Convertible Note.
(2) Represents the price paid for shares of the Company's Common Stock
    purchased for cash.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
  After giving effect to the Rights Offering, which assumes the sale of
1,250,000 shares upon the exercise of Rights, the pro forma net tangible book
value of the Company as of March 30, 1996 would have been $29,355,000 or $1.13
per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible
book value of $1.82 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate
dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $11.87 per share to new
investors purchasing Common Stock in the Offerings. See "Risk Factors--
Immediate and Substantial Dilution." The following table illustrates per share
dilution:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                           <C>    <C>
   Assumed price to public......................................        $13.00
                                                                        ------
     Pro forma negative net tangible book value per share as of
      March 30, 1996, before the Offerings...................... $(.69)
     Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
      to the Offerings..........................................  1.82
                                                                 -----
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 30,
    1996, after the Offerings (1)(2)............................          1.13
                                                                        ------
   Dilution per share to new investors (1)(2)...................        $11.87
                                                                        ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option were exercised in full, the pro
    forma net tangible book value per share after the Offerings would be
    $1.29, resulting in an immediate dilution of $11.71 per share to investors
    purchasing shares in the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
   
(2) If all options outstanding as of May 30, 1996 to purchase an aggregate of
    1,401,000 shares of Common Stock were exercised in full, and the
    $39,000,000 principal amount Convertible Note which was outstanding as of
    May 30, 1996 was converted by ThermoTrex into 3,307,888 shares of the
    Company's Common Stock, in addition to the Underwriters' exercise of the
    over-allotment option, the pro forma net tangible book value per share
    after the Offerings would be $2.86, resulting in an immediate dilution of
    $10.14 per share to investors purchasing shares in the Offerings.     
 
  The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of March 30, 1996,
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid to the Company and the average price paid per share by
existing shareholders and by the investors purchasing shares of Common Stock
in the Offerings, assuming the maximum proceeds to the Company from the Rights
Offering:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              SHARES PURCHASED  TOTAL CONSIDERATION   AVERAGE
                             ------------------ --------------------   PRICE
                               NUMBER   PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT PER SHARE
                             ---------- ------- ------------ ------- ---------
<S>                          <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>
ThermoTrex (1).............. 20,254,452   78.3% $ 41,010,000   37.8%  $ 2.02
Other existing investors
 (2)........................  1,962,000    7.6    20,161,000   18.5    10.28
New investors...............  3,650,000   14.1    47,450,000   43.7    13.00
                             ----------  -----  ------------  -----
Total....................... 25,866,452  100.0% $108,621,000  100.0%
                             ==========  =====  ============  =====
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Calculated on the basis of (i) the book value of net assets transferred by
    ThermoTrex to the Company in exchange for 20,000,000 shares of the
    Company's Common Stock and (ii) the conversion price of the shares issued
    to ThermoTrex upon conversion of $3,000,000 principal amount of the
    Convertible Note.
(2) Represents the price paid for shares of Common Stock purchased for cash.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                        SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
  The selected financial information below as of and for the years ended
January 1, 1994 and December 31, 1994, and the nine months ended September 30,
1995 has been derived from the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements,
which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public
accountants, as indicated in their report included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The selected financial information for the fiscal years ended
December 28, 1991 and January 2, 1993, the nine months ended October 1, 1994
and the six month periods ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996 has not been
audited but, in the opinion of the Company, includes all adjustments
(consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly
such information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a consistent basis. The results of operations for the six months
ended March 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire
year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PRO FORMA COMBINED (5)
                                                                                                         ------------------------
                           FISCAL YEAR (1)             NINE MONTHS ENDED (1)(2) SIX MONTHS ENDED (1)      NINE MONTHS  SIX MONTHS
                   ----------------------------------  ------------------------ ----------------------       ENDED       ENDED
                                                       OCTOBER 1, SEPTEMBER 30, APRIL 1,    MARCH 30,    SEPTEMBER 30, MARCH 30,
                    1991   1992 (3)   1993     1994       1994      1995 (4)      1995       1996 (4)        1995         1996
                   ------  --------  -------  -------  ---------- ------------- ---------   ----------   ------------- ----------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF
INCOME DATA:
Revenues.........  $  --   $ 4,128   $37,519  $54,410   $39,196     $ 55,291    $  31,315   $   66,829     $126,185     $ 92,959
                   ------  -------   -------  -------   -------     --------    ---------   ----------     --------     --------
Costs and
Operating
Expenses:
 Cost of
 revenues........     --     2,164    18,589   27,794    19,654       28,180       16,125       37,592       78,402       54,337
 Selling, general
 and
 administrative
 expenses........     --     1,027     9,788   13,272     9,794       12,174        7,117       13,695       29,588       19,845
 Research and
 development
 expenses........     313    1,683     7,182   10,662     7,320        8,595        6,270        8,170       13,918       10,825
                   ------  -------   -------  -------   -------     --------    ---------   ----------     --------     --------
                      313    4,874    35,559   51,728    36,768       48,949       29,512       59,457      121,908       85,007
                   ------  -------   -------  -------   -------     --------    ---------   ----------     --------     --------
Operating Income
(Loss)...........    (313)    (746)    1,960    2,682     2,428        6,342        1,803        7,372        4,277        7,952
Interest and
Other Income
(Expense), Net...     --       --       (158)     (22)      (11)          22           (2)        (397)      (1,809)      (1,127)
                   ------  -------   -------  -------   -------     --------    ---------   ----------     --------     --------
Income (Loss)
Before Income
Taxes............    (313)    (746)    1,802    2,660     2,417        6,364        1,801        6,975        2,468        6,825
Income Tax
Provision
(Benefit)........    (123)    (202)      975    1,466     1,332        2,881          835        3,241        1,870        3,147
                   ------  -------   -------  -------   -------     --------    ---------   ----------     --------     --------
Net Income
(Loss)...........  $ (190) $  (544)  $   827  $ 1,194   $ 1,085     $  3,483    $     966   $    3,734     $    598     $  3,678
                   ======  =======   =======  =======   =======     ========    =========   ==========     ========     ========
Earnings (Loss)
per Share (6)....  $ (.01) $  (.03)  $   .04  $   .06   $   .05     $    .17    $     .05   $      .17     $    .02     $    .15
                   ======  =======   =======  =======   =======     ========    =========   ==========     ========     ========
Weighted Average
Shares (6).......  20,151   20,151    20,151   20,151    20,151       20,151       20,151       21,547       24,667       24,700
                   ======  =======   =======  =======   =======     ========    =========   ==========     ========     ========
BALANCE SHEET
DATA (AT END OF
PERIOD):
Working Capital..  $  --   $ 4,410   $ 6,148  $ 8,584   $ 7,333     $ 13,171                $   35,555                  $ 10,626
Total Assets.....     --    35,004    44,553   48,000    47,465      102,374                   129,575                   161,295
Long-term
Obligations......     --       --        --       --        --           --                     39,000                    39,236
Shareholders'
Investment.......     (28)  28,636    36,694   37,033    37,471       80,010                    63,432                    63,432
</TABLE>
- ----
(1) All periods presented include ThermoTrex's research and development
    business pertaining to its Sonic CT system.
(2) In September 1995, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from the
    Saturday nearest December 31 to the Saturday nearest September 30.
    Accordingly, the Company's transition period from January 1, 1995 to
    September 30, 1995 ("fiscal 1995") is presented. The unaudited data for
    the nine months ended October 1, 1994 is presented for comparative
    purposes only.
(3) Includes the results of Lorad since its acquisition by ThermoTrex on
    November 17, 1992.
(4) Includes the results of Bennett since its acquisition by ThermoTrex on
    September 15, 1995.
(5) The pro forma combined statement of income data was derived from the pro
    forma combined condensed statements of income included elsewhere in this
    Prospectus. The pro forma combined statement of income data sets forth the
    results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and six
    months ended March 30, 1996, as if the acquisitions of Bennett, XRE and
    Continental had occurred on January 1, 1995. The pro forma combined
    balance sheet data is derived from the pro forma combined condensed
    balance sheet included elsewhere in this Prospectus, which was prepared as
    if the acquisitions of XRE and Continental had occurred on March 30, 1996.
(6) Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, earnings
    (loss) per share have been presented for all periods. Weighted average
    shares for all periods include the 20,000,000 shares issued to ThermoTrex
    in connection with the initial capitalization of the Company and the
    effect of the assumed exercise of stock options issued within one year
    prior to the Company's proposed initial public offering.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
               OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
  The Company designs, manufactures and markets mammography equipment and
minimally invasive stereotactic needle biopsy systems used for the detection
of breast cancer, and also designs, manufactures and markets general
radiography (X-ray) equipment. The Company sells its systems worldwide
principally through a network of independent dealers. In addition, the Company
manufactures mammography and radiography systems as an original equipment
manufacturer for other medical equipment companies such as U.S. Surgical, GE
and Philips. The Company has two operating units, Lorad, a manufacturer of
mammography and stereotactic biopsy systems, and Bennett, a manufacturer of
general radiography and mammography equipment.
 
  The Company conducts all of its manufacturing operations in the United
States and sells its products on a worldwide basis. The Company anticipates
that an increasing percentage of its revenues will be from export sales. The
Company denominates its export sales in U.S. dollars and therefore, neither
its revenue nor earnings are significantly affected by exchange rate
fluctuations.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  In September 1995, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from the Saturday
nearest December 31 to the Saturday nearest September 30. Accordingly, the
results of operations for 1995 compares the nine months ended September 30,
1995 ("fiscal 1995") with the unaudited nine months ended October 1, 1994
("fiscal 1994").
 
 Six Months Ended March 30, 1996 Compared With Six Months Ended April 1, 1995
 
  Revenues increased 113% to $66.8 million in the six months ended March 30,
1996, from $31.3 million in the six months ended April 1, 1995, due primarily
to the inclusion of $23.3 million in revenues from Bennett, which was acquired
in September 1995. Revenues at Lorad increased 39% to $43.5 million in the six
months ended March 30, 1996 from $31.3 million in the six months ended April
1, 1995 as a result of increased demand for mammography and biopsy systems.
Under an OEM agreement with Philips, Lorad will receive minimum orders for two
models of imaging systems totaling $40 million over a five-year period that
began in January 1994, subject to certain conditions. As of March 30, 1996,
the Company had recognized cumulative revenue of $21.3 million under this
contract. Revenues from Philips were $7.4 million in the six months ended
March 30, 1996, compared with $4.7 million in the six months ended April 1,
1995. Export sales accounted for 28% of the Company's revenues in the six
months ended March 30, 1996, compared with 26% in the six months ended April
1, 1995.
 
  The gross profit margin declined to 44% in the six months ended March 30,
1996, from 49% in the six months ended April 1, 1995, due to the inclusion of
lower-margin revenues at Bennett.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues
decreased to 20% in the six months ended March 30, 1996 from 23% in the six
months ended April 1, 1995, due to increased revenues at Lorad. Research and
development expenses increased to $8.2 million in the six months ended March
30, 1996 from $6.3 million in the six months ended April 1, 1995, reflecting
the Company's continued efforts to develop and commercialize new products
including the Company's M-IV mammography system, full-breast digital
mammography system, and direct-detection X-ray sensor, as well as enhancements
of existing systems. Under a license agreement between the Company and
ThermoTrex, the Company may elect to expend approximately $2 million each year
during fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998 in order to expand the field of use in which
it is entitled to use the digital imaging detection technology. See
"Relationship and Potential Conflicts of Interest with Thermo Electron and
ThermoTrex."
 
  Interest income in the six months ended March 30, 1996 represents interest
on the proceeds of the Company's private placements of Common Stock in
November 1995 and January 1996. Interest expense in the six months ended March
30, 1996 represents interest associated with the $42 million principal amount
Convertible Note issued to ThermoTrex in October 1995 in connection with the
Bennett acquisition.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
  The effective tax rate was 46% in both periods. This tax rate differs from
the statutory federal income tax rate due to the impact of state income taxes
and nondeductible amortization of cost in excess of net assets of acquired
companies.
 
  The Company is involved with certain patent litigation that arose at Lorad
prior to its acquisition by ThermoTrex. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements. In addition, a third party has alleged that the
Company's mammography systems infringe a patent held by the third party. See
Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In another matter, a
former employee of the Company has asserted that a component of a newly
introduced product infringes two U.S. patents owned by the former employee.
See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Pending and Threatened Patent
Litigation" for a discussion of these matters.
 
 Nine Months Ended September 30, 1995 ("Fiscal 1995") Compared With Nine
Months Ended October 1, 1994 ("Fiscal 1994")
 
  Revenues increased 41% to $55.3 million in fiscal 1995 from $39.2 million in
fiscal 1994. The increase resulted from higher demand across all product
lines, with significant growth coming from international sales through the
Company's OEM agreement with Philips. Revenues from Philips were $9.8 million
in fiscal 1995, compared with $4.1 million in fiscal 1994. Export sales
accounted for 21% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 1995, compared with 11%
in fiscal 1994.
 
  The gross profit margin declined to 49% in fiscal 1995 from 50% in fiscal
1994, due to an adjustment to expense of $0.3 million for inventory revalued
at the time of Bennett's acquisition.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues
decreased to 22% in fiscal 1995 from 25% in fiscal 1994, due primarily to
increased revenues. Research and development expenses increased to $8.6
million in fiscal 1995 from $7.3 million in fiscal 1994, reflecting the
Company's continued efforts to develop and commercialize the full-view digital
imaging mammography system, as well as efforts to enhance existing systems.
 
  The effective tax rate was 45% in fiscal 1995, compared with 55% in fiscal
1994. These tax rates exceed the federal statutory federal income tax rate due
primarily to state income taxes and nondeductible amortization of cost in
excess of net assets of acquired companies. The decrease in the effective tax
rate in 1995 resulted from the lower relative impact of nondeductible
amortization of cost in excess of net assets of acquired companies and state
income taxes.
 
 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 1994 Compared With Twelve Months Ended
January 1, 1994
 
  Revenues increased 45% to $54.4 million in 1994 from $37.5 million in 1993.
The increase resulted from the initiation of OEM sales under the Philips
agreement, an increase in digital spot mammography sales and increased demand
for StereoGuide needle-biopsy, mammography and industrial imaging equipment
due to increased demand. Revenues from Philips were $5.8 million in 1994.
Export sales accounted for 14% of the Company's revenues in 1994, compared
with 10% of revenues in 1993.
 
  The gross profit margin declined to 49% in 1994 from 50% in 1993, due to a
change in sales mix.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues
declined to 24% in 1994 from 26% in 1993, due primarily to an increase in
total revenues. Research and development expenses increased to $10.7 million
in 1994 from $7.2 million in 1993, reflecting the Company's continued efforts
to develop and commercialize the full-view digital imaging mammography system
and the Sonic CT system, and the development of the Philips OEM product.
 
  The effective tax rate during 1994 was 55%, compared with 54% in 1993. These
rates exceed the statutory federal income tax rate due to nondeductible
amortization of cost in excess of net assets of acquired companies and the
impact of state income taxes.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  Consolidated working capital was $35.6 million at March 30, 1996, compared
with $13.2 million at September 30, 1995. Included in working capital are cash
and cash equivalents of $19.2 million at March 30, 1996 and $0.2 million at
September 30, 1995. Cash provided by operating activities was $1.8 million in
the six months ended March 30, 1996. The Company used cash of $4.1 million and
$1.9 million to fund increases in accounts receivable and inventories,
respectively, during the first six months of fiscal 1996. The increase in
receivables resulted from higher sales while the inventory increase resulted
from business growth and a new product that will be shipped in the third
fiscal quarter. The Company expended $1.5 million on purchases of property,
plant and equipment during the first half of fiscal 1996. The Company expects
to expend approximately $1.4 million for additional purchases of property,
plant and equipment during the remainder of fiscal 1996.
 
  In connection with the transfer of the outstanding shares of capital stock
of Bennett, the Company issued to ThermoTrex the $42,000,000 principal amount
Convertible Note. In March 1996, ThermoTrex converted $3,000,000 principal
amount of the Convertible Note into 254,452 shares of Common Stock. In
November 1995, the Company completed a private placement of 1,862,000 shares
of its Common Stock for net proceeds of approximately $17.6 million. In
January 1996, the Company sold 100,000 shares of its Common Stock in a private
placement for net proceeds of $1.1 million.
   
  In April 1996, the Company signed a non-binding letter of intent to acquire
Continental, an Illinois company that designs, manufactures and markets
general purpose and specialty X-ray systems for approximately $18.2 million in
cash, including the repayment of $5.7 million in debt. The purchase price is
subject to a post-closing adjustment based on the net asset value of
Continental as of the closing date. If the acquisition is completed, the
Company intends to finance the acquisition through the proceeds of the
Offerings.     
   
  In May 1996, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of XRE, a
Massachusetts company that designs, manufactures and markets X-ray imaging
systems used for cardiac catheterization and angiographs, for approximately
$17.0 million in cash. In addition, the Company repaid approximately $1.8
million of XRE's debt. The purchase price is subject to a post-closing
adjustment based on the net asset value of XRE as of the closing date. The
Company financed the acquisition through its existing cash balances.     
 
  Working capital at March 30, 1996, on a pro forma basis assuming the
acquisitions of XRE and Continental, which are assumed to have been financed
through cash on hand and borrowings from Thermo Electron, had occurred on that
date, would have been $10.6 million. (See the pro forma combined condensed
balance sheet included elsewhere in this Prospectus.)
 
  Although the Company expects to have positive cash flow from its existing
operations, the Company anticipates it will require significant amounts of
cash to pursue the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies.
The Company expects that it will finance these acquisitions through a
combination of internal funds, the net proceeds of the Offerings, additional
debt or equity financing and/or short-term borrowings from ThermoTrex or
Thermo Electron, although it has no agreement with these companies to ensure
that funds will be available on acceptable terms or at all. The Company
believes that its existing resources are sufficient to meet the capital
requirements of its existing businesses for the foreseeable future, including
at least the next 24 months.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
   
  The Company is a worldwide leader in the design, manufacture and marketing
of mammography equipment and minimally invasive stereotactic needle biopsy
systems used for the detection of breast cancer, as well as a leading designer
and manufacturer of general radiography (X-ray) equipment. A mammography
system is a dedicated radiographic system designed specifically to image
breast tissue. Stereotactic needle biopsy systems, which use a guided hollow
needle to extract a sample of tissues from the breast, offer a cost-effective,
less invasive alternative to open surgery for the biopsy of suspicious breast
lesions. The Company recently broadened its product base by acquiring Bennett
X-Ray Corporation ("Bennett"), a leading producer of specialty and general
purpose radiographic systems, including mammography systems, and XRE
Corporation ("XRE"), a manufacturer of X-ray imaging systems used for cardiac
catheterization and angiography.     
 
  The Company believes the introduction of technologically innovative products
has made a significant contribution to the achievement of its leadership
position. In 1984, the Company introduced the first mammography system with a
high frequency generator, which improved image quality while reducing
radiation dosage. The Company's Bennett Contour mammography system is designed
with a patented tilt C-arm which permits imaging of breast tissue closer to
the chest wall and greater flexibility in the positioning of patients. The
Company's Lorad StereoGuide stereotactic needle biopsy system is one of two
dedicated prone systems sold in the world, and its LORAD DSM digital spot
mammography option was one of the first digital imaging systems available for
use with stereotactic needle biopsy. The Bennett high frequency generator,
introduced in 1989, was the first generator to offer 100 kHz high frequency
power for general radiographic systems, resulting in improved image quality
while reducing radiation dosage.
 
  The Company's mammography and stereotactic needle biopsy systems are used by
radiologists and physicians in offices, hospitals and dedicated breast-care
centers, and its general radiography systems are used by physicians and
radiologists, both in office and hospital settings, as well as by
veterinarians and chiropractors. The Company sells its systems worldwide
principally through a network of independent dealers. In addition, the Company
manufactures mammography and radiography systems and components as an original
equipment manufacturer for other medical equipment companies such as United
States Surgical Corporation ("U.S. Surgical"), the GE Medical Systems division
of General Electric Company, Inc. ("GE") and the Philips Medical Systems North
America Company subsidiary of Philips N.V. ("Philips").
 
  The Company believes that sales of mammography systems will be driven by
acceptance of mammography as an effective cancer screening tool and
improvements in performance through technological innovation such as full-view
digital imaging. The Company believes that growth in the market for
stereotactic needle biopsy systems will be driven by increasing recognition in
the medical community of the effectiveness of this procedure as an alternative
to more invasive procedures, as well as by general health-care cost-
containment trends. The Company believes that sales in the market for general
radiographic systems are driven primarily by replacement of older systems.
 
  The Company's strategy includes maintaining its market position and
expanding into complementary markets through continued technological
innovation and strategic acquisitions. The Company recently introduced a
proprietary High Transmission Cellular ("HTC") grid for use with its
mammography systems that provides better image contrast than existing grids at
lower radiation doses, and a patented autoexposure tomography option to its
general radiography systems that reduces the need for multiple exposures in
tomography procedures, thereby reducing the radiation exposure to the patient.
The Company believes the most promising technological advances in the
radiography field will be derived from the substitution of electronic
detectors for the film currently used in substantially all radiographic
systems. This digital imaging technology is expected to be capable of higher
image quality, to permit the enhancement of an X-ray image through software
and to allow near-real-time, off-site analysis of the X-ray image by
radiologists. The Company is currently developing a full-view digital imaging
mammography system and has working prototypes at two clinical sites. The
Company believes
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
that the digital imaging technology being developed for this system may be
adaptable to general radiography and cardiac diagnostic imaging systems and
the Company will seek to develop applications in these markets.
   
  The Company also intends to expand or to augment its product line through
the acquisition of one or more additional companies or technologies. The
Company's strategy includes making acquisitions of companies that can benefit
from the Company's distribution channels and technology. In May 1996, the
Company acquired XRE, which designs, manufactures and markets X-ray imaging
systems used for cardiac catheterization and angiography. XRE manufactures
systems and system components as an original equipment manufacturer for other
medical equipment companies such as Philips and the Picker International, Inc.
subsidiary of GEC, Inc. ("Picker International"). It also sells its systems in
the United States directly and through distributors. In April 1996, the
Company signed a non-binding letter of intent to acquire Continental X-Ray
Corporation and certain of its affiliates (collectively, "Continental").
Continental designs, manufactures and markets radiographic/fluoroscopic
products, general radiography systems, electrophysiology products used in
cardiac laboratories and dedicated mammography systems. There can be no
assurance that the Continental transaction will be successfully completed.
    
INTRODUCTION TO RADIOGRAPHY
 
  Radiography involves the use of X-rays to produce images of matter beneath
an opaque surface. Radiography has been used as a medical diagnostic tool
since the turn of the century. A radiographic imaging system principally
consists of a generator, an X-ray tube and an image recording system, which is
usually film. The object to be imaged is placed between the X-ray tube and the
film. Typically, filters or grids are placed between the X-ray tube and the
object, or the object and the film, to reduce extraneous X-rays. Some
radiographic systems include a bucky, or moving grid, to increase image
contrast by reducing scattering X-rays.
 
  X-rays, which are not reflected by opaque surfaces, pass through the object
and expose the film. However, if the object is comprised of areas of varying
densities or chemical compositions, X-rays will be absorbed by the denser
areas or areas of certain chemical compositions in proportion to the density
or chemical composition of the matter. As a result, the film will be exposed
to a varying degree, thereby producing an image of the density or chemical
variation within the object. For example, since bone has a greater density
than the surrounding tissue in the body, X-rays can be used to produce an
image of a skeleton.
 
  Radiographic imaging systems are differentiated on the basis of the power
and frequency of the generator, the configuration of the X-ray tube relative
to the film and the software that controls the operation of the system. In
certain areas, the specialized requirements of the imaging procedure have
resulted in the development of dedicated systems. For example, mammography
systems, which are designed exclusively to image breast tissue, have the
ability to compress the breast, adjust X-ray power levels and use automated
software controls programmed to provide the best image of breast tissue.
 
BREAST CANCER DETECTION
 
  Breast cancer is the second leading cause of cancer fatalities in women. The
incidence of breast cancer in American women has grown from one in 20 in 1940
to one in 11 in 1980 to one in eight in 1994. The American Cancer Society
("ACS") estimates that in 1996 over 184,000 new cases of breast cancer in
American women will be reported and approximately 44,000 American women will
die from the disease.
 
  Successful treatment of breast cancer depends in large part on the early
detection of malignant lesions in the breast. Current detection procedures
typically include clinical and self examination, screening mammography and, if
necessary, a biopsy. Physical examination is only useful for detecting lesions
that can be felt, while mammography has the ability to reveal lesions that
have not advanced to that stage. If a suspicious lesion is discovered in a
screening mammogram, the woman typically will undergo a biopsy, which is a
procedure to physically remove cells from the lesion for testing in a
laboratory. If the cells are cancerous, the woman generally
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
undergoes some form of cancer treatment. The Company designs, manufactures and
markets both mammography and biopsy systems.
 
 Mammography Systems
 
  Most experts agree that mammography is the best method for detecting breast
cancer. The ACS and eighteen other health organizations, including the
American Medical Association, recommend that women aged 40 to 49 undergo a
screening mammogram every one to two years and that women over the age of 50
undergo an annual screening mammogram. However, only approximately 40% of
women in the United States comply with the ACS guidelines. The National Cancer
Institute and the American College of Physicians currently only recommend
screening mammography for women over the age of 50.
 
  Current mammography systems are limited in their ability to image dense
breast tissue, typically found in women under the age of 50. This is
significant since approximately one-quarter of the women diagnosed with breast
cancer are under the age of 50. In addition, women with a family history of
breast cancer are at a higher risk of getting the disease and are therefore
encouraged to start undergoing screening mammography at a younger age.
 
  Successful imaging of dense breast tissue requires high contrast images. The
Company recently introduced a new proprietary HTC grid that, compared to
existing grids, reduces scattering X-rays, while blocking fewer primary X-
rays, resulting in higher contrast images with lower radiation doses. In
addition, the Company is developing a full-view digital imaging mammography
system designed to substantially increase image contrast without a significant
decrease in image resolution.
 
  Demand in the market for mammography systems is driven primarily by
technological innovation that produces better image quality. Although growth
of the installed base has slowed, demand for new systems continues as older
models are replaced with ones offering new technological innovations. In
addition, the Company believes that the market outside the United States will
grow as more countries adopt mammography quality standards similar to those
recently adopted in the United States.
 
  The Company currently markets six different mammography systems. The
Company's systems are generally differentiated on the basis of price and
performance. The Company's high-end models are the recently introduced Lorad
M-IV and the Bennett Contour, which have retail list prices of approximately
$96,000 and $89,000, respectively. The Lorad M-IV offers enhanced image
quality and system features over the Lorad M-III, which has been Lorad's high-
end model for the last five years. Many of the Lorad M-IV's features were
developed in response to user demands, including upgradability and modular
systems. The Bennett Contour offers a patented tilt C-arm which permits the
system to tilt toward or away from the patient to aid in imaging breast
tissue. The Company's lower-priced models are the Lorad M-III and the Bennett
MF-150, which have retail list prices of approximately $82,500 and $48,000,
respectively. These models do not offer all of the features of the high-end
models and are marketed to more cost-conscious customers. In addition, the
Company offers the Lorad T-350 and the Bennett MD-5 mobile mammography
systems.
 
  The Company is also developing a next generation mammography system which
replaces the film with a solid-state detector capable of directly recording
the X-ray image in an electronic format. The Company anticipates that this
digital imaging system will be able to record 4,000 different shades of grey
compared to only 200 shades of grey in conventional film-recorded images,
resulting in significantly greater image contrast. In addition, since the
image is recorded in electronic format, it can be enhanced and manipulated,
transmitted over telephone lines to remote locations, and stored on magnetic
or optical media.
 
  The Company currently offers a DSM digital spot mammography option for use
primarily with stereotactic needle biopsy. However, this system is capable of
imaging only a small area of the breast. The Company currently has prototype
full-view digital imaging mammography systems in operation at Good Samaritan
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
Hospital in New York and the University of Virginia. At the Radiology Society
of North America Conventions in 1994 and 1995, the Company displayed superior
images from its prototypes to radiologists. The Company expects to submit a
modified design of this prototype to the United States Food and Drug
Administration ("FDA") for clearance, which is required before the Company can
commercially market its full-view digital imaging mammography system. There
can be no assurance that the Company will receive all necessary FDA
clearances. See "Risk Factors--Government Regulation" and "Business--
Government Regulation."
 
 Stereotactic Needle Biopsy Systems
 
  Mammography is only one of the first steps in the diagnosis of breast
cancer. If a mammogram reveals a suspicious lesion that cannot be identified
as benign or malignant, the next step typically is to perform a biopsy to
remove cells from the suspicious lesion to determine whether or not they are
cancerous. Studies indicate that between 1% and 2% of women undergoing their
first screening mammography in the United States will have a biopsy. However,
only 20% to 40% of women biopsied will be diagnosed with breast cancer.
 
  Traditionally, biopsies have been performed in open surgery under general
anesthetic. Surgical biopsies can be painful procedures, and surgeons
generally remove a large area of breast tissue, about the size of a golf ball,
to ensure the collection of tissue from the suspicious lesion. These surgeries
can leave visible scarring on the breast and scar tissue in the breast that
can make detecting cancers in future mammograms more difficult.
 
  The Company offers a variety of needle biopsy systems that provide an
alternative to surgical biopsy. Stereotactic needle biopsy systems were
introduced to address the disadvantages of surgical biopsy. Stereotactic
needle biopsy procedures can be performed on an out-patient basis under local
anesthetic. These procedures generally remove only a small tissue sample,
resulting in minimal scarring both on and in the breast. Recent studies
indicate that stereotactic needle biopsy is equally effective compared to
surgical biopsy in determining whether a suspicious lesion is malignant. The
typical cost of a stereotactic needle biopsy procedure is approximately $1,000
compared to approximately $3,000 for a surgical biopsy. However, because this
procedure was only recently introduced and is still gaining acceptance by the
medical community, less than 10% of breast tissue biopsies performed in 1994
used a stereotactic needle biopsy procedure.
 
  The basic principle of a stereotactic needle biopsy system is that a hollow
needle is inserted into the breast to remove cells from the suspicious lesion.
The needle is guided to the suspicious lesion by use of stereotactic images of
the breast. Stereotactic images are two images of the same fixed breast, one
taken at a 15 degree angle off true vertical in one direction and the other
taken at a 15 degree angle off true vertical in the other direction. The
stereotactic images are input into a computer and then used to plot the
coordinates of the lesion to aim a computer-controlled needle gun.
 
  The Company offers upright, add-on systems, the StereoLoc II and MF-CYTO,
that can be attached to most of its mammography systems. Add-on systems are
principally comprised of a needle gun attachment that fits onto the
mammography system in place of the breast compression paddle. The stereotactic
images required to plot the location of the lesion are taken by the
mammography system. These systems enhance the functionality of a mammography
system and are beneficial to customers which have only periodic demand for
stereotactic needle biopsy procedures.
 
  The Company also offers a dedicated prone table, the StereoGuide, for
customers with greater demand for biopsy procedures. With the dedicated prone
table, the patient lies down with her breast suspended through an aperture in
the table. The X-ray imaging equipment and needle gun are mounted below the
table. Patients on the prone table are more comfortable, increasing the
likelihood they will remain still during the procedure, and cannot see the
needle being inserted in their breast, reducing the chance of fainting. The
Company's Stereoguide system is the subject of a lawsuit by Fischer alleging
infringement of a Fischer patent. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated With
Pending and Threatened Patent Litigation" and "Business--Patents and
Proprietary Technology."
 
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
  The Company offers a digital spot imaging option with all of its
stereotactic needle biopsy systems. Although not capable of imaging the entire
breast, digital spot imagers are capable of capturing an area large enough to
cover a suspicious lesion. The Company's digital spot imaging systems can
record and display an X-ray image in approximately ten seconds. Since the
image is recorded directly in electronic format, a computer can quickly plot
the location of the lesion and aim the needle gun once the lesion has been
located with a cursor on the computer screen. A stereotactic needle biopsy
procedure using digital spot imaging can be performed in as short a time as
ten minutes compared with a typical time of 45 minutes using a film-based
system. The retail list price for the StereoGuide table with the digital spot
imaging option is $234,000 and for the add-on system with the digital spot
imaging option ranges from $135,000 to $140,000.
 
  The Company believes that the stereotactic needle biopsy system market will
grow as the procedure becomes more widely accepted by the medical community
and as pressures to contain health-care costs increase.
 
GENERAL RADIOGRAPHY
 
  The Company is a leading designer and manufacturer of office-based
radiographic systems, which are basic systems generally used in medical
outpatient facilities, such as doctors' offices and surgi-care centers, as
well as by chiropractors and veterinarians. The Company has focused on this
segment of the market and achieved its leadership position by providing low-
cost, reliable systems. In 1993, the Company broadened its focus by offering
the more sophisticated and expensive radiographic systems typically used in
hospitals.
 
  The Company entered the hospital market with systems based on its high
frequency generator, which permits shorter exposure times, resulting in lower
radiation doses and greater image contrast and resolution. The Company
believes this generator currently provides it with a technological advantage
over its competitors. In addition to this generator, the Company has also
developed an overhead tube crane and table targeted to the hospital market.
 
  The United States market for general radiographic systems is stable and
consists primarily of replacement sales as customers upgrade older equipment.
The Company believes that the international market is substantially larger
than the United States market and that the installed base of systems is still
growing, particularly in developing countries. The Company has recently been
expanding its international sales efforts.
 
  The Company recently introduced the first, and currently only, general
radiographic system to receive the World Health Organization ("WHO") World
Health Imaging System--Radiographic ("WHIS-RAD") certificate of approval. The
Company's WHIS-RAD system is a flexible and easy to use general purpose
radiographic system. WHO will subsidize purchases of WHIS-RAD-approved systems
by qualifying health care organizations in developing countries.
 
  The Company's radiographic systems typically include a generator, a tube
stand and a table or bucky structure. For each of these components the Company
offers a variety of options and features that can be configured to create
systems with different price and performance characteristics. A high-end,
hospital-based system, which has a retail list price of approximately $80,000,
may be comprised of a 60 kilowatt, high frequency generator; a ceiling-mounted
overhead tube crane; a four-way floating, elevating table; and an upright
bucky stand. An office-based system, which has a retail list price of
approximately $30,000, may be comprised of a 25 kilowatt, high frequency
generator; a floor-mounted, free standing tube stand and an upright bucky
stand.
 
  The Company recently introduced a tomography unit with a patented automatic
exposure option for use with its general radiographic systems. In a tomography
system, during the exposure the X-ray tube sweeps over the subject with the
film tray sweeping under the subject in the opposite direction. The resulting
image provides an
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
unobstructed view at a desired plane within the subject's body. Prior to the
introduction of the Company's automatic exposure option, multiple exposures
were generally required to obtain a correctly exposed image. The Company
believes that for a number of applications its $80,000-$110,000 tomography
system may be a cost-effective alternative to CT scanners which can cost up to
$800,000.
 
  The Company believes digital imaging will have significant application in
the general radiographic and radiographic/flouroscopy markets and that the
technology it develops for its full-view digital imaging mammography system
may be adaptable to these applications. In general radiographic applications,
the Company believes digital imaging will produce better quality images and
reduce operating costs by eliminating the need for film and processing
equipment and chemicals. In addition, digital imaging will permit the
electronic storage of images on magnetic or optical media, as well as the
transmission of images to multiple locations. Furthermore, the Company
believes digital imaging in radiographic/fluoroscopy systems will be able to
replace the image intensifier and spot film device, which are both large and
expensive components.
 
CARDIAC CATHETERIZATION AND ANGIOGRAPHY
   
  The Company, through its XRE subsidiary, designs, manufactures and markets
complete cardiac catheterization laboratories and positioners for
cardiovascular imaging systems. XRE systems consist of a mechanical positioner
which is used to position an X-ray source and, an image intensifier around a
patient who lies prone on an angiographic table. The entire system is designed
to provide real time images of the heart and coronary arteries for physicians
performing interventional procedures, such as a diagnostic angiogram or
balloon angioplasty.     
 
  Coronary artery disease is the leading cause of death in the United States
and represents an increasing health risk throughout the world. According to an
industry source, between 20 and 25 million individuals in the United States
suffer from some form of coronary artery disease, with an estimated cost to
the United States health care system of approximately $120 billion annually.
One of the most common forms of cardiovascular disease is atherosclerosis
which can lead to atheroma, or a narrowing of the arteries. In addition to the
coronary arteries, atherosclerosis can effect blood vessels in the brain, legs
and arteries throughout the body.
 
  Traditionally, cardiac catheterization has been the tool of choice for
diagnosing atherosclerosis and certain other cardiovascular diseases because
it provides the clearest and most accurate depiction of the coronary arteries.
Cardiac catheterization involves X-ray imaging of the heart and large blood
vessels following the injection of a radio-opaque solution into the patient.
 
  Historically, the primary form of treatment for coronary artery disease has
been open-heart bypass surgery. However, in recent years significant advances
have been made in the treatment of atherosclerosis and other coronary artery
diseases without extensive surgery. A common alternative treatment is
angioplasty, a procedure in which a segment of a narrowed coronary artery is
stretched by the inflation of a balloon introduced into the affected artery. A
more recent development involves the permanent implantation of devices such as
a stent into the blood vessel in order to keep the restricted vessel open.
 
  Angioplasty is less invasive than surgery and generally does not require a
lengthy hospitalization (typically no more than two days). The Company
believes vascular and cardiovascular surgeons will increasingly use balloon
angioplasty and these other less invasive techniques to treat vascular
diseases in a non-surgical setting. Each of these procedures is performed
under the guidance of X-ray imaging.
   
  The Company's cardiac catheterization and angiography products are sold
worldwide under the Angiographic Devices tradename through its own direct
sales force and a network of independent dealers. The Company's products
include the Unicath C cardiovascular imaging system, and the Unicath LP
biplane cardiovascular imaging system. The Company recently introduced the
Unicath SP, its top of the line single plane and cardiovascular system with
enhanced features such as a larger X-ray tube and advanced image intensifier.
The Company also recently introduced the Poly Cx, a lower-cost alternative it
believes is ideally suited for suburban and smaller hospitals, as well as the
export market. The Company also designs, manufactures and sells other
specialized X-ray systems, such as the Unicath EP electrophysiology
laboratory.     
       
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Company also offers a complete line of digital imaging products. The
Company has developed and introduced a high speed digital imaging system,
DVFX, which is capable of acquiring images which may be stored on a variety of
media. This system is capable of providing high resolution real-time digital
images at 30 frames per second. DVFX employs a proprietary digital filtering
system developed expressly for use in interventional imaging. Its open system
architecture facilitates image transfer and storage using industry standard,
high speed networks.     
       
          
  Many of the Company's positioners are based on its parallelogram-based
design. This design permits multi-angular views of the heart and coronary
arteries while the patient remains stationary on the table. As of December 31,
1995, over 4,000 cardiac catheterization and angiographic positioners and
systems manufactured by XRE had been installed throughout the world.     
       
       
  The Company's strategy is to increase sales of XRE products by marketing
them through the Company's dealer network and to incorporate the Company's
digital imaging technology into XRE's product offerings. In addition, the XRE
acquisition will permit the Company to broaden its product offerings and
leverage its sales and service organizations.
 
OTHER PRODUCTS
 
  The Company uses its technological and manufacturing expertise to produce a
number of other products.
 
  The Company's LPX-160 portable imaging system is based on the Company's
medical imaging technology. This system is designed to produce high-resolution
images of metals, composites and plastics. Customers for this system include
the United States Air Force and several commercial airlines, which use the
system to test for stress fractures and other defects in aircraft, and
Canadian and American utilities, which use the system to inspect pipelines and
turbines. The Company was recently awarded a $9.7 million contract for these
systems from the United States Air Force. Sales to the United States Air Force
were approximately $1.1 million or 2.1% of the Company's revenues for the nine
months ended September 30, 1995 and approximately $3.2 million or 4.8% of the
Company's revenues for the six months ended March 30, 1996.
 
  The Company manufactures an X-ray source that is used as a component to a
fill-measuring device sold by Thermedics Inc., a publicly-traded majority-
owned subsidiary of Thermo Electron. Through February 1996, the Company has
sold approximately 98 such devices under this arrangement.
 
  The Company also manufactures the laser used in ThermoLase Corporation's
hair removal process. ThermoLase Corporaton is a publicly-traded, majority-
owned subsidiary of ThermoTrex. The Company has sold 54 lasers to ThermoLase
under this arrangement and has committed to deliver 126 additional lasers.
       
RADIOGRAPHIC/FLUOROSCOPY
 
  In April 1996, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent to
acquire all of the assets of Continental. Continental designs, manufactures
and markets radiographic/fluoroscopic products, general radiography systems,
electrophysiology products used in cardiac laboratories and dedicated
mammography systems.
 
  A radiographic/fluoroscopic ("R/F") system is able to record dynamic events
by capturing a series of images in a short period of time. For example, R/F
systems are used for various gastrointestinal procedures which image in real
time the progress of a radio-opaque ingested solution (typically barium)
throughout the body. According to an industry source, end-user sales of R/F
equipment in the United States in 1994 were approximately $440 million.
 
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
  Founded more than 60 years ago, Continental produces R/F systems using
advanced high frequency generators that provide pulsed power, resulting in
substantially reduced radiation exposure to the patient. Continental's R/F
products include the DigiSpot 2000, a high speed digital imaging system that
directly records the image in electronic format, permitting the electronic
storage of images on magnetic or optical media and the transmission of images
to multiple locations with image quality comparable with film-based systems.
 
  Continental also manufactures a line of general radiographic products
targeted to hospital and clinical customers. Its general radiography product
line features high frequency generators with anatomical programming and other
operator selected features. Continental recently introduced its PMT
radiographic/tomographic line of products, which has the flexibility both to
image particular isolated organs, such as kidneys, and to function as a
general purpose radiographic suite, permitting hospitals to contain costs by
reducing the amount of space occupied by radiographic equipment.
 
  Continental's electrophysiology product line is used by hospitals in the
treatment of cardioarrythmia, which is characterized by the sudden wild
beating of the heart that can result in death. The EP 2000 system consists of
a positioner, an elevating/tilting table and a high frequency X-ray generator.
The system features variable pulsed power with high performance digital
imaging.
 
  Continental also manufactures the MAM CP System, an advanced mammography
system using high frequency generators, a biased focused X-ray tube and
automatic exposure control.
 
  Continental's products are sold worldwide through a network of independent
dealers. In addition, Continental sells electrophysiology products to GE,
Toshiba and Shimadzu through OEM arrangements. Continental recently entered
into a two-year agreement with Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corporation to be one
of its two exclusive providers of general radiographic imaging equipment.
Continental also has group purchasing agreements with AmeriNet and Health
Services Corporation of America which extend through late 1997. Continental
manufactures its products at its 150,000 square-foot manufacturing plant in
Broadview, Illinois.
 
  The Company's strategy is to increase sales by merging the Company's and
Continental's products into a full line of X-ray imaging systems, thereby
enhancing their desirability to dealer networks and OEM customers. The Company
also believes that the ability to offer a full line of products will enable it
to compete more effectively for contracts with national hospital chains and
international customers. In addition, the Company believes that the companies'
respective digital technologies may have application to each others' products.
 
  The terms relating to the proposed acquisition of Continental by the Company
are set forth in a non-binding letter of intent between the parties. However,
the Company and Continental have yet to enter into a definitive purchase
agreement, and there can be no assurance that the final arrangements between
the parties will be as set forth in the letter of intent or that the parties
will consummate the transactions contemplated therein.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
 Sales by Dealers and Distributors
   
  The Company's products are sold worldwide under the Lorad, Bennett and
Angiographic Devices names through separate networks of independent dealers.
Lorad systems are sold domestically through a network of approximately 50
dealers managed by six regional offices. Bennett systems are sold domestically
to physicians, clinics and hospitals through a network of approximately 50
dealers supported by three Bennett regional sales managers and six direct
sales people focused on mammography. Overseas, Lorad systems are sold by
approximately 40 distributors covering 50 countries and Bennett systems are
sold by approximately 100 distributors covering more than 75 countries. The
Company and its network of independent dealers maintain a staff of factory-
trained service technicians to support the Lorad and Bennett systems. The
Company's XRE subsidiary sells its cardiac catheterization and angiography
products through a six person direct sales force and a network of
approximately twenty-five independent dealers covering primarily North
America, Eastern Europe, Western Europe and the Pacific Rim.     
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
 OEM Agreements
   
  In addition to manufacturing and marketing its own systems, the Company
manufactures systems and system components as an original equipment
manufacturer ("OEM") for other medical equipment companies. In general, under
the Company's OEM agreements, which could expire between 1996 and 1998, the
manufacturers are obligated to purchase from the Company certain minimum
quantities of systems, system components and subsystems manufactured by the
Company. There can be no assurance that upon the expiration of these
agreements they will be renewed or that new OEM customers can be identified.
    
  The Company is party to several agreements with Philips pursuant to which
the Company's Lorad division manufactures mammography systems based on Philips
and Lorad design criteria and a mobile general purpose X-ray system, both for
sale by Philips under the Philips nameplate. The agreement for the purchase of
the Lorad mammography systems has an initial term of five years expiring in
1998, and is renewable for successive 12-month terms. The agreement requires
Philips to purchase a minimum of 800 units over the term of the agreement, in
gradually increasing increments of between 76 and 190 per year. The agreement
for the purchase of mobile general purpose X-ray systems is renewable for
successive 12-month terms. The agreement requires Philips to purchase a
minimum of 300 units over the term of the agreement, although this agreement
is cancellable by either party if Philips fails to purchase at least 200 units
in any calendar year beginning after December 31, 1995. Sales to Philips
accounted for 18% of the Company's total revenues in fiscal 1995. Sales to
Philips accounted for 45% of XRE's sales in the twelve months ended December
31, 1995.
 
  The Company is party to an agreement with GE pursuant to which the Company's
Bennett subsidiary manufactures radiographic systems utilizing Bennett's high
frequency generators for sale by GE under the GE nameplate. The agreement with
GE is for an initial term of three years expiring December 31, 1997.
 
  The Company is a party to an agreement with Philips Medizin Systeme
Unternehmensbereich der Philips GmbH ("Philips Germany") pursuant to which the
Company's Bennett subsidiary manufactures radiographic systems for sale by
Philips Germany outside of the United States and Canada under the Smit Rontgen
nameplate. The agreement is renewable for successive 12-month terms. The
agreement does not require Philips Germany to purchase any minimum quantity of
products, but Philips Germany is required to provide Bennett with a 12-month
non-binding rolling forecast of its purchasing requirements.
 
  In October 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with U.S. Surgical
pursuant to which the Company's Lorad division is manufacturing its
StereoGuide prone stereotactic biopsy table modified to accept a U.S. Surgical
biopsy device for sale by U.S. Surgical under the U.S. Surgical nameplate.
U.S. Surgical has agreed
       
to purchase a minimum of 60 tables during the first year of this agreement and
certain minimum purchase requirements to maintain exclusivity thereafter.
   
  The Company's XRE subsidiary manufactures gantries or "positioners" for
Philips' PolyDiagnost C2 cardiovascular system and Picker International's
Cardicon-L and Omnicon-L cardiovascular systems. Sales to OEM's represented
approximately 50% of XRE's total revenues in 1995.     
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
  The Company maintains active programs for the development of new mammography
and X-ray imaging systems. The Company's current development efforts are
focused on the development of a full-view digital imaging mammography system,
direct detection X-ray sensors and the enhancement of existing mammography
products. The Company believes that the digital imaging technology developed
for this system also will be readily adaptable to general radiographic and
cardiac diagnostic imaging systems. No assurance can be given that the
Company's development programs will be successfully completed.
 
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
  One of the Company's long-term research and development programs is the
development of a Sonic CT (Computed Tomography) system that uses acoustic
waves to form high-resolution images of breast tissue. Sonic CT uses no
ionizing radiation, provides near real-time images and has the potential to
detect some of the masses that are undetectable using conventional X-ray
mammography. The Company is collecting patient data with a clinical test unit
in conjunction with radiologists at the University of California, San Diego.
 
  The Company is developing products based upon digital imaging technology
developed by scientists at ThermoTrex. ThermoTrex has granted the Company a
fully-paid, exclusive, worldwide, perpetual license to use and sell such
technology in the fields of mammography and general radiography. Under the
terms of the license agreement with ThermoTrex, if the Company elects to fund
approximately $6 million of ThermoTrex's research and development over the
next three years, the Company's license will be extended to cover the fields
of radiographic/fluoroscopy, mobile C-arm fluoroscopy and
cardiology/angiography. The Company will purchase digital imaging detectors
from ThermoTrex. See "Relationship and Potential Conflicts of Interest with
Thermo Electron and ThermoTrex."
 
  Research and development expenses of the Company were $7.2 million, $10.7
million and $8.6 million for 1993, 1994 and the nine months ended September
30, 1995, respectively.
 
COMPETITION
   
  The health care industry in general, and the market for imaging products in
particular, is highly competitive. The Company competes with a number of
companies, many of which have substantially greater financial, marketing and
other resources than the Company. The Company's competitors include large
companies such as GE, Philips, the Siemens Corporation subsidiary of Siemens
AG, Toshiba American Medical Systems, Inc. and Toshiba America MRI, Inc.
(collectively, "Toshiba"), Shimadzu and Picker International, which compete in
most diagnostic imaging modalities, including X-ray imaging. In addition, a
significant portion of the Company's sales are to GE and Philips through OEM
arrangements. The products sold by such OEMs compete with those offered by the
Company and its independent dealers. The Company's StereoLoc II, MF-CYTO and
StereoGuide stereotactic needle biopsy systems compete with products offered
by GE, Fischer Imaging Corporation and Philips and with conventional surgical
biopsy procedures.     
          
  The Company competes primarily on the basis of product features, product
performance and reputation as well as price and service. Although the Company
believes that its products currently compete favorably with respect to such
factors, there can be no assurance that the Company can maintain its
competitive position against current and potential competitors, especially
those with greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, service, support,
technical and other competitive resources. Competition could increase if new
companies enter the market or if existing competitors expand their product
lines. See "Risk Factors--Intense Competition" and "--Technological Change and
New Products."     
 
PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
   
  The Company's policy is to protect its intellectual property rights and to
apply for patent protection when appropriate. The Company currently holds 48
issued United States patents expiring at various dates ranging from 1996 to
2014. The Company also has 10 applications pending for additional United
States patents and a number of foreign counterparts for its patents in various
foreign countries. In addition, the Company has registered or other
trademarks. Patent protection provides the Company with competitive advantages
with respect to certain systems. The Company believes, however, that technical
know-how and trade secrets are more important to its business than patent
protection.     
 
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
  Competitors of the Company and other third-parties hold issued patents and
pending patent applications relating to imaging and other related
technologies, and it is uncertain whether these patents and patent
applications will require the Company to alter its products or processes, pay
licensing fees or cease certain activities. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on
Patents and Proprietary Rights" and "--Risks Associated With Pending and
Threatened Patent Litigation."
 
  In April 1992, Fischer Imaging Corporation ("Fischer") commenced a lawsuit
in the United States District Court, District of Colorado, against the
Company's Lorad division, alleging that the Lorad StereoGuide prone breast
biopsy system infringes a Fischer patent on a precision mammographic needle
biopsy system. As of September 30, 1995 the Company had sold 351 StereoGuide
systems, for aggregate revenues of approximately $34.4 million. The suit
requests a permanent injunction, treble damages and attorneys' fees and
expenses. If the Company is unsuccessful in defending this lawsuit it may be
enjoined from manufacturing and selling its StereoGuide system without a
license from Fischer. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able
to obtain such a license, if required, on commercially reasonable terms, if at
all. In addition, the Company may be subject to damages for past infringement.
No assurance can be given as to the amount which the Company may eventually be
required to pay in expenses or in such damages. The outcome of patent
litigation, particularly in jury trials, is inherently uncertain, and an
unfavorable outcome in the Fischer litigation could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business and results of operations.
 
  The Company also is aware of a U.S. patent held by Nicola E. Yanaki which
has been asserted by him against certain automatic exposure control features
included in most of the Company's current mammography systems. The Company has
been informed by Mr. Yanaki that a competitor of the Company has obtained a
license for use of this patent. Although the Company believes that the
validity of this patent may be questionable and subject to a successful
challenge, if the patent holder were successful in enforcing such patent the
Company could be subject to damages for past infringement and enjoined from
manufacturing and selling imaging equipment utilizing certain automatic
exposure control features, which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
  The Company is also aware of an issued European patent with counterparts in
other non-U.S. countries relating to imaging equipment utilizing certain
automatic exposure control features. The European patent is the subject of an
opposition proceeding before the European Patent Office. There can be no
assurance as to the outcome of such opposition.
 
  In connection with the organization of the Company, ThermoTrex agreed to
indemnify the Company for any and all cash damages in connection with the
Fischer lawsuit and any potential claims by the holder of the automatic
exposure control patent described above, with respect to sales of the
Company's products occurring prior to October 1995, when the businesses of
Lorad and Bennett were transferred to the Company. Notwithstanding this
indemnification, the Company would be required to report as an expense in its
results of operations the full amount, including any reimbursable amount, of
any damages in excess of the amount accrued ($2.3 million as of March 30,
1996), with any indemnification payment it receives from ThermoTrex being
treated as a contribution to shareholders' investment. An unsuccessful outcome
of this litigation may have a material adverse effect on the business of the
Company and on the results of operations of the Company for the period in
which such outcome occurs.
 
  The Company is aware of two U.S. patents owned by a former employee which
have been asserted against the Company relating to its HTC grid to be used
with the Company's mammography systems. Although the Company believes that the
HTC grid does not infringe either of these patents, if the holder of the
patents were successful in enforcing such patents, the Company could be
subject to damages and enjoined from manufacturing and selling the HTC grid.
 
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
  The Company's products and its research, development and manufacturing
activities are subject to regulation by numerous governmental authorities in
the United States and other countries. In the United States, medical devices
are subject to rigorous FDA review. The federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act,
the Public Health Services Act and other federal statutes and regulations
govern or influence the testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage,
record keeping, reporting, approval, advertising and promotion of products
such as those offered by the Company. Noncompliance with applicable
requirements can result in fines, recalls or seizures of products, total or
partial suspension of production and criminal prosecution.
 
  Pursuant to the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 (the "1976 Amendments") to
the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, and regulations promulgated
thereunder, medical devices intended for human use are classified into three
categories, Classes I, II and III, depending upon the degree of regulatory
control to which they will be subject. The Company believes its current
systems are classified as Class II devices.
 
  If a new medical device, irrespective of whether it is a Class II or III
device, is substantially equivalent to an existing device that has been
continuously marketed since the effective date of the 1976 Amendments (May 28,
1976) (a "Substantially Equivalent Device"), FDA requirements may be satisfied
through a procedure known as a "510(k) Submission," under which the applicant
provides product information supporting its claim of substantial equivalence.
In a 510(k) Submission, the FDA may also require that it be provided with
clinical test results demonstrating the safety and efficacy of the device.
 
  In connection with new product development, the Company from time to time
files 510(k) Submissions. While there can be no assurance in this regard, all
of the Company's X-ray components and products previously included in 510(k)
Submissions have received findings of substantial equivalence.
 
  Class III medical devices (which consist of life support/life sustaining
devices, diagnostic or implanted devices) that are not Substantially
Equivalent Devices are subject to a more stringent and time-consuming FDA
approval process.
 
  The Safe Medical Devices Act of 1990 substantially changed certain aspects
of the regulation of the sale of medical devices and, depending on how it is
interpreted and enforced, could make it substantially more difficult and time-
consuming to comply with pre-marketing clearance and approval processes.
Pursuant to this Act, the FDA is required to adopt implementing regulations,
which will require among other things that clinical test results supporting
the safety and efficacy of a medical device be included with a 510(k)
Submission. The regulations also provide that manufacturers of high-risk
medical devices (implantable devices, life sustaining/life support devices and
such other devices as the FDA may designate) must establish post-market
surveillance programs for devices that are first marketed after January 1,
1991.
 
  The FDA has not yet classified full-view digital imaging mammography systems
like the one being developed by the Company. If such systems are classified as
Class III devices, the Company would be required to file for FDA marketing
clearance for its full-view digital imaging mammography system under the PMA
process, which would require substantial clinical trials and would take a
number of years. While not classifying such systems, the FDA recently issued a
preliminary protocol for marketing clearance of full-view digital imaging
mammography systems suggesting that clearance may be obtained through an
enhanced 510(k) application with more extensive clinical trials. The
preliminary protocol calls for clinical trials on 400 subjects prior to
applying to the FDA for clearance to commercially market such a system and a
multi-year, follow-up study including comparative film and digital images on
12,000 subjects following commercial introduction. If the preliminary protocol
is adopted as currently drafted, the Company believes this follow-up study
will be overburdensome and may limit the commercialization of full-view
digital imaging mammography systems. The period for submitting comments to the
preliminary protocol has expired and the Company can make no prediction as to
when the FDA will issue a final protocol or if one will be issued at all.
 
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
  The Company is also subject to periodic inspections by the FDA whose primary
purpose is to audit the Company's compliance with Good Manufacturing Practices
("GMP"). Enforcement of GMP regulations has increased significantly in the
last several years, and the FDA has publicly stated that compliance will be
more strictly scrutinized. In the event that the Company or any of its
facilities was determined to be in noncompliance, and to the extent that the
Company or such facility was unable to convince the FDA of the adequacy of its
compliance, the FDA has the power to assert penalties or remedies, including a
recall or temporary suspension of product shipment until compliance is
achieved. Such penalties or remedies could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business and results of operations.
 
  The Company is also regulated by the FDA under the Radiation Control for
Health and Safety Act of 1968 (Public Law 90-602) which specifically addresses
radiation emitting products. Under this law, the Company is responsible for
submitting initial reports on all new X-ray systems that require certification
to FDA performance standards. The Company must also submit a quality assurance
and test program for FDA review to ensure continued compliance with X-ray
performance standards.
 
  Historically, the Company has been subject to recalls of certain of its
products from time to time under Public Law 90-602. Under this law, any
product which is not in compliance with the relevant performance standard must
be repaired, refurbished or returned at the manufacturer's expense.
 
  The Company is also subject to regulation under the Occupational Safety and
Health Act, the Environmental Protection Act, the Toxic Substances Act, the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the National Environmental Policy Act and
other federal, state or local statutes and regulations. The Company believes
that it is in material compliance with these and other applicable federal,
state and foreign legal and regulatory requirements under which it operates.
However, there can be no assurance that such legal or regulatory requirements
will not be amended or that new legal or regulatory requirements will not be
adopted, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business or results of operations.
 
REIMBURSEMENT
 
  Suppliers of health care products and services are affected by Medicare,
Medicaid and other government insurance programs, as well as by private
insurance reimbursement programs. Third party payors (Medicare, Medicaid,
private health insurance, health administration authorities in foreign
countries and other organizations) may affect the pricing or relative
attractiveness of the Company's products by regulating the maximum amount of
reimbursement provided for by such payors to the physicians, hospitals and
clinics utilizing the Company's products or by taking the position that such
reimbursement is not available at all.
 
  Since 1983, Medicare reimbursement has been based on a fixed amount for
admitting a patient with a specific diagnosis. Hospital profit margins have
been reduced significantly since the introduction of Diagnosis Related Groups
("DRGs"). As DRG reimbursement is a fixed amount based on a specific
diagnosis, hospitals have incentives to use less costly treatment methods. If
a new technology is considered to be more cost effective, hospitals will
frequently make capital expenditures to provide cost savings. Frequently DRG
reimbursement is reduced to reflect the adoption of a new procedure or
technique, and as a result hospitals are generally willing to implement new
cost saving technologies before these downward adjustments in DRG rates take
effect.
 
  The diagnostic procedures for which the Company's products are intended to
be used generally have been approved for Medicare reimbursement. Many of the
therapeutic procedures for which the Company's systems can be used have also
been approved for Medicare reimbursement. In addition, prior to 1991,
hospitals received Medicare reimbursement for the cost of capital equipment
such as the Company's products as a "capital pass through," which provided for
an 85% reimbursement of the Medicare utilization portion of the equipment
cost, pro rated over the depreciable life of the equipment.
 
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
  In 1991, the Health Care Financing Administration of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services published rules to change the method of capital
reimbursement for hospitals. The rules changed capital reimbursement from a
system based on costs to one based on prospective payment. The rules provide
for a ten year transition and permit hospitals with unusually low or high
capital reimbursement methods to be reimbursed fairly. The Company believes
that the new capital reimbursement rules have impacted facilities expansion
more heavily than medical equipment purchases.
 
  In early 1992, Medicare also began to phase in over a five-year period a new
system whereby reimbursement to physicians will be based on the lower of their
actual charges or a fee schedule amount based on "resource-based" relative
value "scale". This replaced a "charge-based" fee schedule, and is anticipated
to generally lower the reimbursements received by radiologists from the
previous method.
 
  The Company believes, however, that since minimally invasive surgical
techniques are generally less expensive than open or conventional surgery,
stereotactic breast biopsy and other systems offered by the Company provide
hospitals the opportunity to save costs and, therefore, possibly benefit from
a revised reimbursement system.
 
BACKLOG
   
  At both December 30, 1995 and March 30, 1996, the Company's backlog of firm
orders on a pro forma basis assuming the acquisition of XRE had been completed
was approximately $64 million. The Company includes in backlog only those
orders for which it has received completed purchase orders and for which
delivery has been specified within twelve months. Most orders are subject to
cancellation by the customer. Because of the possibility of customer changes
in delivery schedules, cancellation of orders and potential delays in product
shipments, the Company's backlog as of any particular date may not be
representative of actual sales for any succeeding period.     
 
FACILITIES
   
  The Company operates from three facilities: a 63,500 square foot office and
manufacturing facility in Danbury, Connecticut owned by the Company, a 120,000
square foot office and manufacturing facility in Copiague, New York leased by
the Company pursuant to a lease expiring in 2005 and a 156,000 square foot
office and manufacturing facility in Littleton, Massachusetts leased by the
Company pursuant to a lease expiring in 2012. As of May 30, 1996, the annual
base rent for the Company's Copiague, New York and Littleton, Massachusetts
facilities were approximately $600,000 and $858,000, respectively. The Company
has entered into a lease for a new 60,000 square foot building to be
constructed adjacent to its existing facility in Danbury, Connecticut. The
lease will commence upon completion of the building, which is expected to
occur in late 1996, and has a term of ten years with an initial annual base
rent of $771,600.     
 
PERSONNEL
   
  As of May 30, 1996, the Company had 810 employees, of which 19 were engaged
in senior management, 62 were engaged in administration and accounting, 147 in
research and development, 66 in sales and marketing, 62 in product support and
454 in manufacturing. None of the Company's employees are represented by a
labor union, and the Company considers its relations with its employees to be
good.     
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
  Except as described above under "Business--Patents and Proprietary
Technology," "Risk Factors--Dependence on Patents and Proprietary Rights" and
"--Risks Associated With Pending and Threatened Patent Litigation," the
Company is not a party to any litigation that it believes could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
   RELATIONSHIP AND POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST WITH THERMO ELECTRON AND
                                  THERMOTREX
 
  The Company was incorporated in September 1995 as a wholly-owned subsidiary
of ThermoTrex. ThermoTrex acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of
Bennett in September 1995 for approximately $42,000,000 in cash. On October 2,
1995, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
Bennett from ThermoTrex in exchange for the $42,000,000 principal amount
Convertible Note. Subsequently, on October 16, 1995, ThermoTrex contributed
all of the assets and liabilities relating to its Lorad division and the
development of its Sonic CT system to the Company in exchange for 20,000,000
shares of Common Stock of the Company.
 
  Thermo Electron has adopted a strategy of selling a minority interest in
subsidiary companies to outside investors as an important tool in its future
development. As part of this strategy, Thermo Electron and certain of its
subsidiaries have created publicly and/or privately held majority-owned
subsidiaries. The Company and the other Thermo Electron subsidiaries are
referred to herein as the "Thermo Subsidiaries."
 
  In October 1995, ThermoTrex granted to the Company an exclusive, paid-up,
royalty-free license for the use of certain technology relating to digital
imaging detectors in the fields of mammography and general radiography. Under
the license agreement, if the Company funds approximately $6 million of
ThermoTrex's research and development of the digital imaging technology in the
fields of radiographic/fluoroscopy, mobile C-arm fluoroscopy and
cardiology/angiography over the next three years, then ThermoTrex will be
obligated to grant the Company a fully-paid, exclusive, worldwide, perpetual
license to use and sell the digital imaging technology in these fields. The
license agreement provides that ThermoTrex will manufacture products based on
the digital imaging technology for the Company in the applicable fields.
ThermoTrex will sell the products to the Company at ThermoTrex's cost until
the Company has received an amount of Net Profit (as defined below) from the
resale of such products equal to amounts paid by the Company for research and
development as set forth above less any additional research and development
costs incurred by ThermoTrex with the prior written approval of the Company,
and thereafter at ThermoTrex's cost plus one-half of Net Profit. For purposes
of the preceding sentence, "Net Profit" means the difference between the
prices the Company receives upon resale of such products and the aggregate
costs of the Company and ThermoTrex relating to such sales. The Company has
paid approximately $900,000 to ThermoTrex under this arrangement for the six
months ended March 30, 1996.
 
  The Company has an arrangement with ThermoTrex whereby ThermoTrex provides
certain research and development services to the Company and the Company pays
ThermoTrex its fully burdened cost of providing such services. For the nine
months ended September 30, 1995, the Company paid ThermoTrex approximately
$1,536,000 under this arrangement. This arrangement has been superseded by the
license agreement described above.
   
  The Company has an arrangement with the Tecomet division of Thermo Electron
for the manufacture of the Company's proprietary HTC grid. Under this
arrangement Tecomet manufactures the grid for the Company pursuant to written
purchase orders. The Company owns the intellectual property rights to the
grid. For the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and the six months ended
March 30, 1996, the Company paid Tecomet $250,000 and $118,000, respectively,
under this arrangement.     
 
  Under an arrangement with ThermoLase Corporation, a publicly-traded,
majority-owned subsidiary of ThermoTrex, the Company manufactures the laser
used in ThermoLase's hair-removal process. The Company manufactures these
lasers for ThermoLase pursuant to written purchase orders. The Company has
sold 54 lasers to ThermoLase under this arrangement for an aggregate purchase
price of approximately $3.8 million and has committed to deliver 126
additional lasers for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.7
million.
 
  Under an arrangement with Thermedics Detection Inc., a subsidiary of
Thermedics, a publicly-traded, majority-owned subsidiary of Thermo Electron,
the Company manufactures an X- ray source that is used as a component to a
fill-measuring device produced by Thermedics Detection. The Company
manufactures these X-ray sources for Thermedics Detection pursuant to written
purchase orders. For the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and the six
months ended March 30, 1996, Thermedics Detection paid the Company $120,000
and $292,000, respectively, under this arrangement.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
  The Company believes that the arrangements set forth above are on terms
comparable to those the Company would receive from unaffiliated parties.
 
  On October 2, 1995, in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of Bennett, the Company issued the $42,000,000 principal amount
Convertible Note to ThermoTrex. The Convertible Note has an interest rate of
4.2% per annum and is convertible into shares of the Company's Common Stock at
a conversion price of $11.79 per share. In March 1996, ThermoTrex converted
$3,000,000 principal amount of the Convertible Note into 254,452 shares of
Common Stock.
 
  ThermoTrex develops advanced technologies, which it is incorporating into
commercial products for the personal-care and avionics industries. For the
nine months ended September 30, 1995, ThermoTrex had consolidated revenues of
$86,531,000 and consolidated net income of $36,341,000, including a gain on
the issuance of stock by a subsidiary of $34,721,000.
 
  Thermo Electron and its subsidiaries develop, manufacture and market
environmental monitoring and analysis instruments, biomedical products
including heart-assist systems and respiratory care products, papermaking and
paper-recycling equipment, alternative-energy systems, industrial process
equipment and other specialized products. Thermo Electron and its subsidiaries
also provide environmental and metallurgical services and conduct advanced
technology research and development. For its fiscal year ended December 30,
1995, Thermo Electron had consolidated revenues of $2,207,417,000 and
consolidated net income of $140,080,000. See "Risk Factors--Potential
Conflicts of Interest" and "--Significant Additional Shares Eligible for Sale
After the Offerings."
 
THE THERMO ELECTRON CORPORATE CHARTER
 
  Thermo Electron and the Thermo Subsidiaries, including the Company,
recognize that the benefits and support that derive from their affiliation are
essential elements of their individual performance. Accordingly, Thermo
Electron and each of the Thermo Subsidiaries, including the Company, have
adopted the Thermo Electron Corporate Charter (the "Charter") to define the
relationships and delineate the nature of such cooperation among themselves.
The purpose of the Charter is to ensure that (1) all of the companies and
their shareholders are treated consistently and fairly, (2) the scope and
nature of the cooperation among the companies, and each company's
responsibilities, are adequately defined, (3) each company has access to the
combined resources and financial, managerial and technological strengths of
the others, and (4) Thermo Electron and the Thermo Subsidiaries, in the
aggregate, are able to obtain the most favorable terms from outside parties.
 
  To achieve these ends, the Charter identifies the general principles to be
followed by the companies, addresses the role and responsibilities of the
management of each company, provides for the sharing of group resources by the
companies and provides for centralized administrative, banking and credit
services to be performed by Thermo Electron. The services provided by Thermo
Electron include collecting and managing cash generated by members,
coordinating the access of Thermo Electron and the Thermo Subsidiaries (the
"Thermo Group") to external financing sources, ensuring compliance with
external financial covenants and internal financial policies, assisting in the
formulation of long-range planning and providing other banking and credit
services. Pursuant to the Charter, Thermo Electron may also provide guarantees
of debt obligations of the Thermo Subsidiaries or may obtain external
financing at the parent level for the benefit of the Thermo Subsidiaries. In
certain instances, the Thermo Subsidiaries may provide credit support to, or
on behalf of, the consolidated entity or may obtain financing directly from
external financing sources. Under the Charter, Thermo Electron is responsible
for ensuring that the Thermo Group remains in compliance with all covenants
imposed by external financing sources, including covenants related to
borrowings of Thermo Electron or other members of the Thermo Group, and for
apportioning such constraints within the Thermo Group. In addition, Thermo
Electron establishes certain internal policies and procedures applicable to
members of the Thermo Group. The cost of the services provided by Thermo
Electron to the Thermo Subsidiaries is covered under existing corporate
services agreements between Thermo Electron and each of the Thermo
Subsidiaries.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
  The Charter presently provides that it shall continue in effect so long as
Thermo Electron and at least one Thermo Subsidiary participate. The Charter
may be amended at any time by agreement of the participants. Any Thermo
Subsidiary, including the Company, may withdraw from participation in the
Charter upon 30 days' prior notice. In addition, Thermo Electron may terminate
a subsidiary's participation in the Charter in the event the subsidiary ceases
to be controlled by Thermo Electron or ceases to comply with the Charter or
the policies and procedures applicable to the Thermo Group. A withdrawal from
the Charter automatically terminates the corporate services agreement in
effect between the withdrawing company and Thermo Electron. The withdrawal
from participation does not terminate outstanding commitments to third parties
made by the withdrawing company, or by Thermo Electron or other members of the
Thermo Group, prior to the withdrawal. However, a withdrawing company is
required to continue to comply with all policies and procedures applicable to
the Thermo Group and to provide certain administrative functions mandated by
Thermo Electron so long as the withdrawing company is controlled by or
affiliated with Thermo Electron.
 
CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
  As provided in the Charter, Thermo Electron and the Company have entered
into a Corporate Services Agreement (the "Services Agreement") under which
Thermo Electron's corporate staff provides certain administrative services,
including certain legal advice and services, risk management, certain employee
benefit administration, tax advice and preparation of tax returns, centralized
cash management and certain financial and other services to the Company. In
1994 and 1995, Thermo Electron assessed the Company an annual fee for these
services equal to 1.25% and 1.20%, respectively, of the Company's total
revenues. Effective January 1, 1996, the fee was reduced to 1.0% of the
Company's total revenues. The fee may be changed by mutual agreement of the
Company and Thermo Electron. During the nine months ended September 30, 1995,
Thermo Electron assessed the Company $663,000 in fees under the Services
Agreement. The Company believes that the charges under the Services Agreement
are representative of the expenses the Company would have incurred on a stand-
alone basis and that the terms of the Services Agreement are reasonable. For
additional items such as employee benefit plans, insurance coverage and other
identifiable costs, Thermo Electron charges the Company based upon costs
attributable to the Company. The Services Agreement automatically renews for
successive one-year terms, unless canceled by the Company upon 30 days' prior
notice. In addition, the Services Agreement terminates automatically in the
event the Company ceases to be a member of the Thermo Group or ceases to be a
participant in the Charter. In the event of a termination of the Services
Agreement, the Company will be required to pay a termination fee equal to the
fee that was paid by the Company for services under the Services Agreement for
the nine-month period prior to termination. Following termination, Thermo
Electron may provide certain administrative services on an as-requested basis
by the Company or as required in order to meet the Company's obligations under
Thermo Electron's policies and procedures. Thermo Electron will charge the
Company a fee equal to the market rate for comparable services if such
services are provided to the Company following termination.
 
TAX ALLOCATION AGREEMENT
 
  The Tax Allocation Agreement between ThermoTrex and the Company outlines the
terms under which the Company is to be included in ThermoTrex's consolidated
federal and state income tax returns. Under current law, the Company will be
included in such tax returns so long as ThermoTrex owns at least 80% of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company. In years in which the Company has
taxable income, it will pay to ThermoTrex amounts comparable to the taxes it
would have paid if it had filed its own separate corporate tax returns. If
ThermoTrex's equity ownership of the Company were to drop below 80%, then the
Company would file its own income tax returns.
 
MASTER GUARANTEE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENTS
 
  The Company has entered into a Master Guarantee Reimbursement Agreement with
Thermo Electron which provides that the Company will reimburse Thermo Electron
for any costs it incurs in the event it is required to pay third parties
pursuant to any guarantees it issues on the Company's behalf. ThermoTrex has
entered into a
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
similar agreement with Thermo Electron with regard to the Company's
obligations which are guaranteed by Thermo Electron. The Company has also
entered into a Master Guarantee Reimbursement Agreement with ThermoTrex which
provides that the Company will reimburse ThermoTrex for any costs it incurs in
the event that ThermoTrex is required to pay Thermo Electron or any other
party pursuant to any guarantees it issues on the Company's behalf.
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
  Currently, ThermoTrex beneficially owns 91% of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock (excluding shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of
the Convertible Note). ThermoTrex presently intends to maintain at least an
80% interest in the Company. This may require ThermoTrex to convert additional
principal amounts of the Convertible Note or to purchase additional shares of
Common Stock from time to time as the number of outstanding shares issued by
the Company increases. These purchases may be made either in the open market
or directly from the Company. See "Risk Factors--Control by ThermoTrex."
 
  The Company's cash equivalents may be invested from time to time pursuant to
a repurchase agreement with Thermo Electron. Under this agreement, the Company
in effect lends excess cash to Thermo Electron, which Thermo Electron
collateralizes with investments principally consisting of corporate notes,
United States government agency securities, money market funds, commercial
paper and other marketable securities, in the amount of at least 103% of such
obligation. The Company's funds subject to the repurchase agreement will be
readily convertible into cash by the Company and have an original maturity of
three months or less. The repurchase agreement earns a rate based on the
Commercial Paper Composite Rate plus 25 basis points, set at the beginning of
each quarter.
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
The directors and executive officers of the Company and their ages as of May
6, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      AGE                POSITION
                NAME                  ---                --------
<S>                                   <C> <C>
Gary S. Weinstein....................  38 Chairman of the Board and Director
Anthony J. Pellegrino................  55 Vice Chairman of the Board and
                                           Director
Hal Kirshner.........................  55 Chief Executive Officer, President and
                                           Director
John N. Hatsopoulos..................  61 Vice President, Chief Financial
                                           Officer and Director
Paul F. Kelleher.....................  53 Chief Accounting Officer
Steven J. Kemper.....................  41 Vice President, Finance
Elias P. Gyftopoulos (2).............  68 Director
Robert C. Howard.....................  65 Director
Earl R. Lewis........................  52 Director
James W. May, Jr. (1)(2).............  53 Director
Hutham S. Olayan (1)(2)..............  42 Director
Firooz Rufeh.........................  58 Director
Kenneth Y. Tang......................  48 Director
</TABLE>
- --------
 
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Human Resources Committee.
 
  All of the Company's directors are elected annually by the shareholders and
hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified.
Executive officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors and serve at
its discretion. Mr. Weinstein, Mr. Hatsopoulos, Mr. Kelleher, Mr. Kemper, Mr.
Howard, Mr. Lewis, Mr. Rufeh and Dr. Tang are full-time employees of Thermo
Electron, ThermoTrex or other subsidiaries of Thermo Electron, but these
individuals devote such time to the affairs of the Company as the Company's
needs reasonably require from time to time. Because each of these individuals
owes duties to each of the entities for which he serves as an officer or
director, there may be circumstances in which such individual has a conflict
of interest. See "Risk Factors--Potential Conflicts of Interest" and
"Relationship and Potential Conflicts of Interest with Thermo Electron and
ThermoTrex."
 
  Mr. Weinstein has been Chairman of the Board and a Director of the
Corporation since February 1996. Mr. Weinstein has also been Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of ThermoTrex and a Vice President of Thermo Electron
since February 1996. Mr. Weinstein was a Managing Director of Lehman Brothers
Inc. from 1992 until February 1996, serving most recently as Managing
Director, head of Global Syndicate and Equity Capital Markets since March
1995. Prior to that appointment, Mr. Weinstein served in various positions at
Lehman Brothers since joining the firm in 1988, including head of Equities in
Europe, head of Equity New Issues in North and South America and head of
Global Convertible Securities. Mr. Weinstein is also a Director of ThermoTrex
and ThermoLase Corporation.
 
  Mr. Pellegrino has been Vice Chairman of the Board and a Director of the
Company since its inception in October 1995. Mr. Pellegrino has been a Senior
Vice President of ThermoTrex since July 1995 and was Chairman of Lorad for
more than five years prior to that time. Mr. Pellegrino is also a Director of
ThermoQuest Corporation and ThermoLase Corporation.
 
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
  Mr. Kirshner has been Chief Executive Officer, President and a Director of
the Company since its inception in October 1995. Mr. Kirshner has been
President of Lorad since February 1991. Prior to that time, he served as Chief
Operating Officer and President of Electrolux Water Systems, Inc.
 
  Mr. Hatsopoulos has been Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a
Director of the Company since its inception in October 1995. Mr. Hatsopoulos
has been a Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ThermoTrex since
1990, the Chief Financial Officer of Thermo Electron since 1988 and an
Executive Vice President of Thermo Electron since 1986. He is also a director
of Thermo Ecotek Corporation, Thermo Fibertek Inc., Thermo Instrument Systems
Inc., Thermo Power Corporation, Thermo TerraTech Inc., ThermoQuest
Corporation, Thermo Sentron Inc., ThermoTrex and Lehman Brothers Funds, Inc.,
an open-end investment management company.
 
  Mr. Kelleher has been the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company since its
inception in October 1995. Mr. Kelleher has been Vice President, Finance of
Thermo Electron since 1987 and served as its Controller from 1982 to January
1996. He is a director of ThermoLase Corporation.
 
  Mr. Kemper has been Vice President, Finance of the Company since its
inception in October 1995. Mr. Kemper has also been Vice President, Finance of
ThermoTrex since July 1995. Prior to joining ThermoTrex, Mr. Kemper was
controller for the Satellite Business unit of the communications division of
General Instrument Corporation, a cable television equipment manufacturer, for
more than five years.
 
  Dr. Gyftopoulos has been a Director of the Company since its inception in
October 1995. Dr. Gyftopoulos has been the Ford Professor of Mechanical
Engineering and of Nuclear Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology for more than five years. Dr. Gyftopoulos is also a director of
Thermo Cardiosystems Inc., Thermo Electron, ThermoLase Corporation, Thermo
Instrument Systems Inc., Thermo Remediation Inc., ThermoSpectra Corporation
and Thermo Voltek Corp.
 
  Mr. Howard has been a Director of the Company since its inception in October
1995. Mr. Howard has been an Executive Vice President of Thermo Electron since
1986. He is also a Director of Thermedics Inc., Thermo Cardiosystems Inc.,
ThermoLase Corporation, Thermo Power Corporation, Thermo Instrument Systems
Inc. and ThermoTrex.
 
  Mr. Lewis has been a Director of the Company since its inception in October
1995. Mr. Lewis has been Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
of Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. since December 1995 and served as a Vice
President of that company from 1990 to 1995. He has also served as Chief
Executive Officer, President and a Director of Thermo Optek Corporation since
August 1995, and President of Thermo Jarrell Ash Corporation for more than
five years. Mr. Lewis is also Chairman of the Board and a Director of
ThermoSpectra Corporation.
 
  Dr. May has been a Director of the Company since February 1996. He has been
Professor of Surgery at Harvard Medical School since 1994 and was Associate
Clinical Professor of Surgery for more than five years prior to that time.
 
  Ms. Olayan has been a Director of the Company since February 1996. She has
served as President and a director of Olayan America Corporation since 1995
and Competrol Real Estate Limited since 1986, which are members of the Olayan
Group engaged in advisory services and private real estate investments,
respectively. Ms. Olayan also served as President and a director of Crescent
Diversified Limited, another member of the Olayan Group engaged in private
investments, from 1985 until 1994. Ms. Olayan is also a Director of Thermo
Electron.
 
  Mr. Rufeh has been a Director of the Company since its inception in October
1995 and was its Chairman of the Board from October 1995 to February 1996. Mr.
Rufeh has been the President of ThermoTrex since 1988 and a Vice President of
Thermo Electron since January 1986. From 1985 to 1990, he was Chairman of the
Board of Thermo Power Corporation. He is also a Director of ThermoTrex.
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
  Dr. Tang has been a Director of the Company since its inception in October
1995. Dr. Tang has been Senior Vice President of ThermoTrex for more than five
years and was President of ThermoLase Corporation from December 1992 to May
1995. He is also a director of ThermoLase Corporation.
 
  The Vice President and General Manager of Bennett since January 1996 has
been Mr. Walter F. Schneider, who has been an employee of Bennett since 1986
and had previously served as its Vice President of Operations. He replaced Mr.
Calvin Kleinman, who left the Company.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
  Directors who are not employees of the Company, Thermo Electron or any other
companies affiliated with Thermo Electron (also referred to as "outside
directors") receive an annual retainer of $2,000 and a fee of $1,000 per day
for attending regular meetings of the Board of Directors and $500 per day for
participating in meetings of the Board of Directors held by means of
conference telephone and for participating in certain meetings of committees
of the Board of Directors. Payment of director fees is made quarterly. Messrs.
Weinstein, Pellegrino, Kirshner, Hatsopoulos, Howard, Lewis and Rufeh and Dr.
Tang are employees of members of the Thermo Electron companies and do not
receive any cash compensation from the Company for their services as
directors. Directors are also reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in attending such meetings.
 
  Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Under the Company's Deferred
Compensation Plan for Directors (the "Deferred Compensation Plan"), a director
has the right to defer receipt of his or her fees until he or she ceases to
serve as a director, dies or retires from his or her principal occupation. In
the event of a change in control or proposed change in control of the Company
that is not approved by the Board of Directors, deferred amounts become
payable immediately. For purposes of the Deferred Compensation Plan, a change
of control is defined as: (a) the occurrence, without the prior approval of
the Board of Directors, of the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any
person of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock or the outstanding
common stock of ThermoTrex or 25% or more of the outstanding common stock of
Thermo Electron or (b) the failure of the persons serving on the Board of
Directors immediately prior to any contested election of directors or any
exchange offer or tender offer for the Common Stock or the common stock of
ThermoTrex or Thermo Electron to constitute a majority of the Board of
Directors at any time within two years following any such event. Amounts
deferred pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan are valued at the end of
each quarter as units of Common Stock. When payable, amounts deferred may be
disbursed solely in shares of Common Stock accumulated under the Deferred
Compensation Plan. The Company has reserved 25,000 shares under this Plan. The
Deferred Compensation Plan will not become effective until completion of the
Offerings. As of the date of this Prospectus, no units had been accumulated
under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
  Directors Stock Option Plan. The Company has adopted a directors stock
option plan (the "Plan") providing for the grant of stock options to purchase
shares of Common Stock to outside directors as additional compensation for
their service as directors. The Plan provides for the grant of stock options
upon a Director's initial appointment and, beginning in 2000, awards options
to purchase 1,000 shares annually to eligible directors, provided the Common
Stock is then publicly traded. A total of 200,000 shares of Common Stock have
been reserved for issuance under the Plan.
 
  Under the Plan, each eligible director and each new outside director
initially joining the Board of Directors in 1996 will be granted an option to
purchase 40,000 shares of Common Stock upon the later of the adoption of the
plan or the director's appointment or election. The size of the award to new
directors appointed to the Board of Directors after 1996 will be reduced by
10,000 shares in each subsequent year. Directors initially joining the Board
of Directors after 1999 would not receive an option grant upon their
appointment or election to the Board of Directors, but would be eligible to
participate in the annual option awards described below. Options evidencing
initial grants to directors vest and are exercisable upon the fourth
anniversary of the date of grant, unless the Common Stock underlying the
option grant is registered under Section 12 ("Section 12 Registration") of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), prior to the
fourth anniversary of such grant. In the event that the effective date of
Section 12 Registration occurs prior to the fourth anniversary
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
of the date of grant, then the option becomes exercisable (on the later of 90
days after Section 12 Registration or six months after the date of grant) and
the shares acquired upon exercise will be subject to restrictions on transfer
and the right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the exercise price
in the event the director ceases to serve as a director of the Company or any
other Thermo Electron company. In such event, the restrictions and repurchase
rights shall lapse or be deemed to have lapsed in annual installments of
10,000 shares per year, starting with the first anniversary of the date of
grant, provided the director has continuously served as a director of the
Company, Thermo Electron or any subsidiary of Thermo Electron since the grant
date. These options expire on the fifth anniversary of the grant date, unless
the director dies, ceases to be an eligible director or otherwise ceases to
serve as a director of the Company, Thermo Electron or any subsidiary of
Thermo Electron prior to that date.
 
  Commencing in 2000, eligible directors will also receive an annual grant of
options to purchase 1,000 shares of Common Stock, provided the Common Stock is
then publicly traded. The annual grant would be made at the close of business
on the date of each annual meeting of shareholders of the Company to each
outside director then holding office, commencing with the annual meeting to be
held in 2000. Options evidencing annual grants may be exercised at any time
from and after the six-month anniversary of the date of grant and prior to the
expiration of the option on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Shares
acquired upon exercise of the options would be subject to repurchase by the
Company at the exercise price if the recipient ceased to serve as a director
of the Company or any other Thermo Electron company prior to the first
anniversary of the date of grant for any reason other than death.
 
  The exercise price for options granted under the Plan will be determined by
the average of the closing prices reported by the American Stock Exchange (or
such other principal exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded) for
the five trading days immediately preceding and including the date the option
is granted or, if the shares underlying the option are not so traded, at the
last price paid per share by independent investors in an arms' length
transaction with the Company prior to the date of grant.
 
  Grants of stock options to outside directors have consisted of 40,000 shares
granted in November 1995 at an exercise price of $10.25 per share and 80,000
shares granted in February 1996 at an exercise price of $10.75 per share.
 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
  On November 22, 1995, November 30, 1995 and January 31, 1996, the Company
completed private placements primarily to outside investors of minority
investments in its Common Stock at purchase prices of $10.25 per share in the
November 1995 private placements and $10.75 per share in the January 1996
private placement. Crescent Holding GmbH purchased an aggregate of 200,000
shares of the Common Stock of the Company in such private placements. Crescent
Holding GmbH is indirectly controlled by Suliman S. Olayan, the father of
Hutham S. Olayan, a Director of the Company. In addition, the following
directors and officers purchased the number of shares of the Company's Common
Stock set forth below in such private placements: Anthony J. Pellegrino, Vice
Chairman and Director, 20,000 shares; Hal Kirshner, Chief Executive Officer,
President and Director, 100,000 shares; Robert C. Howard, Director, 2,500
shares; Firooz Rufeh, Director, 19,600 shares; and Kenneth Y. Tang, Director,
1,200 shares.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
                            EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
 Summary Compensation Table
 
  The following table summarizes compensation for services to the Company in
all capacities awarded to, earned by or paid to the Company's Chief Executive
Officer for the last full fiscal year ("fiscal 1994") and for the nine-month
period from January 1, 1995 to September 30, 1995 ("fiscal 1995"), reflecting
a change in the Corporation's fiscal year end to September 30. No other
executive officer of the Company met the definition of "highly compensated"
within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Commission's executive
compensation disclosure rules during these periods.
 
  The Company is required to appoint certain executive officers and full-time
employees of Thermo Electron as executive officers of the Company in
accordance with the Thermo Electron Corporate Charter. The compensation for
these executive officers is determined and paid entirely by Thermo Electron.
The time and effort devoted by these individuals to the Company's affairs is
provided to the Company under the Services Agreement between the Company and
Thermo Electron. Accordingly, the compensation for these individuals is not
reported in the following table. See "Relationship and Potential Conflicts of
Interest with Thermo Electron and ThermoTrex."
 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ANNUAL                LONG-TERM
                                      COMPENSATION           COMPENSATION
                                    -------------------- ---------------------
                             FISCAL                           SECURITIES          ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION   YEAR   SALARY      BONUS   UNDERLYING OPTIONS(2) COMPENSATION(3)
- ---------------------------  ------ --------    -------- --------------------- ---------------
<S>                          <C>    <C>         <C>      <C>                   <C>
Hal Kirshner
 Chief Executive Officer
 and President..........      1995  $150,000(1) $200,000      150,000(TXM)         $7,005
                              1994   200,000     180,000       15,000(TMO)          6,750
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Compensation for executive officers is reviewed and determined annually at
    the end of each calendar year. However, the salary data for fiscal 1995
    reflects salary paid during the nine-month period from January 1, 1995 to
    September 30, 1995, as a result of the change in the Company's fiscal
    year-end.
(2) All options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock shown in the
    table were granted after the end of fiscal 1995 but are included in the
    table for clarity of presentation. In addition to receiving options to
    purchase Common Stock (designated in the table as TXM), Mr. Kirshner was
    granted options to purchase shares of the common stock of Thermo Electron
    (designated in the table as TMO). Information with respect to options to
    purchase the common stock of Thermo Electron reflect a three-for-two split
    effected in May 1995.
(3) Represents the amount of matching contributions made by the individual's
    employer on behalf of the Chief Executive Officer under the Thermo
    Electron 401(k) plan.
 
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
 Stock Options Granted During Fiscal 1995
 
  The following table sets forth certain information concerning grants of
stock options made during fiscal 1995 to the Chief Executive Officer. It has
not been the Company's policy in the past to grant stock appreciation rights,
and no such rights were granted during fiscal 1995.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                POTENTIAL
                                                                               REALIZABLE
                                                                            VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                             ANNUAL RATES OF
                          NUMBER OF        % OF                                STOCK PRICE
                           SHARES     TOTAL OPTIONS                         APPRECIATION FOR
                         UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO   EXERCISE                OPTION TERM(2)
                           OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES    PRICE PER EXPIRATION ---------------------
          NAME           GRANTED(1)   IN FISCAL YEAR   SHARE      DATE        5%        10%
          ----           -----------  -------------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S>                      <C>          <C>            <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Hal Kirshner............ 150,000(TXM)      14.4%      $11.00    3/26/08   $1,312,500 $3,528,000
</TABLE>
- --------
(l) All options to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company
    (designated in the table as TXM) were granted after the end of fiscal 1995
    to the Chief Executive Officer but are included in the table for clarity
    of presentation. No other options to purchase Common Stock of Thermo
    Electron or its subsidiaries were granted in fiscal 1995 to the Chief
    Executive Officer. The options to purchase shares of the Common Stock of
    the Company are not exercisable until the earlier of (i) 90 days after the
    effective date of the registration of the Common Stock under Section 12 of
    the Exchange Act and (ii) nine years after the grant date. In all cases,
    the shares acquired upon exercise are subject to repurchase by the
    granting corporation at the exercise price if the optionee ceases to be
    employed by the granting corporation or another Thermo Electron company.
    The granting corporation may exercise its repurchase rights within six
    months after the termination of the optionee's employment. The repurchase
    rights lapse in their entirety on the ninth anniversary of the grant date,
    unless the company's common stock becomes publicly-traded before that
    date, in which event the repurchase rights are deemed to have lapsed 20%
    per year commencing on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. The
    granting corporation may permit the holders of all options to exercise
    options and satisfy tax withholding obligations by surrendering shares
    equal in fair market value to the exercise price or withholding
    obligation.
(2) The amounts shown on this table represent hypothetical gains that could be
    achieved for the respective options if exercised at the end of the option
    term. These gains are based on assumed rates of stock appreciation of 5%
    and 10%, compounded annually from the date the respective options were
    granted to their expiration date. The gains shown are net of the option
    exercise price, but do not include deductions for taxes or other expenses
    associated with the exercise. Actual gains, if any, on stock option
    exercises will depend on the future performance of the Common Stock, the
    optionholders' continued employment through the option period and the date
    on which the options are exercised.
 
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
 Stock Options Exercised During Fiscal Year 1995 and Fiscal Year-End Option
Values
 
  The following table sets forth certain information concerning each exercise
of a stock option during fiscal 1995 and outstanding stock options held at the
end of fiscal 1995 by the Chief Executive Officer. No stock appreciation
rights were exercised or outstanding during fiscal 1995.
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                       AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NUMBER OF
                                                                              SHARES           VALUE OF
                                                                            UNDERLYING        UNEXERCISED
                                                                            UNEXERCISED      IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                         OPTIONS AT FISCAL OPTIONS AT FISCAL
                                                                             YEAR-END          YEAR-END
                                                                         ----------------- -----------------
                                                   NUMBER OF
                                                    SHARES
                                                  ACQUIRED ON   VALUE      EXERCISABLE/      EXERCISABLE/
          NAME                   COMPANY           EXERCISE    REALIZED  UNEXERCISABLE(1)    UNEXERCISABLE
          ----                   -------          ----------- ---------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                      <C>                      <C>         <C>        <C>               <C>
Hal Kirshner............ Trex Medical Corporation      --            --      0/150,000       $  --/300,000(2)
                         ThermoTrex                 94,376    $1,953,583     149,500/0        3,541,613/--
                         ThermoLase                    --            --       36,400/0          677,950/--
                         Thermo Electron               --            --     77,250/0(3)       1,857,192/--
</TABLE>
- --------
(l) Options to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company were granted
    after the end of fiscal 1995 but are included in the table for clarity of
    presentation. All of the options reported outstanding at the end of the
    fiscal year were immediately exercisable, except the options to purchase
    shares of the Company's Common Stock which are not exercisable until the
    earlier of (i) 90 days after the effective date of the registration of
    such company's Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and (ii)
    nine years after the grant date. In all cases, the shares acquired upon
    exercise of the options reported in the table are subject to repurchase by
    the granting corporation at the exercise price if the optionee ceases to
    be employed by such corporation or another Thermo Electron company. The
    granting corporation may exercise its repurchase rights within six months
    after the termination of the optionee's employment. For companies whose
    shares are not publicly traded, the repurchase rights lapse in their
    entirety on the ninth anniversary of the grant date. For publicly traded
    companies, the repurchase rights generally lapse ratably over a five to
    ten year period, depending on the option term, which may vary from seven
    to twelve years, provided that the optionee continues to be employed by
    the granting corporation or another Thermo Electron company.
(2) No public market existed for the shares underlying the options as of
    December 31, 1995. Accordingly, this value has been calculated on the
    basis of an assumed market value of $13.00 per share, which is the mid-
    point of the estimated public offering price range.
(3) Options to purchase 15,000 shares of the common stock of Thermo Electron
    granted to Mr. Kirshner are subject to the same terms described in
    footnote (1), except that the repurchase rights of the granting
    corporation generally do not lapse until the tenth anniversary of the
    grant date. In the event of the employee's death or involuntary
    termination prior to the tenth anniversary of the grant date, the
    repurchase rights of the granting corporation shall be deemed to have
    lapsed ratably over a five-year period commencing with the fifth
    anniversary of the grant date.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
  In connection with the acquisition of the LORAD Corporation ("LORAD") in
November 1992, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hal
Kirshner. Mr. Kirshner's agreement called for Mr. Kirshner to serve as
President and Chief Operating Officer of LORAD until December 31, 1995, at a
base salary of $200,000 per year plus bonus.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
        SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER
   
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock of the Company as of May 30, 1996, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered in the
Offerings, by ThermoTrex, which is the only person or entity that owns
beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. See "Risk
Factors--Control by ThermoTrex."     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PERCENTAGE OF
             NAME AND ADDRESS               NUMBER OF SHARES  OUTSTANDING SHARES
           OF BENEFICIAL OWNER             BENEFICIALLY OWNED BENEFICIALLY OWNED
           -------------------             ------------------ ------------------
<S>                                        <C>                <C>
ThermoTrex Corporation(1).................     23,562,340(2)        92.3%
 10455 Pacific Center Court
 San Diego, CA 92121
</TABLE>
- --------
(l) ThermoTrex is a majority-owned subsidiary of Thermo Electron and,
    therefore, Thermo Electron may be deemed a beneficial owner of the shares
    of Common Stock beneficially owned by ThermoTrex. Thermo Electron
    disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. After the sale of the
    Common Stock in the Offerings, ThermoTrex will beneficially own
    approximately 80% of the outstanding Common Stock.
(2) Includes 3,307,888 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
    Convertible Note.
 
  ThermoTrex has adopted a stock option plan with respect to the Common Stock
that it beneficially owns. Under this plan, options to purchase up to 400,000
shares of such stock may be granted to any person within the discretion of the
human resources committee of the Board of Directors of ThermoTrex, including
officers and key employees of ThermoTrex.
 
MANAGEMENT
 
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock of the Company as of January 1, 1996 as well as
information regarding the beneficial ownership of the common stock of
ThermoTrex and Thermo Electron, as of January 1, 1996, with respect to (i)
each of the Company's directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, and (iii)
all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  TREX MEDICAL    THERMOTREX   THERMO ELECTRON
NAME(1)                          CORPORATION(2) CORPORATION(3) CORPORATION(4)
- -------                          -------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>
Gary S. Weinstein...............          0               0            225
Anthony J. Pellegrino...........     20,000       1,179,621         77,250
Hal Kirshner....................    100,000         151,177         77,973
Elias P. Gyftopoulos............          0           4,500         46,380
John N. Hatsopoulos.............          0          33,194        478,355
Robert C. Howard................      2,500          35,554        134,593
Earl L. Lewis...................          0               0        106,273
James W. May, Jr................          0               0              0
Hutham S. Olayan................          0           4,500         14,420
Firooz Rufeh....................     19,600         101,788         88,076
Kenneth Y. Tang.................      1,200          79,203         30,399
All directors and executive
 officers as a group (12
 persons).......................    143,300       1,589,537        942,314
</TABLE>
- --------
(l) Except as reflected in the footnotes to this table, shares of Common Stock
    and common stock of ThermoTrex and Thermo Electron beneficially owned
    consist of shares owned by the indicated person or by that person for the
    benefit of minor children, and all share ownership involves sole voting
    and investment power.
(2) Certain officers and directors have been granted options to purchase
    496,000 shares of Common Stock; however, these options will not become
    exercisable until 90 days after the Offerings. Shares beneficially owned
    by Ms. Olayan do not include 100,000 shares owned by Crescent Holding
    GmbH, a member of the
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
    Olayan Group. Crescent Holding GmbH is indirectly controlled by Suliman S.
    Olayan, Ms. Olayan's father. Mr. Olayan disclaims beneficial ownership of
    the shares owned by Crescent Holding GmbH. No director or executive officer
    beneficially owned more than 1% of the Common Stock outstanding as of such
    date, and all directors and executive officers as a group beneficially
    owned less than 1% of the Common Stock outstanding as of such date.
(3) Shares of the common stock of ThermoTrex beneficially owned by Mr.
    Pellegrino, Mr. Kirshner, Dr. Gyftopoulos, Mr. Hatsopoulos, Mr. Howard,
    Ms. Olayan, Mr. Rufeh, Dr. Tang and by all directors and executive
    officers as a group include 134,500, 149,500, 4,500, 24,000, 31,320,
    4,500, 66,000, 63,318 and 477,638 shares, respectively, that such person
    or group has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 1, 1996, through
    the exercise of stock options. Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Pellegrino
    include 10,408 shares held in a trust of which Mr. Pellegrino's spouse is
    the trustee. No director or executive officer beneficially owned more than
    1% of the common stock of ThermoTrex outstanding as of January 1, 1996,
    other than Mr. Pellegrino, who beneficially owned approximately 6.2% of
    such common stock; all directors and executive officers as a group
    beneficially owned 8.1% of such common stock outstanding as of such date.
(4) The shares of common stock of Thermo Electron have been adjusted to
    reflect a three-for-two stock split effected in May 1995, but do not
    reflect a proposed three-for-two split of such stock to be effected in the
    form of a 50% stock dividend on June 5, 1996 to stockholders of record on
    May 22, 1996. Shares of the common stock of Thermo Electron beneficially
    owned by Mr. Pellegrino, Mr. Kirshner, Dr. Gyftopoulos, Mr. Hatsopoulos,
    Mr. Howard, Mr. Lewis, Ms. Olayan, Mr. Rufeh, Dr. Tang and by all
    directors and executive officers as a group include 77,250, 77,250, 5,250,
    297,880, 40,185, 103,750, 5,250, 57,975, 28,650 and 693,440 shares,
    respectively, that such person or group has the right to acquire within 60
    days of January 1, 1996, through the exercise of stock options. Shares
    beneficially owned by Mr. Hatsopoulos, Mr. Howard, Mr. Lewis, Mr. Rufeh,
    Dr. Tang and by all directors and executive officers as a group include
    1,225, 1,963, 617, 1,142, 538 and 5,485 full shares, respectively,
    allocated through January 1, 1996 to their respective accounts maintained
    pursuant to Thermo Electron's Employee Stock Purchase Plan of which the
    trustees who have investment power over its assets are executive officers
    of Thermo Electron. Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Hatsopoulos include
    112,500 shares held by a QTIP trust of which Mr. Hatsopoulos is a trustee.
    Shares beneficially owned by Ms. Olayan do not include 3,266,400 shares
    owned by Crescent Holding GmbH, a member of the Olayan Group. Crescent
    Holding GmbH is indirectly controlled by Suliman S. Olayan, Ms. Olayan's
    father. Ms. Olayan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by
    Crescent Holding GmbH. No director or executive officer beneficially owned
    more than 1% of the common stock of Thermo Electron outstanding as of
    January 1, 1996; all directors and executive officers as a group
    beneficially owned 1.1% of the common stock of Thermo Electron outstanding
    as of January 1, 1996.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
   
  As of May 30, 1996, the Company had 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock
authorized for issuance, of which 22,216,452 were issued and outstanding. Each
share of Common Stock is entitled to pro rata participation in distributions
upon liquidation and to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of
shareholders. Dividends may be paid to the holders of Common Stock when and if
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.
Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption,
conversion or similar rights. The outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and
the shares offered hereby when issued will be, legally issued, fully paid and
nonassessable.     
 
  The shares of Common Stock have noncumulative voting rights. As a result,
the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting can elect all the directors
if they so choose, and in such event, the holders of the remaining shares
cannot elect any directors. Upon completion of the Offerings, ThermoTrex will
continue to beneficially own at least a majority of the outstanding Common
Stock, and will have the power to elect all of the members of the Company's
Board of Directors. ThermoTrex is a majority-owned subsidiary of Thermo
Electron and, therefore, Thermo Electron may be deemed a beneficial owner of
the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by ThermoTrex. Thermo Electron
disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation contains certain provisions
permitted under the General Corporation Law of Delaware relating to the
liability of directors. These provisions eliminate a director's liability for
monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty, except in certain
circumstances involving wrongful acts, such as the breach of a director's duty
of loyalty or acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law. The Company's By-Laws also contains provisions to
indemnify the directors and officers of the Company to the fullest extent
permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware. The Company believes
that these provisions will assist the Company in attracting and retaining
qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.
 
  The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
  Upon completion of the Offerings, there will be 25,866,452 shares of Common
Stock of the Company outstanding (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option and the exercise of all Rights other than those
distributed to Thermo Electron). The shares issued in the Offerings will be
freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), except that any
shares purchased in the Offerings by affiliates of the Company, as that term
is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an "Affiliate"), may
generally only be resold in compliance with applicable provisions of Rule 144.
 
  The Company has agreed, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement with the
shareholders of the Company other than ThermoTrex, to file a registration
statement under the Securities Act covering the sale of the 1,962,000 shares
of Common Stock owned by them (the "Registrable Shares") within 120 days of
the closing of the Underwritten Public Offering. All fees, costs and expenses
of the registration of the Registrable Shares will be paid by the Company. See
"Risk Factors--Significant Additional Shares Eligible for Sale After the
Offerings."
   
  As of May 30, 1996, ThermoTrex owned 20,254,452 of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock. Thermo Electron, ThermoTrex and the Company have agreed, without
the prior written consent of the Representatives of Underwriters, not to
offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock within a 180-
day period after the date of this Prospectus, other than (i) shares of Common
Stock to be sold to Underwriters in the Offerings, (ii) the issuance of
options to purchase Common Stock pursuant to existing stock-based compensation
plans, (iii) shares of Common Stock which may be sold to ThermoTrex, (iv) the
issuances of shares of Common Stock in consideration for the acquisition of
one or more businesses (provided that such Common Stock may not     
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
be resold prior to the expiration of the 180-day period referenced above), and
(v) shares issued upon the closing of the Rights Offering. So long as
ThermoTrex is able to elect a majority of the Board of Directors it will be
able to cause the Company at any time to register under the Securities Act all
or a portion of the Common Stock owned by ThermoTrex or its affiliates, in
which case it would be able to sell such shares without restriction upon
effectiveness of the registration statement.
 
  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning approximately
90 days after the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part, a stockholder, including an Affiliate, who has
beneficially owned his or her restricted securities (as that term is defined
in Rule 144) for at least two years from the later of the date such securities
were acquired from the Company or (if applicable) the date they were acquired
from an Affiliate is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number
of such shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately 258,664 after the Offerings)
or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in the Common Stock during the four
calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of such sale was filed
pursuant to Rule 144 provided certain requirements concerning availability of
public information, manner of sale and notice of sale are satisfied. In
addition, under Rule 144(k), if a period of at least three years has elapsed
between the later of the date restricted securities were acquired from the
Company or (if applicable) the date they were acquired from an Affiliate of
the Company, a stockholder who is not an Affiliate of the Company at the time
of sale and has not been an Affiliate of the Company for at least three months
prior to the sale is entitled to sell the shares immediately without
compliance with the foregoing requirements under Rule 144. The Securities and
Exchange Commission has proposed an amendment to Rule 144 which would reduce
the holding period required for shares subject to Rule 144 to become eligible
for sale in the public market from two years to one year, and from three years
to two years in the case of Rule 144(k).
   
  The Company has reserved 1,925,000 shares of Common Stock for grants under
its existing stock-based compensation plans. As of May 30, 1996 the Company
had options outstanding to purchase up to 1,401,000 shares of Common Stock to
certain of its employees, officers and directors at a weighted average
exercise price of $11.14 per share. Ninety days after the completion of the
Company's initial public offering such options will become immediately
exercisable, subject to the right of the Company to repurchase shares at the
exercise price if the optionee ceases to be employed by the Company. This
repurchase right lapses ratably (on an annual basis) over a five to ten year
period depending upon the term of the option. As of May 30, 1996, the
repurchase right had lapsed as to no shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options. The Company has reserved 524,000 shares for future grant
under plans. The Company intends to file registration statements under the
Securities Act to register all shares of Common Stock issuable under such
plans. Shares covered by these registration statements that are not subject to
transferability restrictions will be eligible for sale in the public market
immediately upon the filing of such registration statements, subject to Rule
144 limitations applicable to Affiliates as noted above.     
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that
market sales of shares of Common Stock or the availability of shares for sale
will have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to
time. Nevertheless, sales of significant numbers of shares of the Common Stock
in the public market could adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock and could impair the Company's future ability to raise capital through
an offering of its equity securities. See "Risk Factors--Significant
Additional Shares Eligible for Sale After the Offerings."
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement,
each of the Underwriters named below, for whom NatWest Securities Limited,
Lehman Brothers Inc. and Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. are acting as Representatives
(the "Representatives"), has severally agreed to purchase from the Company the
following respective number of shares of Common Stock at the public offering
price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           UNDERWRITER                          NUMBER OF SHARES
                           -----------                          ----------------
   <S>                                                          <C>
   NatWest Securities Limited..................................
   Lehman Brothers Inc. .......................................
   Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. ....................................




                                                                   ---------
     Total.....................................................    2,400,000
                                                                   =========
</TABLE>
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain conditions precedent. The nature of the Underwriters'
obligations is that they are committed to purchase all shares of Common Stock
offered in the Underwritten Public Offering if any such shares are purchased.
 
  The closing of the Rights Offering is conditioned upon the closing of the
Underwritten Public Offering.
 
  The Company has been advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters
propose to offer shares of Common Stock directly to the public at the public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain
selected dealers (who may include the Underwriters) at such price less a
selling concession not in excess of $    per share. The Underwriters may allow
and such dealers may re-allow a concession not in excess of $    per share to
certain other dealers (who may include the Underwriters). After commencement of
the offering to the public, the public offering price and other selling terms
may be changed by the Representatives. The Representatives have informed the
Company that the Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of shares of
Common Stock to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
  The Company has granted to the several Underwriters an option, exercisable
not later than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
360,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price, less
the aggregate underwriting discounts and commissions, set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus, solely to cover over-allotments. To the extent that
the Underwriters exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will be
committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of option shares
proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment.
 
  The Underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price
up to 240,000 shares which may be sold to employees of the Company or
ThermoTrex, persons associated with the Company or ThermoTrex and persons
affiliated with any director, officer or employee of the Company or ThermoTrex.
Such reserved shares will be sold to such purchasers on the condition that each
purchaser will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares purchased
for a period of one year from the date of purchase. The number of shares
available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent any
reserved shares are so purchased. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be
offered to the public by the Underwriters on the same basis as the other shares
offered hereby.
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company, ThermoTrex and Thermo
Electron will indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the
Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
 
  Thermo Electron, ThermoTrex and the Company have also agreed that they will
not, without the Representatives' prior written consent, sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock within a 180-day period after the date
of this Prospectus, other than (i) shares of Common Stock to be sold to the
Underwriters in the Offerings, (ii) the grant of options to purchase Common
Stock pursuant to currently existing stock-based compensation plans, (iii)
shares of Common Stock which may be sold to ThermoTrex, (iv) the issuance of
shares of Common Stock as in consideration for the acquisition of one or more
businesses (provided that such Common Stock may not be resold prior to the
expiration of the 180-day period referenced above), and (v) shares issued upon
the closing of the Rights Offering. See "Risk Factors--Significant Additional
Shares Eligible for Sale After the Offerings" and "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale."
 
  Certain of the Underwriters from time to time have performed, and expect to
provide in the future, various investment banking services for Thermo Electron
and its subsidiaries.
 
  NatWest Securities Limited, a United Kingdom broker-dealer and a member of
the Securities and Futures Authority Limited, has agreed that, as part of the
distribution of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby and subject to
certain exceptions, it will not offer or sell any shares of Common Stock
within the United States, its territories or possessions or to persons who are
citizens thereof or residents therein. The Underwriting Agreement does not
limit sales of shares of Common Stock offered hereby outside of the United
States.
 
  NatWest Securities Limited has also represented and agreed that (i) it has
not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Common Stock to persons in
the United Kingdom prior to admission of the Common Stock to listing in
accordance with Part IV of the Financial Services Act 1986 (the "Act") except
to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding,
managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purpose
of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and
will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the
meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 or the Act, (ii)
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Act with
respect to anything done by it in relation to the Common Stock in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom, and (iii) it has only issued or passed
on, and will only issue or pass on, in the United Kingdom any document
received by it in connection with the issue of the Common Stock, other than
any document which consists of or any part of listing particulars,
supplementary listing particulars or any other document required or permitted
to be published by listing rules under Part IV of the Act, to a person who is
of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986
(Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 or is a person to whom the
document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
  Prior to the Offerings there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
The initial public offering price for the Common Stock will be determined by
negotiation among the Company and the Representatives. Among the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will be prevailing
market and economic conditions, estimates of the business potential and
prospects of the Company, the state of the Company's business operations, an
assessment of the Company's management, the consideration of the above factors
in relation to market valuations of companies in related businesses and other
factors deemed relevant. The estimated initial public offering price range set
forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as
a result of market conditions and other factors.
 
                                LEGAL OPINIONS
 
  The validity of the issuance of the Common Stock offered in the Offerings
will be passed upon for the Company by Seth H. Hoogasian, Esq., General
Counsel of Thermo Electron, ThermoTrex and the Company, and certain legal
matters in connection with the Underwritten Public Offering will be passed
upon for the Underwriters by Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP, Boston,
Massachusetts. Mr. Hoogasian owns or has the right to acquire 6,000 shares of
Common Stock, 7,800 shares of common stock of ThermoTrex and 78,385 shares of
common stock of Thermo Electron.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, Bennett and XRE
included in this Prospectus and the financial statement schedule included in
the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part have been
audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, to the extent
and for the periods as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and
are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
 
  The Consolidated Financial Statements of Continental included in this
Prospectus have been audited by Topel Forman L.L.C., independent public
accountants, to the extent and for the periods as indicated in their reports
with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority
of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement (which term shall include all
amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto) on Form S-1 under the Securities
Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement, does not
contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement,
certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the Commission, to which Registration Statement reference is
hereby made. Although statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of
any contract, agreement or other document referred to set forth all material
elements of such documents, such statements are not necessarily complete. With
respect to each such contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more
complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement, although
setting forth all material elements of such documents, shall be deemed
qualified by such reference. The Registration Statement and the exhibits
thereto may be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary
Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional
offices of the Commission located at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New
York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661.
 
                          REPORTS TO SECURITY HOLDERS
 
  The Company intends to furnish holders of the Common Stock offered hereby
with annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent
public accounting firm and with quarterly reports containing unaudited summary
financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................  F-2
  Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended January 1, 1994 and
   December 31, 1994, for the nine months ended October 1, 1994 and Sep-
   tember 30, 1995 and for the six months ended April 1, 1995 and March
   30, 1996...............................................................  F-3
  Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1994, September 30, 1995
   and
   March 30, 1996.........................................................  F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended January 1, 1994
   and December 31, 1994, for the nine months ended October 1, 1994 and
   September 30, 1995 and for the six months ended April 1, 1995 and March
   30, 1996...............................................................  F-5
  Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Investment for the years ended
   January 1, 1994 and December 31, 1994, for the nine months ended
   September 30, 1995 and for the six months ended March 30, 1996.........  F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................  F-7
BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-15
  Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal years ended February
   28, 1993, 1994 and 1995, for the six months ended August 31, 1994 and
   for the period from March 1, 1995 through September 14, 1995........... F-16
  Consolidated Balance Sheet as of February 28, 1994 and 1995 ............ F-17
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February
   28, 1993, 1994 and 1995, for the six months ended August 31, 1994 and
   for the period from March 1, 1995 through September 14, 1995........... F-18
  Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Investment for the fiscal years
   ended February 28, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the period from March 1,
   1995 through September 14, 1995........................................ F-19
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-20
XRE CORPORATION
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-23
  Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 1995
   and for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996........ F-24
  Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1995 and March 30, 1996... F-25
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31,
   1995 and for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996... F-26
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Investment for the year ended
   December 31, 1995 and for the three months ended March 30, 1996........ F-27
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-28
CONTINENTAL GROUP
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-32
  Combined Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
   1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996............ F-33
  Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31,
   1996................................................................... F-34
  Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994
   and 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996........ F-35
  Combined Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December
   31, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996........ F-36
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................................. F-37
</TABLE>
 
PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION,
BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION, XRE CORPORATION AND CONTINENTAL GROUP (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
  Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Income for the nine months
   ended
   September 30, 1995..................................................... F-41
  Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Income for the six months
   ended
   March 30, 1996......................................................... F-42
  Pro Forma Combined Condensed Balance Sheet as of March 30, 1996......... F-43
  Notes to Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Statements.............. F-44
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Trex Medical Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Trex Medical
Corporation (a Delaware corporation and 100%-owned subsidiary of ThermoTrex
Corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and September 30, 1995,
and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and
shareholders' investment for the years ended January 1, 1994 and December 31,
1994 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1995. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Trex
Medical Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and September 30,
1995 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years
ended January 1, 1994 and December 31, 1994 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
   
March 26, 1996 (except with respect
to certain matters discussed in Note
9, as to which the date is May 30,
1996)     
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                           ------------------------- -------------------
                                           OCTOBER 1,  SEPTEMBER 30, APRIL 1,  MARCH 30,
                          1993     1994       1994         1995        1995      1996
                         -------  -------  ----------- ------------- --------  ---------
                                           (UNAUDITED)                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>
Revenues (includes $350
 and $2,240 to an af-
 filiated company in
 the nine months ended
 September 30, 1995 and
 the six months ended
 March 30, 1996)
 (Note 7)..............  $37,519  $54,410    $39,196      $55,291    $31,315    $66,829
                         -------  -------    -------      -------    -------    -------
Costs and Operating Ex-
 penses:
  Cost of revenues
   (includes $175 and
   $1,120 for
   affiliated company
   revenues in the nine
   months ended
   September 30, 1995
   and the six months
   ended March 30,
   1996)...............   18,589   27,794     19,654       28,180     16,125     37,592
  Selling, general and
   administrative
   expenses (Note 6)...    9,788   13,272      9,794       12,174      7,117     13,695
  Research and develop-
   ment
   expenses (Note 6)...    7,182   10,662      7,320        8,595      6,270      8,170
                         -------  -------    -------      -------    -------    -------
                          35,559   51,728     36,768       48,949     29,512     59,457
                         -------  -------    -------      -------    -------    -------
Operating Income.......    1,960    2,682      2,428        6,342      1,803      7,372
Interest Income........      --       --         --           --         --         440
Interest Expense, Re-
 lated Party
 (Note 1)..............      --       --         --           --         --        (872)
Other Income (Expense),
 Net...................     (158)     (22)       (11)          22         (2)        35
                         -------  -------    -------      -------    -------    -------
Income Before Provision
 for
 Income Taxes..........    1,802    2,660      2,417        6,364      1,801      6,975
Provision for Income
 Taxes (Note 4)........      975    1,466      1,332        2,881        835      3,241
                         -------  -------    -------      -------    -------    -------
Net Income.............  $   827  $ 1,194    $ 1,085      $ 3,483    $   966    $ 3,734
                         =======  =======    =======      =======    =======    =======
Earnings per Share.....  $   .04  $   .06    $   .05      $   .17    $   .05    $   .17
                         =======  =======    =======      =======    =======    =======
Weighted Average
 Shares................   20,151   20,151     20,151       20,151     20,151     21,547
                         =======  =======    =======      =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,  MARCH 30,
                                              1994         1995         1996
                                          ------------ ------------- -----------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>
                 ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............    $    --      $    202     $ 19,245
  Accounts receivable, less allowances
   of $525, $870, and $921..............       9,909       14,937       18,936
  Inventories...........................       6,722       16,667       18,615
  Prepaid expenses......................         158          113          938
  Due from Thermo Electron Corporation
   and affiliated companies.............         --           --         1,401
  Prepaid income taxes (Note 4).........       2,649        3,474        3,474
                                            --------     --------     --------
                                              19,438       35,393       62,609
                                            --------     --------     --------
Property, Plant and Equipment, at Cost,
 Net....................................       6,310        7,811        8,628
                                            --------     --------     --------
Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Acquired
 Companies (Note 2).....................      22,252       59,170       58,338
                                            --------     --------     --------
                                            $ 48,000     $102,374     $129,575
                                            ========     ========     ========
      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
                INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable......................    $  3,742     $  7,381     $  7,671
  Accrued payroll and employee bene-
   fits.................................         991        2,338        2,078
  Accrued warranty costs................       1,126        2,991        3,434
  Customer deposits.....................         742          771        1,496
  Accrued income taxes..................         --           --         2,723
  Other accrued expenses (Note 2).......       4,210        8,245        9,652
  Due to Thermo Electron Corporation and
   affiliated companies.................          43          496          --
                                            --------     --------     --------
                                              10,854       22,222       27,054
                                            --------     --------     --------
Deferred Income Taxes (Note 4)..........         113          142           89
                                            --------     --------     --------
Subordinated Convertible Note, Due to
 Parent Company (Notes 1 and 9).........         --           --        39,000
                                            --------     --------     --------
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 2,
 5, 6 and 8)
Shareholders' Investment:
  Net parent company investment.........      37,033       80,010          --
  Common stock, $.01 par value,
   50,000,000 shares authorized;
   22,216,452 shares issued and
   outstanding..........................         --           --           222
  Capital in excess of par value........         --           --        59,476
  Retained earnings.....................         --           --         3,734
                                            --------     --------     --------
                                              37,033       80,010       63,432
                                            --------     --------     --------
                                            $ 48,000     $102,374     $129,575
                                            ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                           ------------------------- ------------------
                                           OCTOBER 1,  SEPTEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30,
                          1993     1994       1994         1995        1995     1996
                         -------  -------  ----------- ------------- -------- ---------
                                           (UNAUDITED)                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>      <C>       <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income............. $   827  $ 1,194    $ 1,085      $ 3,483     $  966   $ 3,734
 Adjustments to
  reconcile net income
  to net cash provided
  by (used in) operating
  activities:
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........   1,207    1,491      1,104        1,315        809     1,463
  Provision for losses
   on accounts
   receivable...........     --       175        125           25         50        51
  Increase (decrease)
   in deferred income
   taxes................     (22)      32        --            29         32       (53)
  Other noncash items...       3      --         --           (15)       --        (29)
  Changes in current
   accounts, excluding
   the effects of
   acquisition:
    Accounts
     receivable.........  (2,132)  (3,316)    (2,704)        (693)    (1,793)   (4,050)
    Inventories.........    (792)     153       (790)      (1,476)      (799)   (1,948)
    Other current as-
     sets...............    (150)     125         49          (82)      (756)     (771)
    Accounts payable....    (802)   1,861        140          621        885       290
    Other current lia-
     bilities...........      85      411      1,994          444       (964)    3,138
                         -------  -------    -------      -------     ------   -------
   Net cash provided by
    (used in)
    operating
    activities..........  (1,776)   2,126      1,003        3,651     (1,570)    1,825
                         -------  -------    -------      -------     ------   -------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property,
  plant and equipment...  (1,754)  (1,300)      (724)        (957)      (893)   (1,505)
 Proceeds from sale of
  property, plant and
  equipment.............      27       29         29           14         31        35
                         -------  -------    -------      -------     ------   -------
   Net cash used in
    investing
    activities..........  (1,727)  (1,271)      (695)        (943)      (862)   (1,470)
                         -------  -------    -------      -------     ------   -------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net proceeds from
  private placements of
  Company common stock
  (Note 9)..............     --       --         --           --         --     18,688
 Net transfers (to) from
  parent company .......   3,503     (855)      (308)      (2,506)     2,432       --
                         -------  -------    -------      -------     ------   -------
   Net cash provided by
    (used in)
    financing
    activities..........   3,503     (855)      (308)      (2,506)     2,432    18,688
                         -------  -------    -------      -------     ------   -------
Increase in Cash and
 Cash Equivalents.......     --       --         --           202        --     19,043
Cash and Cash                                                                      202
 Equivalents at
 Beginning of Period....     --       --         --           --         --
                         -------  -------    -------      -------     ------   -------
Cash and Cash
 Equivalents at End of
 Period................. $   --   $   --     $   --       $   202     $  --    $19,245
                         =======  =======    =======      =======     ======   =======
CASH PAID FOR:
 Interest............... $   --   $   --     $   --       $   --      $  --    $   882
                         =======  =======    =======      =======     ======   =======
 Income taxes........... $   --   $   --     $   --       $   --      $  --    $   279
                         =======  =======    =======      =======     ======   =======
NONCASH ACTIVITIES:
 Contribution of land
  and building from
  parent company........ $ 3,728  $   --     $   --       $   --      $  --    $   --
                         =======  =======    =======      =======     ======   =======
 Transfer of acquired
  business from parent
  company, net of cash
  (Note 2).............. $   --   $   --     $   --       $42,000     $  --    $   --
                         =======  =======    =======      =======     ======   =======
 Issuance of subordi-
  nated convertible note
  to parent
  company (Note 1)...... $   --   $   --     $   --       $   --      $  --    $42,000
                         =======  =======    =======      =======     ======   =======
 Conversion of subordi-
  nated convertible note
  by parent company 
(Note 9)................ $   --   $   --     $   --       $   --      $  --    $ 3,000
                         =======  =======    =======      =======     ======   =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     NET PARENT   COMMON    CAPITAL IN
                                      COMPANY   STOCK, $.01 EXCESS OF  RETAINED
                                     INVESTMENT  PAR VALUE  PAR VALUE  EARNINGS
                                     ---------- ----------- ---------- --------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
BALANCE JANUARY 2, 1993............   $ 28,636     $ --      $    --    $  --
Net income.........................        827       --           --       --
Contribution of land and building
 from parent company...............      3,728       --           --       --
Net transfers from parent company..      3,503       --           --       --
                                      --------     -----     --------   ------
BALANCE JANUARY 1, 1994............     36,694       --           --       --
Net income.........................      1,194       --           --       --
Net transfers to parent company....       (855)      --           --       --
                                      --------     -----     --------   ------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1994..........     37,033       --           --       --
Net income.........................      3,483       --           --       --
Net transfers to parent company....     (2,506)      --           --       --
Transfer of acquired business from
 parent company, net of cash (Note
 2)................................     42,000       --           --       --
                                      --------     -----     --------   ------
BALANCE SEPTEMBER 30, 1995.........     80,010       --           --       --
<CAPTION>
                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Issuance of subordinated
 convertible note to parent company
 (Note 1)..........................        --        --       (42,000)     --
Capitalization of Company..........    (80,010)      200       79,810      --
Net income.........................        --        --           --     3,734
Net proceeds from private
 placements of Company common stock
 (Note 9)..........................        --         19       18,669      --
Conversion of subordinated
 convertible note by parent company
 (Note 9)..........................        --          3        2,997      --
                                      --------     -----     --------   ------
BALANCE MARCH 30, 1996.............   $    --      $ 222     $ 59,476   $3,734
                                      ========     =====     ========   ======
</TABLE>
 
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Nature of Operations
 
  Trex Medical Corporation (the "Company") designs, manufactures and markets
mammography equipment and minimally invasive stereotactic needle biopsy
systems used in the detection of breast cancer. The Company also designs and
manufactures general X-ray equipment. The Company's mammography and
stereotactic needle biopsy systems are used by radiologists and physicians in
offices, hospitals and dedicated breast-care centers, and its general
radiography systems are used by physicians and radiologists, both in office
and hospital settings, as well as by veterinarians and chiropractors.
 
 Relationship with ThermoTrex Corporation and Thermo Electron Corporation
 
  The Company was incorporated in September 1995 as a wholly owned subsidiary
of ThermoTrex Corporation ("ThermoTrex"). On October 2, 1995, ThermoTrex
transferred to the Company all of the outstanding capital stock of Bennett X-
Ray Corporation ("Bennett"), in exchange for a $42,000,000 principal amount
4.2% subordinated convertible note, due 2000, convertible into shares of the
Company's common stock at $11.79 per share. On October 16, 1995, ThermoTrex
transferred to the Company the assets, liabilities and businesses of
ThermoTrex's Lorad division ("Lorad") and ThermoTrex's research and
development activities pertaining to its Sonic CT system, in exchange for
20,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock. ThermoTrex acquired Lorad and
Bennett in November 1992 and September 1995, respectively. As of September 30,
1995, ThermoTrex was a 51%-owned subsidiary of Thermo Electron Corporation
("Thermo Electron").
 
  The accompanying financial statements include the assets, liabilities,
income and expenses of the Company as included in ThermoTrex's consolidated
financial statements.
 
 Principles of Consolidation
 
  The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
 
 Fiscal Year
 
  In September 1995, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from the Saturday
nearest December 31 to the Saturday nearest September 30. Accordingly, the
Company's transition period, which ended on September 30, 1995, is the 39-week
period from January 1, 1995 through September 30, 1995 (fiscal 1995), and
fiscal 1996 will be the 52-week period ending September 28, 1996. References
to 1993 and 1994 are for the fiscal years ended January 1, 1994 and December
31, 1994, respectively. Fiscal years 1993 and 1994 each included 52 weeks. The
unaudited statements of income and cash flows for the nine months ended
October 1, 1994 are presented for comparative purposes only and include 39
weeks.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes revenues upon shipment of its products. The Company
provides a reserve for its estimate of warranty costs at the time of shipment.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  The Company and ThermoTrex have a tax allocation agreement under which the
Company is included in the consolidated income tax returns filed by
ThermoTrex. The agreement provides that in years in which the Company has
taxable income, it will pay to ThermoTrex amounts comparable to the taxes the
Company would have paid upon filing separate tax returns. If ThermoTrex's
equity ownership of the Company were to decrease below 80%, the Company would
file its own income tax returns.
 
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

  In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," the Company recognizes deferred income
taxes based on the expected future tax consequences of differences between the
financial statement basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities,
calculated using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the
differences are expected to be reflected in the tax return.
 
 Earnings per Share
 
  Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, earnings per
share have been presented for all periods. Weighted average shares for all
periods include the 20,000,000 shares issued to ThermoTrex in connection with
the initial capitalization of the Company and the effect of the assumed
exercise of stock options issued within one year prior to the Company's
proposed initial public offering. Fully-diluted earnings per share have not
been presented as they do not materially differ from primary earnings per
share.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  Prior to its incorporation in September 1995, the Company's cash receipts
and disbursements were combined with other ThermoTrex corporate cash
transactions and balances. Therefore, cash is not included in the accompanying
balance sheet as of December 31, 1994.
 
 Inventories
 
  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis)
or market value and include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. The
components of inventories are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
   Raw materials and supplies.................................. $ 3,576 $ 9,414
   Work in process.............................................   1,472   5,195
   Finished goods..............................................   1,674   2,058
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $ 6,722 $16,667
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
 Property, Plant and Equipment
 
  The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company provides for
depreciation and amortization principally using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the property as follows: building, 30 years;
machinery and equipment, 3 to 7 years; and leasehold improvements, the shorter
of the term of the lease or the life of the asset. Property, plant and
equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1994    1995
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                           <C>     <C>
   Land.........................................................  $1,000  $1,000
   Building.....................................................   2,728   2,728
   Machinery, equipment and leasehold improvements..............   4,000   6,211
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                   7,728   9,939
   Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization..............   1,418   2,128
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                  $6,310  $7,811
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

 Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Acquired Companies
 
  The excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired companies
is amortized using the straight-line method over 40 years. Accumulated
amortization was $1,357,000 and $1,935,000 as of December 31, 1994 and
September 30, 1995, respectively. The Company assesses the future useful life
of this asset whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
current useful life has diminished. The Company considers the future
undiscounted cash flows of the acquired businesses in assessing the
recoverability of this asset.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
 Interim Financial Statements
 
  The financial statements as of March 30, 1996, for the six-month periods
ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996 and for the nine-month period ended
October 1, 1994, are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, reflect all
adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation of
results for these interim periods. The results of operations for the six-month
period ended March 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results to
be expected for the entire year.
 
2. ACQUISITIONS
 
  In September 1995, ThermoTrex acquired all of the outstanding capital stock
of Bennett for $42,865,000 in cash. Bennett is a manufacturer of high
frequency specialty and general purpose radiographic systems. This acquisition
has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and Bennett's
results of operations have been included in the accompanying financial
statements from the date of acquisition. The cost of the acquisition exceeded
the estimated fair value of the acquired net assets by $37,496,000, which is
being amortized over 40 years. Allocation of the purchase price was based on
estimates of the fair value of the net assets acquired and is subject to
adjustment upon finalization of the purchase price allocation. To date, no
information has been gathered that would cause the Company to believe that the
final allocation of the purchase price will be materially different than the
preliminary estimate.
 
  Based on unaudited data, the following table presents selected financial
information for the Company and Bennett on a pro forma basis, assuming the
companies had been combined since the beginning of 1994.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  DECEMBER 31,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                      1994           1995
                                                  ------------ -----------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                     EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
   <S>                                            <C>          <C>
   Revenues......................................   $96,943         $85,749
   Net income (loss).............................    (1,236)          2,224
   Earnings (loss) per share.....................      (.06)            .11
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of future operations or
the actual results that would have occurred had the acquisition of Bennett
been made at the beginning of 1994. Additional pro forma information for the
Company and Bennett is included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
  In November 1992, ThermoTrex acquired Lorad for $5.3 million in cash,
assumption of $6.7 million of pre-existing debt of Lorad, and shares of
ThermoTrex common stock and stock options valued at $12.3 million. In
addition, in March 1995, ThermoTrex made a cash payment of $2.3 million to the
holders of approximately 9.2% of Lorad's common stock who had earlier voted
against the acquisition, in exchange for their interest in Lorad.
 
  Other accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheet include $3.0
million as of December 31, 1994 and $4.0 million as of September 30, 1995, for
estimated reserves associated with acquisitions, including a reserve of $2.3
million at December 31, 1994 and September 30, 1995 for legal fees and other
costs associated with a patent infringement suit that existed prior to
ThermoTrex's acquisition of Lorad. This suit was brought by Fischer Imaging
Corporation ("Fischer"), which alleges that Lorad infringed a Fischer patent
on a precision mammographic needle-biopsy system. In connection with the
organization of the Company, ThermoTrex agreed to indemnify the Company for
any and all cash damages under this lawsuit, with respect to sales occurring
prior to October 16, 1995, the date Lorad was transferred to the Company. Any
payments received under such indemnity would be recorded as capital
contributions. While the Company believes that it has meritorious legal
defenses to the allegation, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation,
the Company is unable to predict the outcome of this matter. Although an
unsuccessful resolution could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations, in the opinion of management any resolution will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position.
 
3. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
  Substantially all of the Company's full-time U.S. employees are eligible to
participate in an employee stock purchase plan sponsored by ThermoTrex. Prior
to the November 1995 plan year, shares of ThermoTrex's and Thermo Electron's
common stock could be purchased at the end of a 12-month plan year at 85% of
the fair market value at the beginning of the plan year, and the shares
purchased were subject to a one-year resale restriction. Effective November 1,
1995, the applicable shares of common stock may be purchased at 95% of the
fair market value at the beginning of the plan year, and the shares purchased
are subject to a six-month resale restriction. Shares are purchased through
payroll deductions of up to 10% of each participating employee's gross wages.
 
 401(k) Savings Plan
 
  The majority of the Company's full-time employees are eligible to
participate in Thermo Electron's 401(k) savings plan. Prior to 1994, the
Company's Lorad division participated in its own 401(k) savings plan.
Contributions to the Thermo Electron and the Lorad 401(k) savings plans are
made by both the employee and the Company. Company contributions are based
upon the level of employee contributions. The Company contributed and charged
to expense for these plans $111,000, $313,000 and $242,000 in 1993, 1994 and
fiscal 1995, respectively.
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
4. INCOME TAXES
 
  The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1993   1994    1995
                                                          ------ ------  ------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                    <C>    <C>     <C>
   Currently payable:
     Federal............................................. $  426 $1,119  $2,474
     State...............................................     99    547     808
                                                          ------ ------  ------
                                                             525  1,666   3,282
                                                          ------ ------  ------
   Net deferred (prepaid):
     Federal.............................................    329   (146)   (228)
     State...............................................    121    (54)   (173)
                                                          ------ ------  ------
                                                             450   (200)   (401)
                                                          ------ ------  ------
                                                          $  975 $1,466  $2,881
                                                          ====== ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
  The provision for income taxes in the accompanying statement of income
differs from the provision calculated by applying the statutory federal income
tax rate of 34% to income before provision for income taxes due to the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1993   1994   1995
                                                            ------ ------ ------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                      <C>    <C>    <C>
   Provision for income taxes at statutory rate............ $  613 $  904 $2,164
   Increases resulting from:
     State income taxes, net of federal tax................    145    325    419
     Amortization of cost in excess of net assets of
      acquired companies...................................    209    228    197
     Nondeductible expenses................................      8      9    101
                                                            ------ ------ ------
                                                            $  975 $1,466 $2,881
                                                            ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
 
  Prepaid income taxes and deferred income taxes in the accompanying balance
sheet consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
   Prepaid income taxes:
     Reserves and accruals.....................................  $1,777  $1,725
     Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................     215     348
     Inventory basis difference................................     576     918
     Accrued compensation......................................      60     463
     Other, net................................................      21      20
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                 $2,649  $3,474
                                                                ======= =======
   Deferred income taxes:
     Depreciation.............................................. $   113 $   142
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
5. COMMITMENTS
 
  The Company leases portions of its office and operating facilities under
various noncancelable operating lease arrangements expiring between fiscal
1997 and fiscal 2005. The accompanying statement of income includes expenses
from operating leases of $132,000, $40,000 and $44,000 in 1993, 1994 and
fiscal 1995, respectively. Future minimum payments due under noncancelable
operating leases at September 30, 1995, are $625,000 in fiscal 1996; $627,000
in fiscal 1997; $600,000 in each of fiscal 1998, 1999 and 2000; and $2,975,000
in fiscal 2001 and thereafter. Total future minimum lease payments are
$6,027,000.
 
6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
 Corporate Services Agreement
 
  The Company and Thermo Electron have a corporate services agreement under
which Thermo Electron's corporate staff provides certain administrative
services, including certain legal advice and services, risk management,
certain employee benefit administration, tax advice and preparation of tax
returns, centralized cash management, and certain financial and other
services, for which the Company pays Thermo Electron annually an amount equal
to 1.20% of the Company's revenues. Prior to January 1, 1995, the Company paid
an annual fee equal to 1.25% of the Company's revenues. Effective December 31,
1995, the Company will pay an annual fee equal to 1.0% of the Company's
revenues. For these services, the Company was charged $469,000, $680,000 and
$663,000 in 1993, 1994 and fiscal 1995, respectively. The annual fee is
reviewed and adjusted annually by mutual agreement of the parties. Management
believes that the service fee charged by Thermo Electron is reasonable and
that such fees are representative of the expenses the Company would have
incurred on a stand-alone basis. The corporate services agreement is renewed
annually but can be terminated upon 30 days' prior notice by the Company or
upon the Company's withdrawal from the Thermo Electron Corporate Charter (the
Thermo Electron Corporate Charter defines the relationship among Thermo
Electron and its majority-owned subsidiaries). For additional items such as
employee benefit plans, insurance coverage and other identifiable costs,
Thermo Electron charges the Company based upon costs attributable to the
Company.
 
 Other Related Party Services
 
  ThermoTrex provides certain research and development contract services to
the Company, which are charged to the Company based on actual cost and usage.
For these services, the Company was charged $1,470,000, $2,816,000 and
$1,536,000 in 1993, 1994 and fiscal 1995, respectively.
 
 Laser Manufacturing Agreement
 
  ThermoLase Corporation ("ThermoLase"), a majority-owned subsidiary of
ThermoTrex, has engaged the Company to design and manufacture a laser to be
used in ThermoLase's laser-based hair-removal system. During fiscal 1995, the
Company recorded $350,000 of revenue under this agreement.
 
 Vendor Agreement
 
  During fiscal 1995, the Company placed an order for $2,500,000 for the
design and production of high-transmission cellular grids from the Tecomet
division of Thermo Electron, which will be received in fiscal 1996 and 1997.
In addition, the Company recorded expense of $250,000 during fiscal 1995
related to research and development funding provided to Tecomet.
 
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

7. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER, EXPORT SALES AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
  Sales to one customer accounted for 11%, 11% and 18% of the Company's total
revenues in 1993, 1994 and fiscal 1995, respectively. Export sales to Germany
accounted for 1%, 3% and 11% of the Company's total revenues in 1993, 1994 and
fiscal 1995, respectively. Other export sales accounted for 9%, 11% and 10% of
the Company's total revenues in 1993, 1994 and fiscal 1995, respectively. In
general, export sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. The Company sells its
products primarily to customers in the healthcare industry. The Company does
not normally require collateral or other security to support its accounts
receivable. Management does not believe that this concentration of credit risk
has or will have a significant negative impact on the Company.
 
8. CONTINGENCY
 
  The owner of a U.S. patent related to automatic exposure control has claimed
that the Company's mammography systems infringe such patent. The patent owner
has offered a nonexclusive license under the patent on terms not acceptable to
the Company. Although the Company believes that the validity of the patent may
be questionable and subject to a successful challenge, if the patent holder
were successful in enforcing such patent the Company could be enjoined from
manufacturing and selling mammography systems. The Company will be indemnified
by ThermoTrex for any cash damages relating to sales of such systems occurring
prior to the dates on which ThermoTrex transferred certain businesses to the
Company, although any payments under such indemnity would be recorded as
capital contributions. Due to the inherent uncertainty of litigation,
management cannot predict the outcome of this matter. While an unfavorable
outcome could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations, in the opinion of management any resolution will not have a
material effect on the Company's financial position.
 
  See Note 2 for a discussion of certain litigation.
 
9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
 Private Placements of Common Stock
 
  In November 1995, the Company issued 1,862,000 shares of its common stock in
a private placement at $10.25 per share for net proceeds of $17,618,000. In
January 1996, the Company issued 100,000 shares of its common stock in a
private placement at $10.75 per share for net proceeds of $1,070,000. Certain
officers and directors of the Company and a corporation affiliated with a
director of the Company purchased an aggregate of 343,300 shares of the
Company's common stock issued in these private placements.
 
 Stock-based Compensation Plans
   
  On November 1, 1995, the Company adopted a stock-based compensation plan for
its key employees, directors and others, which permits the grant of a variety
of stock and stock-based awards as determined by the human resources committee
of the Company's Board of Directors (the Board Committee), including
restricted stock, stock options, stock bonus shares or performance-based
shares. In March 1996, the Board Committee granted options to purchase
1,041,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $11.00 per share, which was
the fair market value on the date of grant. In May 1996, the Board Committee
granted options to purchase 240,000 shares of the Company's common stock at
$12.00 per share, which was the fair market value on the date of grant. The
option recipients and the terms of options granted under this plan are
determined by the Board Committee. Options granted to date generally vest and
become immediately exercisable on the ninth anniversary of the grant date,
unless the Company's common stock becomes publicly traded prior to such date.
In such an event, options become exercisable 90 days after the Company becomes
subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but will be subject to certain
transfer restrictions and the right of the Company to repurchase shares issued
upon exercise of the options at the exercise price, upon certain events. The
restrictions and repurchase rights generally will be deemed to have lapsed
ratably over periods ranging from five to ten years after the first
anniversary of the grant date, depending on the term of the option, which will
generally range from ten to twelve years. Nonqualified stock options may be
granted at any price determined by the Board Committee, although incentive
stock options must be granted at not less than the fair market value of the
Company's common stock on the date of grant.     
 
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)

  The Company also has a directors' stock option plan, adopted on November 1,
1995, that provides for the grant of stock options, at fair market value, to
outside directors pursuant to a formula approved by the Company's
shareholders. Options granted under this plan will generally vest and become
immediately exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the grant date, unless
the Company's common stock becomes publicly traded prior to such date. In such
an event, options granted under this plan will have the same general terms as
options granted under the stock-based compensation plan described above,
except that the restrictions and repurchase rights generally will be deemed to
have lapsed ratably over a four-year period and the option term is five years.
In November 1995, pursuant to this plan, the Company granted options to
purchase 40,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $10.25 per share. In
February 1996, the Company granted options to purchase 80,000 shares of the
Company's common stock at $10.75 per share.
 
  In addition to the Company's stock-based compensation plans, certain
officers and key employees may also participate in the stock-based
compensation plans of Thermo Electron or its majority-owned subsidiaries.
 
  No accounting recognition is given to options granted at fair market value
until they are exercised. Upon exercise, net proceeds, including tax benefits
realized, are credited to equity.
 
 Reserved Shares
 
  As of May 6, 1996, the Company had reserved 5,232,888 unissued shares of its
common stock for possible issuance under stock-based compensation plans and
conversion of the Company's 4.2% subordinated convertible note.
   
 Acquisition and Proposed Acquisition     
   
  In May 1996, the Company acquired XRE Corporation ("XRE"), a Massachusetts
company that designs, manufactures and markets X-ray imaging systems used for
cardiac catheterization and angiography, for approximately $17,000,000 in
cash. In addition, the Company repaid approximately $1,800,000 of XRE's debt.
       
  In April 1996, the Company signed a non-binding letter of intent to acquire
Continental X-Ray Corporation and affiliates ("Continental"), an Illinois
company that designs, manufactures, and markets general purpose and specialty
X-ray systems for approximately $18,200,000 in cash, including the repayment
of approximately $5,700,000 in debt. The completion of this acquisition is
subject to the satisfaction of certain closing conditions, including
negotiation of definitive agreements; receipt of regulatory approvals,
including clearance from the Federal Trade Commission; due diligence; and
approval of the boards of directors of the Company, ThermoTrex, and
Continental.     
   
  The purchase price for both XRE and Continental will be subject to post-
closing adjustments based on the net asset value of the respective companies
as of the closing dates. These acquisitions will be accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting. Pro forma information for the Company, XRE and
Continental is available elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
 
 Conversion of Subordinated Convertible Note
 
  In March 1996, ThermoTrex converted $3,000,000 principal amount of the
Company's subordinated convertible note into 254,452 shares of the Company's
common stock. Subsequent to the conversion, ThermoTrex owned 91% of the
Company's outstanding common stock.
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Bennett X-Ray Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Bennett X-Ray
Corporation (a New York corporation) and subsidiaries as of February 28, 1994
and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows
and shareholders' investment for each of the three years in the period ended
February 28, 1995. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bennett X-
Ray Corporation and subsidiaries as of February 28, 1994 and 1995 and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended February 28, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
November 3, 1995
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                           BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED       SIX MONTHS MARCH 1, 1995
                                 FEBRUARY 28,            ENDED       THROUGH
                          ---------------------------- AUGUST 31, SEPTEMBER 14,
                            1993     1994       1995      1994        1995
                          -------- ---------  -------- ---------- -------------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>         
Revenues................  $ 28,618 $  32,501  $ 42,533  $ 21,267    $ 23,369
                          -------- ---------  --------  --------    --------  
Costs and Operating
 Expenses:
 Cost of revenues.......    17,919    21,760    26,622    13,311      14,941
 Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses..............     7,678     8,271    11,913     5,957       6,653
 Research and
  development expenses..     1,951     2,711     3,346     1,673       1,505
                          -------- ---------  --------  --------    --------
                            27,548    32,742    41,881    20,941      23,099
                          -------- ---------  --------  --------    --------
Operating Income
 (Loss).................     1,070      (241)      652       326         270
Other Income............       321        74        93        47          74
                          -------- ---------  --------  --------    --------
Income (Loss) Before In-
 come Tax
 Provision..............     1,391      (167)      745       373         344
Income Tax Provision
 (Note 3)...............       493        48       388       194         170
                          -------- ---------  --------  --------    --------
Net Income (Loss).......  $    898 $    (215) $    357  $    179    $    174
                          ======== =========  ========  ========    ========
Earnings (Loss) per
 Share..................  $ 893.53 $ (213.93) $ 355.22  $ 178.11    $ 173.13
                          ======== =========  ========  ========    ========
Shares Outstanding......     1,005     1,005     1,005     1,005       1,005
                          ======== =========  ========  ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
 
                           BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
<S>                                                             <C>     <C>
                            ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents..................................... $   785 $   397
 Available-for-sale investments, at quoted market value (Note
  2)...........................................................     812     844
 Accounts receivable, less allowances of $231 and $464.........   3,494   3,101
 Inventories...................................................   4,791   6,426
 Prepaid expenses..............................................      68      71
 Prepaid income taxes (Note 3).................................     208     422
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                 10,158  11,261
                                                                ------- -------
Property and Equipment, at Cost, Net...........................   1,442   1,350
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $11,600 $12,611
                                                                ======= =======
           LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable.............................................. $ 1,564 $ 2,173
 Accrued payroll and employee benefits.........................     993   1,058
 Accrued warranty costs........................................   1,195   1,370
 Other accrued expenses........................................   2,008   1,851
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                  5,760   6,452
                                                                ------- -------
Deferred Income Taxes (Note 3).................................     143     145
                                                                ------- -------
Commitments and Contingency (Note 5)
Shareholders' Investment:
 Common stock, no par value; 2,500 shares authorized;
  1,005 shares issued and outstanding..........................      21      21
 Retained earnings.............................................   5,676   5,993
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                  5,697   6,014
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $11,600 $12,611
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
 
                           BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED       SIX MONTHS MARCH 1, 1995
                              FEBRUARY 28,            ENDED       THROUGH
                         -------------------------  AUGUST 31, SEPTEMBER 14,
                          1993     1994     1995       1994        1995
                         -------  -------  -------  ---------- ------------- 
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>           
Operating Activities:
 Net income (loss)...... $   898  $  (215) $   357    $ 179       $   174
 Adjustments to
  reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash
  used in operating
  activities:
   Depreciation and
    amortization........     166      299      257      108            67
   Increase (decrease)
    in deferred
    income taxes........     186      (43)       2       (9)          855
   Changes in current
    accounts:
    Accounts
     receivable.........    (466)    (791)     393      254        (1,259)
    Inventories.........    (712)    (608)  (1,635)    (983)       (1,256)
    Other current
     assets.............     (95)     (52)    (217)    (111)          845
    Accounts payable....  (1,091)     585      609     (180)          845
    Other current
     liabilities........     552      647       83      517          (649)
                         -------  -------  -------    -----       -------
    Net cash used in
     operating
     activities.........    (562)    (178)    (151)    (225)         (378)
                         -------  -------  -------    -----       -------
Investing Activities:
 Purchases of available-
  for-sale investments..     --      (812)     (32)     --            --
 Proceeds from sale and
  maturities of
  available-for-sale
  investments...........     --       --       --       --            844
 Purchases of property
  and equipment.........  (1,405)    (151)    (165)     (67)          --
                         -------  -------  -------    -----       -------
    Net cash provided by
     (used in) investing
     activities.........  (1,405)    (963)    (197)     (67)          844
                         -------  -------  -------    -----       -------
Financing Activities:
 Cash dividends paid....     (40)     (40)     (40)     --            --
                         -------  -------  -------    -----       -------
Increase (Decrease) in
 Cash and Cash
 Equivalents............  (2,007)  (1,181)    (388)    (292)          466
Cash and Cash
 Equivalents at
 Beginning of Period....   3,973    1,966      785      785           397
                         -------  -------  -------    -----       -------
Cash and Cash
 Equivalents at End of
 Period................. $ 1,966  $   785  $   397    $ 493       $   863
                         =======  =======  =======    =====       =======
Supplemental Cash Flow
 Information:
  Cash paid during the
   period for
   income taxes......... $   354  $    76  $   472    $ 232       $   149
                         =======  =======  =======    =====       =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
 
                           BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION
 
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             COMMON
                                                             STOCK,
                                                             NO PAR RETAINED
                                                             VALUE  EARNINGS
                                                             ------ --------
<S>                                                          <C>    <C>     
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1992..................................  $ 21   $5,073
 Net income.................................................   --       898
 Payment of $40 per share cash dividend.....................   --       (40)
                                                              ----   ------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1993..................................    21    5,931
 Net loss...................................................   --      (215)
 Payment of $40 per share cash dividend.....................   --       (40)
                                                              ----   ------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1994..................................    21    5,676
 Net income.................................................   --       357
 Payment of $40 per share cash dividend.....................   --       (40)
                                                              ----   ------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1995..................................    21    5,993
<CAPTION>
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>    <C>     
 Net income.................................................   --       174
                                                              ----   ------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 14, 1995.................................  $ 21   $6,167
                                                              ====   ======
</TABLE>
 
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
 
                           BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Bennett X-Ray Corporation was incorporated in 1967 and is engaged in the
manufacture of high frequency diagnostic radiographic (X-ray) equipment with a
focus on health care imaging products in the private office, clinic and
hospital markets.
 
 Principles of Consolidation
 
  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Bennett X-Ray Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Bennett
International Corporation and Island X-Ray Incorporated (collectively referred
to as the "Company"). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
 Fiscal Year
 
  The Company has adopted a fiscal year ending February 28. References to
1993, 1994 and 1995 are for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1993, 1994 and
1995, respectively.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes product revenues upon shipment of its products. The
Company provides a reserve for its estimate of warranty costs at the time of
shipment.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers liquid investments with an original maturity of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
 Available-for-sale Investments
 
  Pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115,
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," the
Company's debt and marketable equity securities are accounted for at market
value (Note 2).
 
 Inventories
 
  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis)
or market value and include material, labor and manufacturing overhead. The
components of inventories are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1994    1995
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                           <C>     <C>
   Raw material and supplies....................................  $2,511  $3,876
   Work in process and finished goods...........................   2,280   2,550
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                  $4,791  $6,426
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-20
<PAGE>
 
                           BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

 Property and Equipment
 
  The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company provides for
depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the property as follows: machinery and equipment--3
to 7 years; automobiles--3 years; and leasehold improvements--the shorter of
the term of the lease or the life of the asset. Property and equipment consist
of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        1994    1995
                       ------- -------
                       (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                 <C>     <C>
   Leasehold
    improvements......  $1,319 $ 1,447
   Machinery and
    equipment.........     648     535
   Automobiles........     211     156
                       ------- -------
                         2,178   2,138
   Less: Accumulated
    depreciation and
    amortization......     736     788
                       ------- -------
                       $ 1,442  $1,350
                       ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
 Income Taxes
 
  In accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," the Company
recognizes deferred income taxes based on the expected future tax consequences
of differences between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of
assets and liabilities calculated using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to be reflected in the tax return.
 
 Interim Financial Statements
 
  The financial statements for the six-month period ended August 31, 1994 and
for the period from March 1, 1995 through September 14, 1995 are unaudited
but, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments of a normal
recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation of results for these
interim periods. The results of operations for the period from March 1, 1995
through September 14, 1995 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected for the entire year.
 
2. AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS
 
  In accordance with SFAS No. 115, the Company's debt and marketable equity
securities are considered available-for-sale investments in the accompanying
balance sheet and are carried at market value, with the difference between
cost and market value, net of related tax effects, recorded currently as a
component of shareholders' investment. Available-for-sale investments in the
accompanying 1994 and 1995 balance sheets represent investments in U.S.
Government securities with maturities of one year or less. There was no
difference between the market value and the cost basis of available-for-sale
investments at February 28, 1994 and 1995.
 
3. INCOME TAXES
 
  The components of the income tax provision are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1993 1994  1995
                                                                ---- ----  ----
   <S>                                                          <C>  <C>   <C>
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   Currently payable:
    Federal.................................................... $291 $190  $527
    State......................................................   35   37    73
                                                                ---- ----  ----
                                                                 326  227   600
                                                                ---- ----  ----
   Net deferred (prepaid):
    Federal....................................................   77 (142) (224)
    State......................................................   90  (37)   12
                                                                ---- ----  ----
                                                                 167 (179) (212)
                                                                ---- ----  ----
                                                                $493 $ 48  $388
                                                                ==== ====  ====
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-21
<PAGE>
 
                           BENNETT X-RAY CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)

  The income tax provision in the accompanying statement of operations differs
from the amounts calculated by applying the statutory federal income tax rate
of 34% to income (loss) before income tax provision due to the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1993    1994     1995
                               -----  -------  -------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                         <C>    <C>      <C>
   Income tax provision
    (benefit) at statutory
    rate.....................  $ 473  $   (57) $   253
   Differences resulting
    from:
     State income taxes, net
      of federal tax.........     82      --        56
     Foreign sales corpora-
      tion benefit...........    (66)     (43)     (25)
     Research and development
      tax credit.............   (171)     --       --
     Nondeductible expenses
      and other..............    175      148      104
                               -----  -------  -------
                               $ 493  $    48  $   388
                               =====  =======  =======
 
  Prepaid income taxes and deferred income taxes in the accompanying balance
sheet consist of the following:
 
<CAPTION>
                                       1994     1995
                                      -------  -------
                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                <C>      <C>
   Prepaid income taxes:
     Reserves and accruals.........   $   208  $   422
                                      =======  =======
   Deferred income taxes:
     Depreciation..................     $ 143  $   145
                                      =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
4. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
  The Company has a noncontributory discretionary profit sharing plan covering
substantially all employees. Profit sharing expense amounted to $105,000,
$110,000 and $120,000 in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
5. RELATED PARTY LEASE AND CONTINGENCY
 
 Facility Lease
 
  The Company leases its main operating facility under a short-term operating
lease with a real estate trust, controlled by certain officers/shareholders of
the Company. The accompanying statement of operations includes expense from
this operating lease of $1,148,000, $1,224,000 and $1,318,000 in fiscal 1993,
1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
 Guaranty
 
  The Company guarantees a mortgage of its lessor. The amount outstanding
under this mortgage was $658,000 at February 28, 1995. This mortgage is also
secured by the underlying building and improvements.
 
6. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
  In September 1995, all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company was
acquired by ThermoTrex Corporation, a majority-owned subsidiary of Thermo
Electron Corporation, for $42,865,000 in cash.
 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To XRE Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of XRE
Corporation (a Massachusetts corporation) and subsidiary as of December 31,
1995 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
investment and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of XRE
Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
   
Boston, Massachusetts February 20, 1996 (except with respect to     
   
the matter discussed     
   
in Note 9, as to which     
   
the date is May 29, 1996)     
 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
                                XRE CORPORATION
 
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  ----------------------------
                                          1995    APRIL 1, 1995 MARCH 30, 1996
                                         -------  ------------- --------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>      <C>           <C>
Revenues (Note 6):
  Product revenues...................... $25,099     $7,247         $4,780
  Service revenues......................   4,207        854            813
                                         -------     ------         ------
                                          29,306      8,101          5,593
                                         -------     ------         ------
Costs and Operating Expenses:
  Cost of product revenues..............  16,908      4,725          2,723
  Cost of service revenues..............   3,449        789            803
  General and administrative expenses...   2,787        798            630
  Research and development expenses.....   3,578        880          1,063
  Selling and marketing expenses........   2,029        706            845
                                         -------     ------         ------
                                          28,751      7,898          6,064
                                         -------     ------         ------
Operating Income (Loss).................     555        203           (471)
Interest Income.........................     --         --               5
Interest Expense........................    (132)       (24)           (10)
Other Income............................     --         --               8
Minority Interest Income................      31        --             --
                                         -------     ------         ------
Income Before Benefit for State Income
 Taxes (Note 3).........................     454        179           (468)
Provision (Benefit) for State Income
 Taxes..................................     (80)        25              7
                                         -------     ------         ------
Net Income (Loss)....................... $   534     $  154         $ (475)
                                         =======     ======         ======
</TABLE>
 
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
 
                                XRE CORPORATION
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,  MARCH 30,
                                                           1995        1996
                                                       ------------ -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
                        ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................   $   320      $    51
  Accounts receivable, less allowance of $37 and $55..     2,705        2,698
  Inventories.........................................     6,600        8,511
  Prepaid expenses....................................       223          361
  Deferred tax asset (Note 3) ........................       156          156
                                                         -------      -------
                                                          10,004       11,777
                                                         -------      -------
Property and Equipment, at Cost, Net..................     1,790        2,376
                                                         -------      -------
Other Assets..........................................       410          414
                                                         -------      -------
                                                         $12,204      $14,567
                                                         =======      =======
       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term obligations.........   $   108      $   108
  Due to affiliate (Note 8)...........................       442           32
  Accounts and drafts payable.........................     1,389        3,227
  Accrued expenses....................................     2,412        2,622
  Deferred revenue ...................................     2,415        3,805
                                                         -------      -------
                                                           6,766        9,794
                                                         -------      -------
Long-term Obligations (Note 2)........................       266          236
                                                         -------      -------
Minority Interest.....................................        21           21
                                                         -------      -------
Commitment (Note 8)
Stockholders' Investment:
  Common stock, no par value, 500 shares authorized;
   240 shares issued..................................       608          608
  Capital in excess of par value......................     3,783        3,783
  Retained earnings...................................     1,126          491
  Treasury stock at cost, 17 shares...................      (366)        (366)
                                                         -------      -------
                                                           5,151        4,516
                                                         -------      -------
                                                         $12,204      $14,567
                                                         =======      =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
 
                                XRE CORPORATION
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    ----------------------------
                                            1995    APRIL 1, 1995 MARCH 30, 1996
                                           -------  ------------- --------------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>      <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income..............................  $   534     $   154       $  (475)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to
  net cash
  provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization.........      546         123           109
   Minority interest income..............      (31)        --            --
   Deferred tax benefit..................     (156)        --            --
   Provision for doubtful accounts.......       37         --             18
   Compensation expense..................       76          58           (43)
   Changes in current accounts:
    Accounts receivable..................    1,994        (190)          (11)
    Inventories..........................    1,071        (637)       (1,911)
    Other current assets.................        8        (127)         (137)
    Accounts and drafts payable..........     (579)        618         1,839
    Accrued expenses.....................       88         986           252
    Deferred revenue.....................     (345)       (540)        1,390
                                           -------     -------       -------
     Net cash provided by operating ac-
      tivities...........................    3,243         445         1,031
                                           -------     -------       -------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment.....     (977)        (39)         (695)
 Increase in other assets................      (32)         (8)           (4)
                                           -------     -------       -------
     Net cash used in investing
      activities.........................   (1,009)        (47)         (699)
                                           -------     -------       -------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net borrowing (repayments) under note
  payable to a bank......................     (560)        827           --
 Borrowings from affiliate...............      903          80           255
 Repayment of borrowings from affiliate..   (2,616)     (1,830)         (665)
 Borrowings under an equipment line of
  credit.................................      205         --            --
 Capital contribution by stockholders....      600         600           --
 S corporation cash distributions........     (407)        (60)         (160)
 Repayment of long-term obligations......      (94)        (24)          (31)
                                           -------     -------       -------
     Net cash used in financing activi-
      ties...............................   (1,969)       (407)         (601)
                                           -------     -------       -------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash
 Equivalents.............................      265          (9)         (269)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of
 Period..................................       55          55           320
                                           -------     -------       -------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Peri-
 od......................................  $   320     $    46       $    51
                                           =======     =======       =======
CASH PAID FOR:
 Interest................................  $   138     $    16       $     8
                                           =======     =======       =======
 Income taxes............................  $    18     $    18       $    36
                                           =======     =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
 
                                XRE CORPORATION
 
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            COMMON STOCK                        TREASURY STOCK
                          ----------------                     ----------------
                                           CAPITAL IN
                          NUMBER OF        EXCESS OF  RETAINED NUMBER OF
                           SHARES   AMOUNT PAR VALUE  EARNINGS  SHARES   AMOUNT
                          --------- ------ ---------- -------- --------- ------
<S>                       <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>
BALANCE DECEMBER 31,
 1994...................     240     $608    $3,183     $ 999      17    $(366)
S corporation cash dis-
 tributions.............     --       --        --       (407)    --       --
Capital contribution by
 stockholders...........     --       --        600       --      --       --
Net income..............     --       --        --        534     --       --
                             ---     ----    ------    ------     ---    -----
BALANCE DECEMBER 31,
 1995...................     240     $608    $3,783    $1,126      17    $(366)
                             ===     ====    ======    ======     ===    =====
<CAPTION>
                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>
S corporation cash
 distributions..........     --       --        --       (160)    --       --
Net loss................     --       --        --       (475)    --       --
                             ---     ----    ------    ------     ---    -----
BALANCE MARCH 30, 1996..     240     $608    $3,783    $  491      17    $(366)
                             ===     ====    ======    ======     ===    =====
</TABLE>
 
 
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
 
                                XRE CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Nature of Operations
 
  XRE Corporation (the "Company") designs, manufactures and sells specialized
X-ray systems used in the diagnosis and treatment of coronary artery disease
and other vascular conditions to OEM customers and hospitals.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
 Principles of Consolidation
 
  The Company owns 51% of Angiographic Devices Corp. Ohio ("ADCO"), a
Massachusetts corporation which sells and services the Company's equipment.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidation
of ADCO after elimination of all significant intercompany transactions. The
amount in minority interest at December 31, 1995 represents the 49% ownership
of ADCO's net book value held by the minority stockholders of ADCO. On April
30, 1996, the Company sold its 51% ownership in ADCO. This transaction had an
immaterial effect on the financial position of the Company. The estimated fair
value of the Company's financial instruments, which include cash equivalents,
accounts receivable and long-term debt, approximates their carrying value.
 
  A real estate partnership of the principal officers/stockholders of the
Company owns the land and building in which the Company operates, as further
discussed in Note 8. The partnership's financial position and results of
operations are not included in these consolidated financial statements.
 
 Interim Financial Statements
 
  In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial
statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial
statements and include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
adjustments) which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of
the results for such periods. The results of operations for the period ended
March 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for
the full year.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes product revenues upon shipment and recognizes service
revenues upon completion of services rendered. Warranty costs related to
products are accrued at the date of shipment. The Company has recognized
approximately $313,000 of revenue in 1995 for a system that was completed and
ready to ship but which was physically being stored at the Company's facility
at the customer's request. This system will be shipped in 1996.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
                                     F-28
<PAGE>
 
                                XRE CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 Inventories
 
  Inventories, which include material, labor and manufacturing overhead, are
stated at the lower of cost (on a last-in, first-out ("LIFO") basis) or
market. Inventories consist of the following at December 31, 1995 (In
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                 <C>
      Raw materials...................................................... $4,378
      Work-in-process and finished goods.................................  2,222
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $6,600
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
  If the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method of inventory costing had been
used instead of LIFO, inventory would have been reported as follows (In
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                 <C>
      Inventory on FIFO basis............................................ $6,861
      Less: LIFO reserve.................................................    261
                                                                          ------
        Inventory on a LIFO basis........................................ $6,600
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
 Property and Equipment
 
  The Company provides for depreciation and amortization using the straight-
line method to allocate the cost of property and equipment over their
estimated useful lives as follows (In thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ESTIMATED
      CLASSIFICATION                                          USEFUL LIFE
      --------------                                          -----------
      <S>                                                     <C>         <C>
      Equipment..............................................  3-8 Years  $8,326
      Motor vehicles.........................................    3 Years     275
      Leasehold improvements.................................    5 Years     565
                                                                          ------
                                                                           9,166
      Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization........              7,376
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $1,790
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
 Accrued Expenses
 
  At December 31, 1995, accrued expenses consist of the following (In
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                 <C>
      Accrued warranty................................................... $1,115
      Accrued payroll costs..............................................    371
      Accrued professional fees..........................................    350
      Accrued other......................................................    576
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $2,412
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
2. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
 
  In May 1995, the Company entered into a $1,000,000 equipment line of credit
agreement (the "Agreement") with a bank. Under the terms of the Agreement, the
Company may make borrowings from time to time for the sole purpose of
purchasing equipment. Each borrowing will be evidenced by a secured term note.
Borrowings bear interest at the prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1995) plus 50
basis points. Principal is payable in 36 equal monthly installments.
Borrowings may not exceed 75% of the purchase price of the equipment. The
Company's ability to make additional borrowings under this equipment line of
credit expires on June 30, 1996. The Company had $176,000 outstanding under
the Agreement at December 31, 1995.
 
  During 1994, the Company entered into three capital leases for the purchase
of certain equipment. Monthly payments are $5,879 including interest at
varying rates from 9.4% to 10.2%. There was approximately $192,000 outstanding
on these leases as of December 31, 1995. The leases are secured by the
equipment and expire through August 1999.
 
                                     F-29
<PAGE>
 
                                XRE CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Future minimum payments, as of December 31, 1995, under the equipment line
of credit and capital leases are as follows (In thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                       <C>
  1996................................................................... $ 145
  1997...................................................................   139
  1998...................................................................   110
  1999...................................................................    31
                                                                          -----
                                                                            425
  Less: Amount representing interest.....................................    51
                                                                          -----
  Long-term obligations and present value of minimum lease payments......   374
  Less: Current maturities of long-term obligations .....................   108
                                                                          -----
                                                                          $ 266
                                                                          =====
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has a $5,000,000 revolving line of credit with a bank.
Borrowings are permitted up to 80% of qualified accounts receivable, as
defined, plus the lesser of $1,500,000 or 20% of the value of qualified
inventory, as defined, plus $899,000. The line bears interest at the prime
rate (8.5% at December 31, 1995) for borrowings up to $2,000,000, and prime
plus 50 basis points for borrowings in excess of $2,000,000. Borrowings are
secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and mature on June 30,
1996. In addition, the Company has approximately $450,000 outstanding under
letters of credit as of December 31, 1995. The revolving line of credit
contains certain covenants that, among other things, require certain financial
ratios and balances, limit the annual purchases of capital equipment and limit
additional indebtedness. As of December 31, 1995 and March 30, 1996 the
Company had received waivers or was in compliance with all covenants.
 
3. INCOME TAXES
 
  The Company has elected to be taxed as an S corporation for federal and
state income tax purposes. As an S corporation, taxable income of the Company
is reported on the individual income tax returns of its stockholders, although
certain states require a corporate-level tax. The Company provides for state
income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."
 
  Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets or liabilities are computed based on
the differences between the financial reporting basis and income tax basis of
assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax laws and rates expected
to be applicable when the differences reverse.
 
  The principal differences between assets and liabilities for financial
reporting and tax return purposes result primarily from depreciation and
expenses not currently deductible for tax return purposes.
 
  The components of the benefit for state income taxes at December 31, 1995
are as follows (In thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                      <C>
  Current............................................................... $  76
  Deferred..............................................................  (156)
                                                                         -----
                                                                         $ (80)
                                                                         =====
</TABLE>
 
  Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of realizing the benefits of
its favorable tax attributes in future income tax returns, the Company had
placed a valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable deferred tax
asset prior to 1995. During 1995, the management of the Company evaluated its
deferred tax asset in conjunction with its historical and projected operating
performance and determined that the deferred tax asset was fully realizable.
Accordingly, the Company reversed its tax valuation allowance during 1995.
 
4. STOCK REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
 
  Under the terms of an agreement with its stockholders, the Company must
purchase all of the shares owned by either stockholder upon the occurrence of
certain events, with payments to be made over a 10-year period.
 
                                     F-30
<PAGE>
 
                                XRE CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)

The price to be paid under the agreement is book value per share, as defined.
To partially fund its obligations under this agreement, the Company has
purchased two life insurance policies, each in the amount of $1,000,000, on
the lives of each of the stockholders of the Company. The cash surrender
values of these life insurance policies, which total approximately $406,000 at
December 31, 1995, are included in other assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet.
 
5. PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
  The Company has a qualified profit sharing plan that covers all employees
who meet certain employment requirements. The Company's contribution is
determined each year by the Board of Directors. In 1995, the Company
contributed and charged to expense $100,000 for the profit sharing plan.
 
6. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER
 
  One customer, under an exclusive distributorship agreement with the Company,
accounted for approximately 45% of revenues in 1995. The Company's exclusive
distribution agreement expired at the end of 1995. The Company and this
customer are presently in negotiations to extend this contract.
 
7.  PHANTOM STOCK PLAN
 
  In November 1994, the Company adopted a Phantom Stock Plan (the "Plan") for
a key officer/employee of the Company. Under the terms of the Plan, this
officer/employee earns compensation equal to 5.26% of certain corporate
distributions, as well as for increases in the net book value of the Company.
Upon the occurrence of certain events, including the sale of the Company, the
Plan will be terminated and the officer/employee shall receive a final Plan
payment. The Company is accounting for the Plan in accordance with Financial
Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 28, "Accounting for Stock
Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans."
Accordingly, compensation is measured based on the increase in value as
determined under the Agreement. During 1995, approximately $76,000 in
compensation expense was recorded under this Plan based upon the increase in
the value due to the officer/employee.
 
8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION
 
  On February 28, 1995, the Company entered into a 17-year facility lease with
an affiliated real estate partnership, Concord Associates ("Concord"), which
expires on February 28, 2012. Future minimum lease payments under this lease
are as follows (In thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                <C>
      1996.............................................................. $   631
      1997..............................................................     631
      1998..............................................................     631
      1999..............................................................     631
      2000..............................................................     631
      2001 and thereafter...............................................   7,046
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $10,201
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>
 
  Rental expense paid to Concord was approximately $792,000 in 1995. Due to
affiliate in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet represents non-
interest-bearing advances from Concord.
   
9. SALE OF THE COMPANY     
   
  On May 29, 1996, the Company was acquired by Trex Medical Corporation.     
 
                                     F-31
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Continental Group Broadview, Illinois
 
  We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of the Continental
Group as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related combined statements of
income, cash flows and stockholders' equity for the years then ended. These
combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined
financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Continental Group
as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          Topel Forman L.L.C.
 
Chicago, Illinois March 15, 1996
 
                                     F-32
<PAGE>
 
                               CONTINENTAL GROUP
 
                          COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           -------------------
                                                           MARCH 31, MARCH 31,
                                          1994     1995       1995      1996
                                         -------  -------  --------- ---------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
Sales................................... $21,699  $25,037   $6,595    $6,630
                                         -------  -------   ------    ------
Costs and Operating Expenses:
  Cost of sales.........................  15,558   17,913    4,453     4,375
  Operating expenses....................   5,621    5,670    1,647     1,798
                                         -------  -------   ------    ------
                                          21,179   23,583    6,100     6,173
                                         -------  -------   ------    ------
Operating Income........................     520    1,454      495       457
Interest Expense........................    (432)    (513)    (123)     (128)
Other Income (Expense), Net.............       7     (302)     (76)      (76)
                                         -------  -------   ------    ------
Income Before Provision for Income
 Taxes..................................      95      639      296       253
Provision for Income Taxes..............       4       11        7         6
                                         -------  -------   ------    ------
Net Income.............................. $    91  $   628   $  289    $  247
                                         =======  =======   ======    ======
</TABLE>
 
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
 
                               CONTINENTAL GROUP
 
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1994    1995   MARCH 31, 1996
                                                 ------- ------- --------------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>     <C>     <C>
                     ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash.......................................... $   163 $    23    $    36
  Accounts receivable, less allowance of $36,
   $36 and $36..................................   3,265   4,378      4,335
  Inventories...................................   5,353   5,974      5,910
  Prepaid expenses..............................      89      91         59
                                                 ------- -------    -------
                                                   8,870  10,466     10,340
                                                 ------- -------    -------
Property, Plant and Equipment, at Cost, Net.....   2,054   1,922      1,905
                                                 ------- -------    -------
Other Assets....................................      78      64         60
                                                 ------- -------    -------
                                                 $11,002 $12,452    $12,305
                                                 ======= =======    =======
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
  Notes payable................................. $ 3,122 $ 3,991    $ 3,637
  Current maturities of long-term obligations...     255     254        263
  Accounts payable..............................   2,655   2,878      2,838
  Accrued expenses..............................     518     625        631
                                                 ------- -------    -------
                                                   6,550   7,748      7,369
                                                 ------- -------    -------
Long-term Obligations, Net of Current
 Maturities.....................................   2,029   1,780      1,773
                                                 ------- -------    -------
Contingencies
Stockholders' Equity:
  Common stock..................................     416   1,093      1,093
  Additional paid-in capital....................      64      64         64
  Retained earnings.............................   1,943   1,767      2,006
                                                 ------- -------    -------
                                                   2,423   2,924      3,163
                                                 ------- -------    -------
                                                 $11,002 $12,452    $12,305
                                                 ======= =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
 
                               CONTINENTAL GROUP
 
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            -------------------
                                                            MARCH 31, MARCH 31,
                                           1994     1995      1995      1996
                                          -------  -------  --------- ---------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income.............................. $    91  $   628    $ 289     $ 247
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to
  net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization..........     316      298       78        71
  Provision for losses on accounts
   receivable............................       4      --       --        --
  Loss on sale of property, plant and
   equipment.............................     --        12      --        --
  Changes in current accounts:
   Accounts receivable...................  (2,663)  (1,113)    (564)       43
   Inventories...........................    (442)    (621)    (325)       64
   Prepaid expenses......................      98       (2)      56        32
   Accounts payable......................   2,525      223      226       (40)
   Other current liabilities.............      85      107      125         6
                                          -------  -------    -----     -----
    Net cash provided by (used in)
     operating activities................      14     (468)    (115)      423
                                          -------  -------    -----     -----
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property, plant and
  equipment..............................    (149)    (164)     (24)      (50)
                                          -------  -------    -----     -----
    Net cash used in investing
     activities..........................    (149)    (164)     (24)      (50)
                                          -------  -------    -----     -----
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net cash received (paid) under line of
  credit.................................     249      705       42      (381)
 Net cash received (paid) on notes
  payable................................    (184)     164       16        27
 Payments of long-term obligations.......    (214)    (250)     (64)      (62)
 Proceeds from long-term obligations.....     400      --       --         64
 Dividends paid..........................     (29)    (128)     --         (8)
 Decrease in cash overdraft..............     (86)     --       --        --
 Payment of loan fees....................      (9)     --       --        --
 Net proceeds from issuance of common
  stock..................................     --         1      --        --
                                          -------  -------    -----     -----
    Net cash provided by (used in)
     financing activities................     127      492       (6)     (360)
                                          -------  -------    -----     -----
Increase (Decrease) in Cash..............      (8)    (140)    (145)       13
Cash at Beginning of Period..............     171      163      163        23
                                          -------  -------    -----     -----
Cash at End of Period.................... $   163  $    23    $  18     $  36
                                          =======  =======    =====     =====
CASH PAID FOR:
 Interest................................ $   446  $   513    $ 115     $ 128
                                          =======  =======    =====     =====
 Income taxes............................ $     1  $     5    $   5     $  10
                                          =======  =======    =====     =====
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
 
                               CONTINENTAL GROUP
 
                   COMBINED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           ADDITIONAL
                                                    COMMON  PAID-IN   RETAINED
                                                    STOCK   CAPITAL   EARNINGS
                                                    ------ ---------- --------
<S>                                                 <C>    <C>        <C>
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1993.......................... $  416    $64      $1,881
Net income.........................................    --     --           91
Dividends paid.....................................    --     --          (29)
                                                    ------    ---      ------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1994..........................    416     64       1,943
Net income.........................................    --     --          628
Issuance of common stock...........................      1    --          --
Dividends paid.....................................    --     --         (128)
Reclass of retained earnings upon merger of Allied
 Fabrication Corporation into Continental X-Ray
 Corporation.......................................    676    --         (676)
                                                    ------    ---      ------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1995..........................  1,093     64       1,767
<CAPTION>
                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>    <C>        <C>
Net income.........................................    --     --          247
Dividends paid.....................................    --     --           (8)
                                                    ------    ---      ------
BALANCE MARCH 31, 1996............................. $1,093    $64      $2,006
                                                    ======    ===      ======
</TABLE>
 
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
 
                               CONTINENTAL GROUP
 
                    NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Principles of Combination
 
  The combined financial statements include the accounts of Continental X-Ray
Corporation ("Continental"), Allied Fabrication Corporation ("Allied"),
Alphatek Corporation ("Alphatek"), Broadview Manufacturing Corporation
("Broadview"), Haymarket Square Associates ("Haymarket"), Advanced Medical
Imaging, Inc. ("AMI") and Trans-Continental X-Ray Corporation ("Trans-
Continental"). The companies share common management. Certain stockholders of
Continental own 100% of the stock of Trans-Continental and AMI, 66.67% of the
stock of Alphatek, and 60% of the stock of Broadview. Haymarket is owned
66.67% by Continental and 33.33% by Alphatek.
 
  Continental merged with Allied on March 31, 1995. The stockholders of
Continental owned 100% of the issued and outstanding stock of Allied.
Continental issued 1,727 shares of common stock for the net assets of Allied.
The net assets were recorded at historical book value at the date of the
merger. The accompanying financial statements are based on the assumption that
the companies were merged for the full year.
 
  All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in combination.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes revenues upon shipment of its products.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  The stockholders of Continental, Allied, Broadview, Alphatek and AMI have
elected to be treated as "S" Corporations under provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code. In addition, Haymarket is a partnership. Accordingly, each
stockholder and partner will report his pro-rata share of the taxable income
or loss of the companies and partnership on their respective individual or
corporate income tax returns. Income taxes represent Illinois Replacement Tax.
 
 Advertising Costs
 
  Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred (when the
advertising first takes place). Advertising costs during the year ended
December 31, 1995 amounted to $124,000.
 
 Inventories
 
  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis)
or market.
 
 Property, Plant and Equipment
 
  The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company provides for
depreciation and amortization using the straight-line and accelerated methods
over the estimated useful lives of the property as follows: building and
building improvements, 19 years; office furniture and equipment, 5 years; and
equipment, 7 years.
 
                                     F-37
<PAGE>
 
                               CONTINENTAL GROUP
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
   Land........................................................ $   194 $   194
   Building and building improvements..........................   2,343   2,343
   Office furniture and fixtures...............................     493     518
   Equipment...................................................   2,572   2,683
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                  5,602   5,738
   Less: Accumulated depreciation .............................   3,548   3,816
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $ 2,054 $ 1,922
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  Depreciation expense was $302,000 and $284,000 for 1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
 Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
  Based upon the borrowing rates currently available for bank loans with
similar terms and average maturities, the fair value of the Company's notes
payable and long-term debt, inclusive of current maturities, approximated its
carrying value at December 31, 1994 and 1995.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The process of preparing financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions
regarding certain types of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Such
estimates primarily relate to unsettled transactions and events as of the date
of the financial statements. Accordingly, upon settlement, actual results may
differ from estimated amounts.
 
 Interim Financial Statements
 
  The financial statements as of and for the three-month periods ended March
31, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, reflect all
adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation of
results for these interim periods. The results of operations for the three-
month period ended March 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the entire year.
 
2. NOTES PAYABLE
 
  Notes payable consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
   Borrowings under lines of credit............................ $ 2,621 $ 3,326
   Notes payable to officers and related individuals...........     501     665
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $ 3,122 $ 3,991
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-38
<PAGE>
 
                               CONTINENTAL GROUP
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Continental and Alphatek have established lines of credit providing for
borrowings of up to $3,250,000 and $350,000, respectively, with interest
computed at the prime rate plus 3/4%. At December 31, 1994, Continental and
Alphatek had borrowings outstanding of $2,541,000 and $80,000 respectively,
under these lines of credit. At December 31, 1995, Continental and Alphatek
had borrowings outstanding of $3,246,000 and $80,000 respectively, under these
lines of credit. Borrowings under the lines of credit are secured by
substantially all assets of the companies and are guaranteed by certain
officers of the companies.
 
  Notes payable to officers and related individuals bear interest at the prime
rate plus 2%.
 
3. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
 
  Long-term obligations consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>     <C>
Note payable to bank, payable in monthly installments of
 $1,933 plus interest at the prime rate plus 3/4%. (9.25% at
 December 31, 1995). Final payment is due in December 1998.
 The note is secured by substantially all assets of
 Continental and is guaranteed by certain officers of
 Continental..................................................  $    93 $    70
Note payable to bank, payable in monthly installments of
 $3,333 plus interest at the prime rate plus 3/4%. Final pay-
 ment is due in April 1997. The note is secured by substan-
 tially all assets of Continental and is guaranteed by certain
 officers of Continental......................................       93      53
Note payable due October 2007, with interest payable monthly
 at the rate of 12%...........................................      120     120
Note payable to bank, payable in monthly installments of
 $3,833 plus interest at the prime rate plus 3/4%. Final pay-
 ment is due in April 1997. The note is secured by substan-
 tially all assets of Continental and is guaranteed by certain
 officers of Continental......................................      107      62
Note payable to bank, payable in monthly installments of
 $5,000 plus interest at the prime rate plus 3/4%. Final pay-
 ment is due in August 1999. The note is secured by substan-
 tially all assets of Continental and is guaranteed by certain
 officers of Continental......................................      280     220
Mortgage payable in monthly payments of $6,667 plus interest
 at 7.85%. Final payment in the amount of $1,280,000 is due in
 December 1998. The mortgage is secured by real estate and is
 guaranteed by Continental, Alphatek and certain officers of
 the companies................................................    1,520   1,440
Note payable in monthly installments of $463 including inter-
 est at 10.5%. Final payment is due in March 1995. The note is
 secured by the related automobile............................        2     --
Present value of settlement agreement with former employee due
 in monthly payments of $800 for remaining life expectancy.
 Discounted at 10%............................................       69      69
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                  2,284   2,034
Less: Current maturities......................................      255     254
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $ 2,029 $ 1,780
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-39
<PAGE>
 
                               CONTINENTAL GROUP
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)
 
  Maturities of long-term obligations, as of December 31, 1995, are as follows
(In thousands):
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                    <C>
   1996.................................................................. $  254
   1997..................................................................    197
   1998..................................................................  1,369
   1999..................................................................     46
   2000..................................................................      6
   Thereafter............................................................    162
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $2,034
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
4. CONTINGENCIES
 
  Continental Group is a party to various claims, legal actions and complaints
arising out of the normal course of business. Management is of the opinion that
the resolution of these matters will not have a significant effect on the
Group's financial position or results of operations.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
               PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
  On September 15, 1995, ThermoTrex Corporation ("ThermoTrex") acquired all of
the outstanding capital stock of Bennett X-Ray Corporation ("Bennett") for
$42.9 million in cash. On October 2, 1995, ThermoTrex transferred to the
Company all of the outstanding capital stock of Bennett in exchange for a
$42.0 million principal amount 4.2% subordinated convertible note, due 2000,
convertible into shares of the Company's common stock at $11.79 per share.
This acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. Subsequent to September 30, 1995, ThermoTrex converted $3.0
million principal amount of the subordinated convertible note into 254,452
shares of the Company's common stock. On October 16, 1995, ThermoTrex
transferred to the Company the assets, liabilities and businesses of
ThermoTrex's Lorad division ("Lorad") and ThermoTrex's research and
development activities pertaining to its Sonic CT system, in exchange for
20,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock.
   
  In May 1996, the Company acquired XRE Corporation ("XRE") for approximately
$17.0 million in cash. In addition, the Company repaid approximately $1.8
million of XRE's debt. Both the purchase price and the debt repayment were
funded from cash on hand. The Company will account for this acquisition using
the purchase method of accounting.     
 
  In April 1996, the Company signed a letter of intent to acquire Continental
X-Ray Corporation and affiliates ("Continental") for approximately $18.2
million in cash, including the repayment of $5.7 million in debt. If the
acquisition of Continental is completed, the Company assumes that the purchase
price will be funded with borrowings from Thermo Electron Corporaton ("Thermo
Electron") which are assumed to be repaid with the proceeds of the Company's
proposed Underwritten Public Offering. The Company will account for this
acquisition using the purchase method of accounting.
 
 
                                     F-41
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
                PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
  The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement of income sets
forth the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1995,
as if the issuance of 1,862,000 shares of the Company's common stock in its
November 1995 private placement, the acquisition of XRE, which is assumed to be
financed by the private placement proceeds, the acquisition of Continental,
which is assumed to be financed through borrowings of $18.2 million from Thermo
Electron, which are assumed to be repaid with the proceeds of the Company's
proposed Underwritten Public Offering, and the acquisition of Bennett had
occurred on January 1, 1995. Bennett, XRE and Continental have fiscal years
which differ from the Company's fiscal year-end. The historical results of
operations for Bennett, XRE and Continental presented below have been adjusted
to conform to the Company's fiscal year-end for purposes of the pro forma
combined condensed statement of income. The pro forma historical results of
operations for Bennett presented below include compensation expense and related
party rent expense in excess of amounts that will be paid in the future,
pursuant to agreements executed in connection with the acquisition, totaling
$2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1995. The pro forma
results of operations are not necessarily indicative of future operations or
the actual results that would have occurred had the acquisitions of Bennett,
XRE and Continental been made on January 1, 1995. This statement should be read
in conjunction with the accompanying notes, the pro forma combined condensed
balance sheet and the respective historical financial statements and related
notes of the Company, Bennett, XRE and Continental appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        HISTORICAL                      PRO FORMA
                         ----------------------------------------- --------------------
                         TREX MEDICAL BENNETT   XRE    CONTINENTAL ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED
                         ------------ ------- -------  ----------- ----------- --------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                      <C>          <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues................   $55,291    $30,458 $21,900    $18,536     $   --    $126,185
                           -------    ------- -------    -------     -------   --------
Costs and Operating Ex-
 penses:
 Cost of revenues.......    28,180     19,379  15,365     13,582       1,896     78,402
 Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses..............    12,174      8,638   3,390      3,488       1,898     29,588
 Research and
  development expenses..     8,595      2,062   2,519        742         --      13,918
                           -------    ------- -------    -------     -------   --------
                            48,949     30,079  21,274     17,812       3,794    121,908
                           -------    ------- -------    -------     -------   --------
Operating Income........     6,342        379     626        724      (3,794)     4,277
Interest Income.........       --         --      --         --          --         --
Interest Expense........       --         --     (116)      (368)     (1,228)    (1,712)
Other Income (Expense),
 Net....................        22         90     --        (209)        --         (97)
                           -------    ------- -------    -------     -------   --------
Income Before Income
 Taxes..................     6,364        469     510        147      (5,022)     2,468
Income Tax Provision
 (Benefit)..............     2,881        236      76          4      (1,327)     1,870
                           -------    ------- -------    -------     -------   --------
Net Income..............   $ 3,483    $   233 $   434    $   143     $(3,695)  $    598
                           =======    ======= =======    =======     =======   ========
Earnings per Share......   $   .17                                             $    .02
                           =======                                             ========
Weighted Average Shares
 .......................    20,151                                     4,516     24,667
                           =======                                   =======   ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
               PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                        SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
  The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement of income
sets forth the results of operations for the six months ended March 30, 1996,
as if the issuance of 1,862,000 shares of the Company's common stock in its
November 1995 private placement, the acquisition of XRE, which is assumed to
be financed by the private placement proceeds, the acquisition of Continental,
which is assumed to be financed through borrowings from Thermo Electron, which
borrowings are assumed to be repaid with the proceeds of the Company's
proposed Underwritten Public Offering, and the acquisition of Bennett had
occurred on January 1, 1995. XRE and Continental have fiscal years which
differ from the Company's fiscal year-end. The historical results of
operations for XRE and Continental presented below have been adjusted to
conform to the Company's fiscal year-end for purposes of the pro forma
combined condensed statement of income. The pro forma results of operations
are not necessarily indicative of future operations or the actual results that
would have occurred had the acquisitions of Bennett, XRE and Continental been
made on January 1, 1995. This statement should be read in conjunction with the
accompanying notes, the pro forma combined condensed balance sheet and the
respective historical financial statements and related notes of the Company,
XRE, and Continental appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     HISTORICAL                  PRO FORMA
                          --------------------------------- --------------------
                          TREX MEDICAL   XRE    CONTINENTAL ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED
                          ------------ -------  ----------- ----------- --------
                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                       <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues................    $66,829    $12,999    $13,131     $  --     $92,959
                            -------    -------    -------     ------    -------
Costs and Operating Ex-
 penses:
 Cost of revenues.......     37,592      8,518      8,706       (479)    54,337
 Selling, general and
  administrative ex-
  penses................     13,695      2,901      2,705        544     19,845
 Research and develop-
  ment expenses.........      8,170      2,122        533        --      10,825
                            -------    -------    -------     ------    -------
                             59,457     13,541     11,944         65     85,007
                            -------    -------    -------     ------    -------
Operating Income
 (Loss).................      7,372       (542)     1,187        (65)     7,952
Interest Income.........        440          5        --        (369)        76
Interest Expense........       (872)       (26)      (273)        63     (1,108)
Other Income (Expense),
 Net....................         35         39       (169)       --         (95)
                            -------    -------    -------     ------    -------
Income (Loss) Before In-
 come Taxes.............      6,975       (524)       745       (371)     6,825
Income Tax Provision
 (Benefit) .............      3,241       (149)        13         42      3,147
                            -------    -------    -------     ------    -------
Net Income (Loss).......    $ 3,734    $  (375)   $   732     $ (413)   $ 3,678
                            =======    =======    =======     ======    =======
Earnings per Share......    $   .17                                     $   .15
                            =======                                     =======
Weighted Average
 Shares.................     21,547                            3,153     24,700
                            =======                           ======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-43
<PAGE>
 
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
                  PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
                                MARCH 30, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
  The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed balance sheet sets
forth the financial position as of March 30, 1996, to reflect the acquisitions
of XRE and Continental as if the acquisitions had occurred on March 30, 1996.
This statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes, the
pro forma combined condensed statements of income and the respective
historical financial statements and related notes of the Company, XRE and
Continental appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    HISTORICAL                  PRO FORMA
                         --------------------------------- --------------------
                         TREX MEDICAL   XRE    CONTINENTAL ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED
                         ------------ -------  ----------- ----------- --------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>
         ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equiva-
  lents.................   $ 19,245   $    51    $    36    $(17,000)  $  2,332
 Accounts receivable,
  net...................     18,936     2,698      4,335         --      25,969
 Inventories............     18,615     8,511      5,910       1,417     34,453
 Other current assets...      5,813       517         59         --       6,389
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
                             62,609    11,777     10,340     (15,583)    69,143
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
Property, Plant and
 Equipment, at Cost,
 Net....................      8,628     2,376      1,905         --      12,909
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
Other Assets............        --        414         60         --         474
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
Cost in Excess of Net
 Assets of Acquired
 Companies..............     58,338       --         --       20,431     78,769
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
                           $129,575   $14,567    $12,305    $  4,848   $161,295
                           ========   =======    =======    ========   ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' INVEST-
                 MENT
Current Liabilities:
 Notes payable..........   $    --    $   --     $ 3,637    $ (3,637)  $    --
 Note payable to Thermo
  Electron Corpora-
  tion .................        --        --         --       18,200     18,200
 Current maturities of
  long-term obliga-
  tions.................        --        108        263        (263)       108
 Accounts payable.......      7,671     3,227      2,838         --      13,736
 Other accrued ex-
  penses................     19,383     2,622        631         --      22,636
 Due to affiliates......        --         32        --          --          32
 Deferred revenue.......        --      3,805        --          --       3,805
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
                             27,054     9,794      7,369      14,300     58,517
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
Deferred Income Taxes...         89       --         --          --          89
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
Long-term Obligations:
 Subordinated
  convertible note, due
  to parent company.....     39,000       --         --          --      39,000
 Other..................        --        236      1,773      (1,773)       236
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
                             39,000       236      1,773      (1,773)    39,236
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
Minority Interest.......        --         21        --          --          21
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
Shareholders' Invest-
 ment:
 Common stock...........        222       608      1,093      (1,701)       222
 Capital in excess of
  par value.............     59,476     3,783         64      (3,847)    59,476
 Retained earnings......      3,734       491      2,006      (2,497)     3,734
 Treasury stock.........        --       (366)       --          366        --
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
                             63,432     4,516      3,163      (7,679)    63,432
                           --------   -------    -------    --------   --------
                           $129,575   $14,567    $12,305    $  4,848   $161,295
                           ========   =======    =======    ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-44
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
           NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1--PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF
      INCOME FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
      IN TEXT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DEBIT (CREDIT)
                                                                 --------------
<S>                                                              <C>
COST OF REVENUES
Increase of $479,000, $1,150,000 and $267,000 in the work in
 process and finished goods inventories of Bennett, XRE and
 Continental, respectively, to the estimated selling price,
 less the sum of the costs of disposal and a reasonable profit
 allowance for the Company's selling efforts...................     $ 1,896
                                                                    -------
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Service fee of 1.20% of the revenues of Bennett, XRE and Conti-
 nental for services provided under a services agreement be-
 tween the Company and Thermo Electron.........................         851
Amortization over 40 years of $37,496,000, $11,334,000 and
 $9,097,000 of cost in excess of net assets of acquired compa-
 nies created by the acquisitions of Bennett, XRE and Continen-
 tal, respectively.............................................       1,047
                                                                    -------
                                                                      1,898
                                                                    -------
INTEREST EXPENSE
Record interest expense on the $42,000,000 principal amount
 4.2% subordinated convertible note issued to ThermoTrex, net
 of $3,000,000 principal amount converted into common stock by
 ThermoTrex....................................................       1,228
                                                                    -------
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)
Income tax benefit associated with the adjustments above
 (excluding amortization of cost in excess of net assets of
 acquired companies), calculated at the Company's statutory
 income tax rate of 40%........................................      (1,590)
Income tax provision associated with XRE's and Continental's
 earnings, calculated at the Company's statutory income tax
 rate of 40%...................................................         263
                                                                    -------
                                                                     (1,327)
                                                                    -------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES
Increase in weighted average shares outstanding due to the
 assumed issuance on January 1, 1995 of 1,862,000, 2,400,000
 and 254,452 shares of the Company's common stock from its
 November 1995 private placement, its proposed Underwritten
 Public Offering and the assumed conversion of $3,000,000
 principal amount of the 4.2% subordinated convertible note by
 ThermoTrex, respectively
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
         NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2--PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF
      INCOME FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1996 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT IN
      TEXT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DEBIT (CREDIT)
                                                                 --------------
<S>                                                              <C>
COST OF REVENUES
Reversal of the adjustment to record Bennett's inventory at
 estimated selling price, less the sum of the costs of disposal
 and a reasonable profit allowance for the Company's selling
 efforts.......................................................      $(479)
                                                                     -----
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Service fee of 1.20% for the three month period ended December
 30, 1995 and 1.0% for the three month period ended March 30,
 1996 of the revenues of XRE and Continental for services
 provided under a services agreement between the Company and
 Thermo Electron...............................................        289
Amortization over 40 years of cost in excess of net assets of
 acquired companies created by the acquisitions of XRE and
 Continental...................................................        255
                                                                     -----
                                                                       544
                                                                     -----
INTEREST INCOME
Decrease in interest income due to the $17,000,000 cash payment
 to acquire XRE, calculated at an average interest rate of
 5.94%.........................................................        369
                                                                     -----
INTEREST EXPENSE
Decrease in interest expense on the $42,000,000 principal
 amount 4.2% subordinated convertible note issued to
 ThermoTrex, due to the assumed conversion by ThermoTrex on
 January 1, 1995 of $3,000,000 principal amount into common
 stock.........................................................        (63)
                                                                     -----
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)
Income tax benefit associated with the adjustments above
 (excluding amortization of cost in excess of net assets of
 acquired companies), calculated at the Company's statutory
 income tax rate of 40%........................................        (46)
Net income tax provision associated with XRE's loss and
 Continental's earnings, calculated at the Company's statutory
 income tax rate of 40%........................................         88
                                                                     -----
                                                                        42
                                                                     -----
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES
Increase in weighted average shares outstanding due to the
 assumed issuance on January 1,
 1995 of 1,862,000, 2,400,000, and 254,452 shares of the
 Company's common stock from
 its November 1995 private placement, its proposed Underwritten
 Public Offering and the
 assumed conversion of $3,000,000 principal amount of the 4.2%
 subordinated convertible
 note by ThermoTrex, respectively
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>
 
                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
         NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 3--PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET (IN
      THOUSANDS, EXCEPT IN TEXT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DEBIT (CREDIT)
                                                                  --------------
<S>                                                               <C>
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash payments to acquire XRE and Continental....................     $(35,200)
Proceeds from the issuance of note payable to Thermo Electron
 Corporation....................................................       18,200
                                                                     --------
                                                                      (17,000)
                                                                     --------
INVENTORIES
Increase of $1,150,000 and $267,000 in the work in process and
 finished goods inventories of XRE and Continental,
 respectively, to the estimated selling price, less the sum of
 the costs of disposal and a reasonable profit allowance for the
 Company's selling efforts......................................        1,417
                                                                     --------
COST IN EXCESS OF NET ASSETS OF ACQUIRED COMPANIES
Excess of $11,334,000 and $9,097,000 of cost over the fair value
 of the net assets acquired of XRE and Continental, respective-
 ly.............................................................       20,431
                                                                     --------
NOTES PAYABLE
Decrease in notes payable due to the repayment of Continental
 debt by the Company............................................        3,637
                                                                     --------
NOTE PAYABLE TO THERMO ELECTRON CORPORATION
Record note payable to Thermo Electron Corporation to finance
 the acquisition of Continental.................................      (18,200)
                                                                     --------
CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
Decrease in current maturities of long-term obligations due to
 the repayment of Continental debt by the Company...............          263
                                                                     --------
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
Decrease in other long-term obligations due to the repayment of
 Continental debt by the Company................................        1,773
                                                                     --------
SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
Elimination of XRE's and Continental's equity accounts..........        7,679
                                                                     --------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>
 
  The picture at the upper right-hand side of the page illustrates two seated 
laboratory technicians with their hands at the controls of the Company's Lorad
Sterotactic Needle Biopsy System, which consists of a vertical floor-mounted 
platform supporting the rotatable needle-biopsy apparatus, as well as 
a horizontal platform which sits above the apparatus, upon which a patient lays
in a prone position.

To the left of this picture is the following caption:

   
The Company offers a variety of needle- biopsy systems that provide an
alternative to sur-gical biopsy. These procedures generally remove only a small
tissue sample, resulting in minimal scarring. In addition, the procedure is done
on an outpatient basis which results in significant cost savings.     

  The picture at the middle left-hand side of the page illustrates two X-ray 
systems that are attached to certical, floor-mounted bases. A patient is 
standing up against the X-ray apparatus on the left-hand side of the 
photograph, and a patient table with the Bennett logo is shown in the 
foreground in front of the X-ray apparatus on the right-hand side of the page.

To the right of this picture is the following caption:

   
The Company offers both general-purpose and specialized X-ray systems. For
example, the Company's recently introduced BT-300 tomography system offers a
patented automatic exposure option for use with its general radiographic
systems. Prior to the introduction of the Company's automatic exposure option,
multiple exposures were required to obtain a correctly exposed image.     

  The picture at the lower right-hand side of the page illustrates a patient 
table, above which is a moveable, rotatable X-ray apparatus suspended from a 
platform which is mounted to the ceiling. Two large, flexible tubes are shown 
running from the X-ray apparatus toward the wall, and another system component 
is shown between the patient table and the wall.


<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY IN-
FORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON
AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE
AN OFFER TO SELL ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OF-
FER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURIS-
DICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DE-
LIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUM-
STANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS COR-
RECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                               ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Prospectus Summary.......................................................    3
Risk Factors.............................................................    6
The Company..............................................................   12
The Rights Offering......................................................   12
Use of Proceeds..........................................................   13
Dividend Policy..........................................................   13
Capitalization...........................................................   14
Dilution.................................................................   15
Selected Consolidated Financial Information..............................   17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................   18
Business.................................................................   21
Relationship and Potential Conflicts of Interest with Thermo Electron and
 ThermoTrex..............................................................   35
Management...............................................................   39
Executive Compensation...................................................   43
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management...........   46
Description of Capital Stock.............................................   48
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..........................................   48
Underwriting.............................................................   50
Legal Opinions...........................................................   51
Experts..................................................................   52
Additional Information...................................................   52
Reports to Security Holders..............................................   52
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................  F-1
</TABLE>
 
                               ----------------
 UNTIL      , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICI-
PATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS
IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING
AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               2,400,000 Shares
 
                     [LOGO OF TREX MEDICAL APPEARS HERE]
 
                                 Common Stock
 
 
                               ----------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
                                      , 1996
                               ----------------
 
                          NatWest Securities Limited
                                Lehman Brothers
                            Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
  The following table sets forth the various expenses in connection with the
sale and distribution of the securities being registered, other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except
for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") registration
fee, the NASD filing fee and the American Stock Exchange listing fee.
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                 <C>
   Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee................ $ 15,989
   NASD filing fee....................................................    5,137
   American Stock Exchange listing fee................................   50,000
   Legal fees and expenses............................................  150,000
   Accounting fees and expenses.......................................  140,000
   Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)..................   10,000
   Printing and engraving expenses....................................  200,000
   Transfer agent fees................................................    5,000
   Miscellaneous......................................................  123,874
                                                                       --------
     Total............................................................ $700,000
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
  The Delaware General Corporation Law and the Registrant's Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws limit the monetary liability of directors to the
Registrant and to its shareholders and provide for indemnification of the
Registrant's officers and directors for liabilities and expenses that they may
incur in such capacities. In general, officers and directors are indemnified
with respect to actions taken in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to
be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Registrant and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, actions that the indemnitee had
no reasonable cause to believe were unlawful. The Registrant also has
indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that provide for
the maximum indemnification allowed by law. Reference is made to the
Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and form of Indemnification
Agreement for Officers and Directors incorporated by reference as Exhibits
3.1, 3.2 and 10.18 hereto, respectively.
 
  Thermo Electron has an insurance policy which insures the directors and
officers of Thermo Electron and its subsidiaries, including the Registrant,
against certain liabilities which might be incurred in connection with the
performance of their duties.
 
  Under Section 6 of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters are
obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify directors and officers of
the Registrant against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Reference is made
to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 hereto.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
  On October 2, 1995, ThermoTrex transferred to the Registrant all outstanding
capital stock of its Bennett X-Ray Corporation subsidiary in exchange for a
$42,000,000 principal amount subordinated convertible note due 2000. Exemption
from registration for this transaction is claimed under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.
 
  On October 16, 1995, ThermoTrex contributed all of the assets and
liabilities relating to its Lorad division and its Sonic CT system to the
Registrant in exchange for 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Exemption for
registration for this transaction is claimed under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.
 
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  On November 22, 1995 and November 30, 1995 the Registrant sold an aggregate
of 1,862,000 shares of Common Stock to 159 accredited investors pursuant to
Regulation D of the Commission promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
  On January 31, 1996, the Registrant sold 100,000 shares of Common Stock to
an accredited investor pursuant to Regulation D of the Commission promulgated
under the Securities Act.
   
  From September 27, 1995 (the date of the Registrant's incorporation) through
May 30, 1996, the Registrant granted options under its stock-based
compensation plans to purchase an aggregate of 1,401,000 shares of Common
Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $11.14 per share. None of these
options have been exercised. Exemption from registration for these grants is
claimed under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.     
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
  (A) EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -----------                       ----------------------
 <C>         <S>
   *1        Form of Underwriting Agreement.
   *3.1     Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant.
   *3.2      By-Laws of the Registrant.
   *4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
   *4.2      $42,000,000 Subordinated Convertible Note due 2000 of the
             Registrant issued to ThermoTrex.
   *5        Opinion of Seth H. Hoogasian, Esq. with respect to the validity of
             the securities being offered.
  *10.1      Corporate Services Agreement dated as of September 27, 1995
             between Thermo Electron Corporation ("Thermo Electron") and the
             Registrant.
   10.2      Thermo Electron Corporate Charter, as amended and restated
             effective January 3, 1993 (incorporated by reference herein form
             Exhibit 10.1 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on form 10-K for
             the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993 (File No. 1-8002)).
  *10.3      Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1995 between
             Thermo Electron and the Registrant.
  *10.4      Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of September 27, 1995 between
             Thermo Electron and the Registrant.
  *10.5      Master Guarantee Reimbursement Agreement dated as of September 27,
             1995 between Thermo Electron and the Registrant.
  *10.6      Master Guarantee Reimbursement Agreement dated as of September 27,
             1995 between ThermoTrex and the Registrant.
  +10.7      OEM Agreement between Philips Medical Systems North American
             Company and Lorad dated as of November 2, 1993.
  +10.8      OEM Agreement between Philips Medical Systems North American
             Company and Lorad dated November 17, 1993.
 *+10.9      Purchase Agreement between General Electric Company and Bennett
             dated November 17, 1994.
 *+10.10     Agreement between Philips Medizin Systeme Unternehmensbereich der
             Philips GmbH and Bennett dated February 12, 1992.
 *+10.11     Distributor Agreement between ThermoTrex and US Surgical
             Corporation dated October 20, 1995, as amended.
 * 10.12     Note Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of October 2, 1995
             between ThermoTrex and the Registrant.
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -----------                       ----------------------
 <C>         <S>
  10.13      Lease dated as of September 15, 1995, by and among ThermoTrex and
             BK Realty Associates, L.P. and Calrob Realty Associates (filed as
             Exhibit 10.26 to ThermoTrex's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-
             10791] and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.14      Lease dated as of December 20, 1995, between Melvyn J. Powers and
             Mary P. Powers D/B/A M&M Realty and Lorad, as amended.
 *10.15      Equity Incentive Plan of the Registrant.
 *10.16      Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of the Registrant.
 *10.17      Directors Stock Option Plan of the Registrant.
 *10.18      Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors.
             In addition to the stock-based compensation plans of the
             Registrant, the executive officers of the Registrant may be
             granted awards under stock-based compensation plans of the
             Registrant's parent, Thermo Electron Corporation, and its
             subsidiaries, for services rendered to the Registrant or to such
             affiliated corporations. Such plans are listed under Exhibits
             10.19-10.74.
  10.19      Thermo Electron Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 4(d) to Thermo Electron's Registration Statement on Form
             S-8 [Reg. No. 33-8993] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate under this
             plan and the Thermo Electron Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is
             9,035,156 shares, after adjustment to reflect share increases
             approved in 1984 and 1986, share decrease approved in 1989, and 3-
             for-2 stock splits effected in October 1986, October 1993 and May
             1995).
  10.20      Thermo Electron Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed
             as Exhibit 4(e) to Thermo Electron's Registration Statement on
             Form S-8 [Reg. No. 33-8993] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Plan amended in 1984 to extend expiration date to December 14,
             1994; maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate under
             this plan and the Thermo Electron Incentive Stock Option Plan is
             9,035,156 shares, after adjustment to reflect share increases
             approved in 1984 and 1986, share decrease approved in 1989, and 3-
             for-2 stock splits effected in October 1986, October 1993 and May
             1995).
  10.21      Thermo Electron Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.1 to Thermo Electron's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
             for the quarter ended July 2, 1994 [File No. 1-8002] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Plan amended in 1989 to
             restrict exercise price for SEC reporting persons to not less than
             50% of fair market value or par value; maximum number of shares
             issuable is 7,050,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect 3-for-2
             stock splits effected in October 1993 and May 1995 and share
             increase approved in 1994).
  10.22      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermedics Inc. Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 4 to a Registration Statement on
             Form S-8 of Thermedics [Reg. No. 2-93747] and incorporated herein
             by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is 450,000
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase approved in
             1988, 5-for-4 stock split effected in January 1985, 4-for-3 stock
             split effected in September 1985, and 3-for-2 stock splits
             effected in October 1986 and November 1993).
  10.23      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.
             (formerly Thermo Environmental Corporation) Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 4(c) to a Registration Statement on
             Form S-8 of Thermo Instrument [Reg. No. 33-8034] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is
             421,875 shares, after adjustment to reflect 3-for-2 stock splits
             effected in July 1993 and April 1995 and a 5-for-4 stock split
             effected in December 1995).
  10.24      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.
             (formerly Thermo Environmental Corporation) Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Thermo Electron's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1987
             [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum
             number of shares issuable is 600,285 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increase approved in 1988 and 3-for-2 stock splits
             effected in January 1988, July 1993 and April 1995 and a 5-for-4
             stock split effected in December 1995).
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -----------                       ----------------------
 <C>         <S>
 10.25       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Terra Tech Inc. (formerly
             Thermo Process Systems Inc.) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed
             as Exhibit 10.13 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1987 [File No. 1-8002] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares
             issuable is 108,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect 6-for-5
             stock splits effected in July 1988 and March 1989, and 3-for-2
             stock split effected in September 1989).
 10.26       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Power Corporation (formerly
             Tecogen Inc.) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.14 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended January 3, 1987 [File No. 1-8002] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Amended in September 1995 to
             extend the plan expiration date to December 31, 2005).
 10.27       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Cardiosystems Inc.
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Thermo
             Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
             December 29, 1990 [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated herein by
             reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is 130,500 shares,
             after adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1990 and
             1992, 3-for-2 stock split effected in January 1990, 5-for-4 stock
             split effected in May 1990 and 2-for-1 stock split effected in
             November 1993).
 10.28       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Ecotek Corporation (formerly
             Thermo Energy Systems Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1990 [File No. 1-8002]
             and incorporated hereby by reference).
 10.29       Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoTrex Corporation (formerly
             Thermo Electron Technologies Corporation) Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Thermo Electron's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1990
             [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum
             number of shares issuable is 180,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in October 1993).
 10.30       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Fibertek Inc. Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Thermo Electron's
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28,
             1991 [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable is 600,000 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect 2-for-1 stock split effected in September
             1992 and 3-for-2 stock split effected in September 1995).
 10.31       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Voltek Corp. (formerly
             Universal Voltronics Corp.) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed
             as Exhibit 10.17 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993 [File No. 1-8002] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares
             issuable is 57,500 shares after adjustment to reflect 3-for-2
             stock split effected in November 1993 and share increase approved
             in September 1995).
 10.32       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo BioAnalysis Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Thermo
             Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
             September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10573] incorporated herein by
             reference).
 10.33       Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoLyte Corporation Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Thermo Power's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995
             [File No. 1-10573] and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.34       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Remediation Inc. Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Thermo Power's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995
             [File No. 1-10573] and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.35       Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoSpectra Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to Thermo
             Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
             September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10573] and incorporated herein by
             reference).
 10.36       Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoLase Corporation Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Thermo Power's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995
             [File No. 1-10573] and incorporated herein by reference).
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -----------                       ----------------------
 <C>         <S>
 10.37       Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoQuest Corporation Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Thermo Cardiosystems'
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30,
             1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.38       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Optek Corporation Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Thermo Cardiosystems'
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30,
             1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.39       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Sentron Inc. Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Thermo Cardiosystems'
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30,
             1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.40       Thermo Electron Corporation--Trex Medical Corporation Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Thermo Cardiosystems'
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30,
             1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.41       Thermo Ecotek Corporation (formerly Thermo Energy Systems
             Corporation) Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18
             to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended January 2, 1993 [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in the
             aggregate under this plan and the Thermo Ecotek Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan is 900,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increase approved in December 1993).
 10.42       Thermo Ecotek Corporation (formerly Thermo Energy Systems
             Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.19 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended January 2, 1993 [File No. 1-8001] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares
             issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the Thermo Ecotek
             Incentive Stock Option Plan is 900,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increase approved in December 1993).
 10.43       Thermo Ecotek Corporation (formerly Thermo Energy Systems
             Corporation) Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to
             Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and incorporated herein
             by reference).
 10.44       Thermedics Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10(d) to Thermedics' Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No.
             33-84380) and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number
             of shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermedics Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 1,931,923 shares,
             after adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1986 and
             1992, 5-for-4 stock split effected in January 1985, 4-for-3 stock
             split effected in September 1985, and 3-for-2 stock splits
             effected in October 1986 and November 1993).
 10.45       Thermedics Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10(e) to Thermedics' Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No.
             33-84380) and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number
             of shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermedics Incentive Stock Option Plan is 1,931,923 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1986 and 1992,
             5-for-4 stock split effected in January 1985, 4-for-3 stock split
             effected in September 1985, and 3-for-2 stock splits effected in
             October 1986 and November 1993).
 10.46       Thermedics Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix A to the
             Proxy Statement dated May 10, 1993 of Thermedics [File No. 1-9567]
             and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares
             issuable is 1,500,000, after adjustment to reflect 3-for-2 stock
             split effected in November 1993).
 10.47       Thermedics Inc.--Thermo Sentron Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option
             Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Thermo Cardiosystems Annual Report
             on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No.
             1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference).
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -----------                       ----------------------
 <C>         <S>
 10.48       Thermedics Inc.--Thermedics Detection Inc. Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Thermo Electron's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993
             [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.49       Thermedics Detection Inc.--Equity Incentive Plan (fiuled as
             Exhibit 10.69 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.50       Thermo Cardiosystems Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10(f) to Thermo Cardiosystems' Registration Statement on
             Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-25144] and incorporated herein by
             reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate
             under this plan and the Thermo Cardiosystems Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan is 1,143,750 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increase approved in 1992, 3-for-2 stock split effected in January
             1990, 5-for-4 stock split effected in May 1990 and 2-for-1 stock
             split effected in November 1993).
 10.51       Thermo Cardiosystems Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10(g) to Thermo Cardiosystems' Registration Statement on
             Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-25144] and incorporated herein by
             reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate
             under this plan and the Thermo Cardiosystems Incentive Stock
             Option Plan is 1,143,750 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increase approved in 1992, 3-for-2 stock split effected in January
             1990, 5-for-4 stock split effected in May 1990 and 2-for-1 stock
             split effected in November 1993).
 10.52       Thermo Cardiosystems Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.46 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.53       Thermo Voltek Corp. (formerly Universal Voltronics Corp.) 1985
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Thermo Voltek's
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1985
             [File No. 0-8245] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum
             number of shares issuable is 200,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect 1-for-3 reverse stock split effected in November 1992 and
             3-for-2 stock split effected in November 1993).
 10.54       Thermo Voltek Corp. (formerly Universal Voltronics Corp.) 1990
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Thermo Voltek's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1990 [File
             No. 1-10574] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum
             number of shares issuable is 400,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increases in 1993 and 1994. 1-for-3 reverse stock
             split effected in November 1992, and 3-for-2 stock split effected
             in November 1993).
 10.55       Thermo Voltek Corp. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.49
             to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and incorporated
             herein by reference).
 10.56       Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed
             as Exhibit 10(c) to Thermo Instrument's Registration Statement on
             Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-6762] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate under this
             plan and the Thermo Instrument Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is
             2,812,500 shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase
             approved in 1990 and 3-for-2 stock splits effected in January
             1988, July 1993 and April 1995 and 5-for-4 stock split effected in
             December 1995).
 10.57       Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10(d) to Thermo Instrument's Registration
             Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-6762] and incorporated herein
             by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate
             under this plan and the Thermo Instrument Incentive Stock Option
             Plan is 2,812,500 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increase approved in 1990 and 3-for-2 stock splits effected in
             January 1988, July 1993 and April 1995 and 5-for-4 stock split
             effected in December 1995).
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -----------                       ----------------------
 <C>         <S>
 10.58       Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Appendix A to the Proxy Statement dated April 27, 1993 of Thermo
             Instrument [File No. 1-9786] and incorporated herein by
             reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is 4,031,250
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase approved in
             December 1993 and 3-for-2 stock split effected in July 1993 and
             April 1995 and 5-for-4 stock split effected in December 1995).
 10.59       Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. (formerly Thermo Environmental
             Corporation) Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(d)
             to Thermo Environmental's Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg.
             No. 33-329] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number
             of shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the Thermo
             Instrument (formerly Thermo Environmental Corporation)
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 1,160,156 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increase approved in 1987 and 3-for-2
             stock splits effected in July 1993 and April 1995 and 5-for-4
             stock split effected in December 1995).
 10.60       Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. (formerly Thermo Environmental
             Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10(e) to Thermo Environmental's Registration Statement on Form S-1
             [Reg. No. 33-329] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum
             number of shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Instrument (formerly Thermo Environmental Corporation)
             Incentive Stock Option Plan is 1,160,156 shares, after adjustment
             to reflect share increase approved in 1987 and 3-for-2 splits
             effected in July 1993 and April 1995 and 5-for-4 stock split
             effected in December 1995).
 10.61       Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.--ThermoSpectra Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Thermo
             Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
             December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and incorporated herein by
             reference).
 10.62       Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.--Thermo BioAnalysis Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.64 to Thermo
             Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein
             by reference).
 10.63       Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.--ThermoQuest Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.65 to Thermo
             Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein
             by reference).
 10.64       ThermoSpectra Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.52 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.65       Thermo BioAnalysis Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.67 to Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.66       Thermo Optek Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.68 to Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.67       ThermoQuest Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.69 to Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.68       ThermoTrex Corporation (formerly Thermo Electron Technologies
             Corporation) Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(h)
             to ThermoTrex's Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-
             40972] and incorporated herein by reference) (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             ThermoTrex Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 1,945,000 shares,
             after adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1992 and
             1993 and 3-for-2 stock split effected in October 1993).
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -----------                       ----------------------
 <C>         <S>
 10.69       ThermoTrex Corporation (formerly Thermo Electron Technologies
             Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10(i) to ThermoTrex's Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No.
             33-40972] and incorporated herein by reference) (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             ThermoTrex Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 1,945,000 shares,
             after adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1992 and
             1993 and 3-for-2 stock split effected in October 1993).
 10.70       ThermoTrex Corporation-ThermoLase Corporation (formerly ThermoLase
             Inc.) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed on Exhibit 10.53 to
             ThermoTrex Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended January 1, 1994 [File No. 1-10791] and incorporated
             herein by reference.
 10.71       ThermoTrex Corporation--Trex Medical Corporation Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.73 to Thermo Cardiosystems'
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30,
             1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.72       ThermoLase Corporation (formerly ThermoLase Inc.) Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.54 to ThermoTrex's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994
             [File No. 1-10791] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum
             number of shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             ThermoLase Incentive Stock Option Plan is 2,800,000 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increase approved in 1993 and 2-for-1
             stock splits effected in March 1994 and June 1995).
 10.73       ThermoLase Corporation (formerly ThermoLase Inc.) Incentive Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.55 to ThermoTrex Corporation's
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1,
             1994 [File No. 1-10791] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate under this
             plan and the ThermoLase Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is
             2,800,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase
             approved in 1993 and 2-for-1 stock splits effected in March 1994
             and June 1995).
 10.74       ThermoLase Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.81 to Thermo TerraTech's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended April 1, 1995 [File No. 1-9549] and incorporated
             herein by reference).
 10.75       Thermo Fibertek Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10(k) to Thermo Fibertek's Registration Statement on Form S-1
             [Reg. No. 33-51172] and incorporated herein by reference.
 10.76       Thermo Fibertek Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10(l) to Thermo Fibertek's Registration Statement on Form
             S-1 [Reg. No. 33-51172] and incorporated herein by reference.
 10.77       Thermo Fibertek Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.60
             to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and incorporated
             herein by reference.
 10.78       Thermo Power Corporation (formerly Tecogen Inc.) Incentive Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(h) to Thermo Power's Quarterly
             Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 1993 [Reg. No.
             33-10573] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number
             of shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the Thermo
             Power Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 950,000 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1990, 1992 and
             1993).
 10.79       Thermo Power Corporation (formerly Tecogen Inc.) Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(i) to Thermo Power's
             Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 1993
             [Reg. No. 33-10573] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate under this
             plan and the Thermo Power Incentive Stock Option Plan is 950,000
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increases approved in
             1990, 1992 and 1993).
 10.80       Thermo Power Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.63 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and
             incorporated herein by reference).
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -----------                       ----------------------
 <C>         <S>
  10.81      Thermo Power Corporation--ThermoLyte Corporation Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.84 to Thermo Cardiosystems'
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30,
             1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.82      ThermoLyte Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.71 to Thermo Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10573] and incorporated
             herein by reference).
  10.83      Thermo TerraTech Inc. (formerly Thermo Process Systems Inc.)
             Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(h) to Thermo
             Process' Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-6763] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares
             issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the Thermo TerraTech
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 1,850,000 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1987, 1989 and
             1992, 6-for-5 stock splits effected in July 1988 and March 1989
             and 3-for-2 stock split effected in September 1989).
  10.84      Thermo TerraTech Inc. (formerly Thermo Process Systems Inc.)
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(i) to Thermo
             Process' Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-6763] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares
             issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the Thermo TerraTech
             Incentive Stock Option Plan is 1,850,000 shares, after adjustment
             to reflect share increases approved in 1987, 1989 and 1992, 6-for-
             5 stock splits effected in July 1988 and March 1989 and 3-for-2
             stock split effected in September 1989).
  10.85      Thermo TerraTech Inc. (formerly Thermo Process Systems Inc.)
             Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.63 to Thermedics'
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1,
             1994 [File No. 1-9567] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable is 1,750,000 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increase approved in 1994).
  10.86      Thermo TerraTech Inc. (formerly Thermo Process Systems Inc.)--
             Thermo Remediation Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10(l) to Thermo Process' Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
             the fiscal quarter ended January 1, 1994 [File No. 1-9549] and
             incorporated herein by reference).
  10.87      Thermo Remediation Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.7 to Thermo Remediation's Registration Statement on Form S-1
             [Reg. No. 33-70544] and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.88      License Agreement between the Registrant and ThermoTrex dated as
             of October 16, 1995.
  10.89      Lease dated May 29, 1996, between John K. Grady, Trustee of
             Concord Associates Foster Street Trust, and XRE Acquisition Corp.
 *11         Computation of Earnings per Share
 *21         Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  23.2       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  23.3       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  23.4       Consent of Topel Forman L.L.C.
 *23.5       Consent of Seth H. Hoogasian, Esq. (included in Exhibit 5)
 *24         Power of Attorney
 *27         Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>    
- --------
* Previously Filed.
 
+ Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions are
  omitted and filed separately with the Commission.
 
  (B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
  The financial Statement Schedule as of September 30, 1995 and the Report of
Independent Public Accountants on such schedule are included in this
Registration Statement. All other schedules are omitted because they are not
applicable or are not required under Regulation S-X.
 
                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
  (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
  the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
  Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form
  of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
  497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
  Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
  Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
  be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
  offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
  deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
  (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions contained in the Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws of the Registrant and the laws of the State of
Delaware, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In
the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of
any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
   
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Danbury, Connecticut, on this 31st day of May, 1996.     
 
                                         TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
                                            
                                                 /s/ Jonathan W. Painter 
                                           By:_________________________________
                                                 Jonathan W. Painter 
                                                 Treasurer 
                                                     
                                   SIGNATURES
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 2 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             SIGNATURE                       TITLE                  DATE
 
 
                                      Chief Executive        
               *                       Officer, President    May 31, 1996     
____________________________________   and Director
            HAL KIRSHNER               (Principal
                                       Executive Officer)
 
                 *                    Vice President, Chief     
____________________________________   Accounting Officer    May 31, 1996     
        JOHN N. HATSOPOULOS            and Director
                                       (Principal
                                       Financial Officer)
 
                 *                    Chief Accounting          
____________________________________   Officer (Principal    May 31, 1996     
          PAUL F. KELLEHER             Accounting
                                       Officer)
 
                 *                    Director                  
____________________________________                         May 31, 1996     
      DR. ELIAS P. GYFTOPOULOS
 
 
                 *                    Director                  
____________________________________                         May 31, 1996     
          ROBERT C. HOWARD
 
 
                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
             SIGNATURE                       TITLE                  DATE
 
                 *                    Director                  
____________________________________                         May 31, 1996     
           EARL R. LEWIS
 
                 *                    Director                  
____________________________________                         May 31, 1996     
        DR. JAMES W. MAY JR.
 
                 *                    Director                  
____________________________________                         May 31, 1996     
          HUTHAM S. OLAYAN
 
                 *                    Director                  
____________________________________                         May 31, 1996     
       ANTHONY J. PELLEGRINO
 
                 *                    Director                  
____________________________________                         May 31, 1996     
            FIROOZ RUFEH
 
                 *                    Director                  
____________________________________                         May 31, 1996     
          KENNETH Y. TANG
 
                 *                    Director and              
____________________________________   Chairman of the       May 31, 1996     
         GARY S. WEINSTEIN             Board
 
       /s/ Jonathan W. Painter
*By: _______________________________
  JONATHAN W. PAINTER ATTORNEY-IN-
                FACT
 
                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Trex Medical Corporation:
   
  We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards the
consolidated balance sheet of Trex Medical Corporation and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1994 and September 30, 1995, and the related consolidated
statements of income, cash flows and shareholders' investment for the years
ended January 1, 1994 and December 31, 1994 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 1995. These financial statements have been included in Trex
Medical Corporation's Form S-1 and we have issued our report thereon dated
March 26, 1996 (except with respect to certain matters discussed in Note 9, as
to which the date is May 30, 1996.) Our audits were made for the purpose of
forming an opinion on the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole. Trex Medical Corporation's schedule of Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts, included in Schedule II on page S-2, is the responsibility of the
Company's management and is presented for purposes of complying with the
Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic
consolidated financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the
auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic consolidated financial
statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the
financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.     
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
March 26, 1996
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE II
                           TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      BALANCE AT CHARGES TO            BALANCE
                                      BEGINNING  COSTS AND             AT END
                                      OF PERIOD   EXPENSES  OTHER (A) OF PERIOD
                                      ---------- ---------- --------- ---------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts....    $525       $ 25      $320      $870
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts....    $350       $175      $--       $525
YEAR ENDED JANUARY 1, 1994
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts....    $350       $--       $--       $350
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Allowance of business acquired during the year as described in Note 2 to
    Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                     PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                     ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
   *1        Form of Underwriting Agreement ............................
   *3.1      Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the
             Registrant.................................................
   *3.2      By-Laws of the Registrant..................................
   *4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate..........................
   *4.2      $42,000,000 Subordinated Convertible Note due 2000 of the
             Registrant issued to ThermoTrex............................
   *5        Opinion of Seth H. Hoogasian, Esq. with respect to the
             validity of the securities being offered...................
  *10.1      Corporate Services Agreement dated as of September 27, 1995
             between Thermo Electron Corporation ("Thermo Electron") and
             the Registrant.............................................
  10.2       Thermo Electron Corporate Charter, as amended and restated
             effective January 3, 1993 (incorporated by reference herein
             form Exhibit 10.1 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on
             form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993 (File
             No. 1-8002))...............................................
  *10.3      Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1995
             between Thermo Electron and the Registrant.................
  *10.4      Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of September 27, 1995
             between Thermo Electron and the Registrant.................
  *10.5      Master Guarantee Reimbursement Agreement dated as of
             September 27, 1995 between Thermo Electron and the
             Registrant.................................................
  *10.6      Master Guarantee Reimbursement Agreement dated as of
             September 27, 1995 between ThermoTrex and the Registrant...
  +10.7      OEM Agreement between Philips Medical Systems North
             American Company and Lorad dated as of November 2, 1993....
  +10.8      OEM Agreement between Philips Medical Systems North
             American Company and Lorad dated November 17, 1993.........
 *+10.9      Purchase Agreement between General Electric Company and
             Bennett dated November 17, 1994............................
 *+10.10     Agreement between Philips Medizin Systeme
             Unternehmensbereich der Philips GmbH and Bennett dated
             February 12, 1992..........................................
 *+10.11     Distributor Agreement between ThermoTrex and US Surgical
             Corporation dated October 20, 1995, as amended.............
  *10.12     Note Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of October 2,
             1995 between ThermoTrex and the Registrant.................
    10.13    Lease dated as of September 15, 1995, by and among
             ThermoTrex and BK Realty Associates, L.P. and Calrob Realty
             Associates (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to ThermoTrex's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30,
             1995 [File No. 1-10791] and incorporated herein by
             reference).................................................
  *10.14     Lease dated as of December 20, 1995, between Melvyn J.
             Powers and Mary P. Powers D/B/A M&M Realty and Lorad, as
             amended....................................................
  *10.15     Equity Incentive Plan of the Registrant....................
  *10.16     Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of the
             Registrant.................................................
  *10.17     Directors Stock Option Plan of the Registrant..............
</TABLE>    
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                     PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                     ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
 *10.18      Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and
             Directors.
             In addition to the stock-based compensation plans of the
             Registrant, the executive officers of the Registrant may be
             granted awards under stock-based compensation plans of the
             Registrant's parent, Thermo Electron Corporation, and its
             subsidiaries, for services rendered to the Registrant or to
             such affiliated corporations. Such plans are listed under
             Exhibits 10.19-10.74 ......................................
  10.19      Thermo Electron Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 4(d) to Thermo Electron's Registration
             Statement on Form S-8 [Reg. No. 33-8993] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in
             the aggregate under this plan and the Thermo Electron
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 9,035,156 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1984 and
             1986, share decrease approved in 1989, and 3-for-2 stock
             splits effected in October 1986, October 1993 and May
             1995) .....................................................
  10.20      Thermo Electron Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 4(e) to Thermo Electron's Registration
             Statement on Form S-8 [Reg. No. 33-8993] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Plan amended in 1984 to extend
             expiration date to December 14, 1994; maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Electron Incentive Stock Option Plan is 9,035,156
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increases
             approved in 1984 and 1986, share decrease approved in 1989,
             and 3-for-2 stock splits effected in October 1986, October
             1993 and May 1995) ........................................
  10.21      Thermo Electron Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.1 to Thermo Electron's Quarterly Report on Form
             10-Q for the quarter ended July 2, 1994 [File No. 1-8002]
             and incorporated herein by reference). (Plan amended in
             1989 to restrict exercise price for SEC reporting persons
             to not less than 50% of fair market value or par value;
             maximum number of shares issuable is 7,050,000 shares,
             after adjustment to reflect 3-for-2 stock splits effected
             in October 1993 and May 1995 and share increase approved in
             1994) .....................................................
  10.22      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermedics Inc. Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 4 to a Registration
             Statement on Form S-8 of Thermedics [Reg. No. 2-93747] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable is 450,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increase approved in 1988, 5-for-4 stock
             split effected in January 1985, 4-for-3 stock split
             effected in September 1985, and 3-for-2 stock splits
             effected in October 1986 and November 1993) ...............
  10.23      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.
             (formerly Thermo Environmental Corporation) Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 4(c) to a Registration
             Statement on Form S-8 of Thermo Instrument [Reg. No. 33-
             8034] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum
             number of shares issuable is 421,875 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect 3-for-2 stock splits effected in July
             1993 and April 1995 and a 5-for-4 stock split effected in
             December 1995) ............................................
  10.24      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.
             (formerly Thermo Environmental Corporation) Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Thermo
             Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended January 3, 1987 [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is
             600,285 shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase
             approved in 1988 and  -for-2 stock splits effected in
             January 1988, July 1993 and April 1995 and a 5-for-4 stock
             split effected in December 1995)...........................
  10.25      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Terra Tech Inc.
             (formerly Thermo Process Systems Inc.) Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Thermo Electron's
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
             January 3, 1987 [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated herein
             by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is
             108,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect 6-for-5 stock
             splits effected in July 1988 and March 1989, and 3-for-2
             stock split effected in September 1989) ...................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                     PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                     ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
  10.26      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Power Corporation
             (formerly Tecogen Inc.) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report
             on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1987
             [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Amended in September 1995 to extend the plan expiration
             date to December 31, 2005) ................................
  10.27      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Cardiosystems Inc.
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to
             Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended December 29, 1990 [File No. 1-8002] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable is 130,500 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increases approved in 1990 and 1992, 3-for-2
             stock split effected in January 1990, 5-for-4 stock split
             effected in May 1990 and 2-for-1 stock split effected in
             November 1993).............................................
  10.28      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Ecotek Corporation
             (formerly Thermo Energy Systems Corporation) Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Thermo
             Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended December 29, 1990 [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated
             hereby by reference) ......................................
  10.29      Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoTrex Corporation
             (formerly Thermo Electron Technologies Corporation)
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to
             Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended December 29, 1990 [File No. 1-8002] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable is 180,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in October 1993) .....
  10.30      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Fibertek Inc.
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to
             Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended December 28, 1991 [File No. 1-8002] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable is 600,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect 2-for-1 stock split effected in September 1992 and
             3-for-2 stock split effected in September 1995) ...........
  10.31      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Voltek Corp. (formerly
             Universal Voltronics Corp.) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report
             on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993
             [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable is 57,500 shares after
             adjustment to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in
             November 1993 and share increase approved in September
             1995) .....................................................
  10.32      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo BioAnalysis Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to
             Thermo Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10573]
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.33      Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoLyte Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.32 to
             Thermo Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10573] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.34      Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Remediation Inc.
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.33 to
             Thermo Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10573] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.35      Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoSpectra Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to
             Thermo Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10573] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.36      Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoLase Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to
             Thermo Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10573] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.37      Thermo Electron Corporation--ThermoQuest Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to
             Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                     PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                     ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
 10.38       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Optek Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to
             Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
 10.39       Thermo Electron Corporation--Thermo Sentron Inc.
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to
             Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
 10.40       Thermo Electron Corporation--Trex Medical Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to
             Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
 10.41       Thermo Ecotek Corporation (formerly Thermo Energy Systems
             Corporation) Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.18 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
             the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993 [File No. 1-8002] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Ecotek Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 900,000
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase approved
             in December 1993) .........................................
 10.42       Thermo Ecotek Corporation (formerly Thermo Energy Systems
             Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.19 to Thermo Electron's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993 [File No. 1-
             8001] and incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum
             number of shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan
             and the Thermo Ecotek Incentive Stock Option Plan is
             900,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase
             approved in December 1993) ................................
 10.43       Thermo Ecotek Corporation (formerly Thermo Energy Systems
             Corporation) Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.39
             to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
 10.44       Thermedics Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10(d) to Thermedics' Registration Statement on Form
             S-1 [Reg. No. 33-84380) and incorporated herein by
             reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in the
             aggregate under this plan and the Thermedics Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan is 1,931,923 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increases approved in 1986 and 1992, 5-for-4
             stock split effected in January 1985, 4-for-3 stock split
             effected in September 1985, and 3-for-2 stock splits
             effected in October 1986 and November 1993) ...............
 10.45       Thermedics Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10(e) to Thermedics' Registration Statement on Form
             S-1 [Reg. No. 33-84380) and incorporated herein by
             reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in the
             aggregate under this plan and the Thermedics Incentive
             Stock Option Plan is 1,931,923 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increases approved in 1986 and 1992, 5-for-4
             stock split effected in January 1985, 4-for-3 stock split
             effected in September 1985, and 3-for-2 stock splits
             effected in October 1986 and November 1993) ...............
 10.46       Thermedics Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix A
             to the Proxy Statement dated May 10, 1993 of Thermedics
             [File No. 1-9567] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable is 1,500,000, after
             adjustment to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in
             November 1993) ............................................
 10.47       Thermedics Inc.--Thermo Sentron Inc. Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Thermo Cardiosystems
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
             December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and incorporated
             herein by reference) ......................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                     PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                     ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
  10.48      Thermedics Inc.--Thermedics Detection Inc. Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Thermo
             Electron's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended January 2, 1993 [File No. 1-8002] and incorporated
             herein by reference) ......................................
  10.49      Thermedics Detection Inc.--Equity Incentive Plan (fiuled as
             Exhibit 10.69 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No.
             1-9786] and incorporated herein by reference) .............
  10.50      Thermo Cardiosystems Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10(f) to Thermo Cardiosystems'
             Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-25144] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Cardiosystems Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is
             1,143,750 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increase approved in 1992, 3-for-2 stock split effected in
             January 1990, 5-for-4 stock split effected in May 1990 and
             2-for-1 stock split effected in November 1993) ............
  10.51      Thermo Cardiosystems Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10(g) to Thermo Cardiosystems'
             Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-25144] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Cardiosystems Incentive Stock Option Plan is
             1,143,750 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increase approved in 1992, 3-for-2 stock split effected in
             January 1990, 5-for-4 stock split effected in May 1990 and
             2-for-1 stock split effected in November 1993) ............
  10.52      Thermo Cardiosystems Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.46 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No.
             1-9786] and incorporated herein by reference) .............
  10.53      Thermo Voltek Corp. (formerly Universal Voltronics Corp.)
             1985 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Thermo
             Voltek's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended June 30, 1985 [File No. 0-8245] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is
             200,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect 1-for-3 reverse
             stock split effected in November 1992 and 3-for-2 stock
             split effected in November 1993) ..........................
  10.54      Thermo Voltek Corp. (formerly Universal Voltronics Corp.)
             1990 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Thermo
             Voltek's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended June 30, 1990 [File No. 1-10574] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is
             400,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect share increases
             in 1993 and 1994. 1-for-3 reverse stock split effected in
             November 1992, and 3-for-2 stock split effected in November
             1993) .....................................................
  10.55      Thermo Voltek Corp. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.49 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
             the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786]
             and incorporated herein by reference) .....................
  10.56      Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10(c) to Thermo Instrument's Registration
             Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-6762] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in
             the aggregate under this plan and the Thermo Instrument
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 2,812,500 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increase approved in 1990 and
             3-for-2 stock splits effected in January 1988, July 1993
             and April 1995 and 5-for-4 stock split effected in December
             1995) .....................................................
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                     PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                     ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
  10.57      Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option
             Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(d) to Thermo Instrument's
             Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-6762] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Instrument Incentive Stock Option Plan is 2,812,500
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase approved
             in 1990 and 3-for-2 stock splits effected in January 1988,
             July 1993 and April 1995 and 5-for-4 stock split effected
             in December 1995) .........................................
  10.58      Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed
             as Appendix A to the Proxy Statement dated April 27, 1993
             of Thermo Instrument [File No. 1-9786] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is
             4,031,250 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increase approved in December 1993 and 3-for-2 stock split
             effected in July 1993 and April 1995 and 5-for-4 stock
             split effected in December 1995) ..........................
  10.59      Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. (formerly Thermo
             Environmental Corporation) Incentive Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10(d) to Thermo Environmental's
             Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-329] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Instrument (formerly Thermo Environmental
             Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 1,160,156
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase approved
             in 1987 and 3-for-2 stock splits effected in July 1993 and
             April 1995 and 5-for-4 stock split effected in December
             1995) .....................................................
  10.60      Thermo Instrument Systems Inc. (formerly Thermo
             Environmental Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10(e) to Thermo Environmental's
             Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-329] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Instrument (formerly Thermo Environmental
             Corporation) Incentive Stock Option Plan is 1,160,156
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase approved
             in 1987 and 3-for-2 splits effected in July 1993 and April
             1995 and 5-for-4 stock split effected in December 1995) ...
  10.61      Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.--ThermoSpectra Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.51 to
             Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No. 1-9786] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.62      Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.--Thermo BioAnalysis
             Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.64 to Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File
             No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference) ........
  10.63      Thermo Instrument Systems Inc.--ThermoQuest Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.65 to
             Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.64      ThermoSpectra Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.52 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No.
             1-9786] and incorporated herein by reference) .............
  10.65      Thermo BioAnalysis Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed
             as Exhibit 10.67 to Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File
             No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference) ........
  10.66      Thermo Optek Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.68 to Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File
             No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference) ........
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                     PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                     ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
  10.67      ThermoQuest Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.69 to Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File
             No. 1-10114] and incorporated herein by reference) ........
  10.68      ThermoTrex Corporation (formerly Thermo Electron
             Technologies Corporation) Incentive Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10(h) to ThermoTrex's Registration
             Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-40972] and incorporated
             herein by reference) (Maximum number of shares issuable in
             the aggregate under this plan and the ThermoTrex
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 1,945,000 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1992 and
             1993 and 3-for-2 stock split effected in October 1993) ....
  10.69      ThermoTrex Corporation (formerly Thermo Electron
             Technologies Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10(i) to ThermoTrex's Registration
             Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-40972] and incorporated
             herein by reference) (Maximum number of shares issuable in
             the aggregate under this plan and the ThermoTrex
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 1,945,000 shares, after
             adjustment to reflect share increases approved in 1992 and
             1993 and 3-for-2 stock split effected in October 1993) ....
  10.70      ThermoTrex Corporation-ThermoLase Corporation (formerly
             ThermoLase Inc.) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed on
             Exhibit 10.53 to ThermoTrex Corporation's Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994 [File
             No. 1-10791] and incorporated herein by reference .........
  10.71      ThermoTrex Corporation--Trex Medical Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.73 to
             Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.72      ThermoLase Corporation (formerly ThermoLase Inc.)
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.54 to
             ThermoTrex's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended January 1, 1994 [File No. 1-10791] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in
             the aggregate under this plan and the ThermoLase Incentive
             Stock Option Plan is 2,800,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increase approved in 1993 and 2-for-1 stock
             splits effected in March 1994 and June 1995) ..............
  10.73      ThermoLase Corporation (formerly ThermoLase Inc.) Incentive
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.55 to ThermoTrex
             Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended January 1, 1994 [File No. 1-10791] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             ThermoLase Nonqualified Stock Option Plan is 2,800,000
             shares, after adjustment to reflect share increase approved
             in 1993 and 2-for-1 stock splits effected in March 1994 and
             June 1995) ................................................
  10.74      ThermoLase Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.81 to Thermo TerraTech's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended April 1, 1995 [File No. 1-
             9549] and incorporated herein by reference) ...............
  10.75      Thermo Fibertek Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10(k) to Thermo Fibertek's Registration Statement
             on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-51172] and incorporated herein by
             reference .................................................
  10.76      Thermo Fibertek Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed
             as Exhibit 10(l) to Thermo Fibertek's Registration
             Statement on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-51172] and incorporated
             herein by reference .......................................
  10.77      Thermo Fibertek Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.60 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No.
             1-9786] and incorporated herein by reference ..............
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                     PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                     ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
  10.78      Thermo Power Corporation (formerly Tecogen Inc.) Incentive
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit  10(h) to Thermo
             Power's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
             April 3, 1993 [Reg. No. 33-10573] and incorporated herein
             by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable in the
             aggregate under this plan and the Thermo Power Nonqualified
             Stock Option Plan is 950,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increases approved in 1990, 1992 and 1993) ..
  10.79      Thermo Power Corporation (formerly Tecogen Inc.)
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(i) to
             Thermo Power's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
             quarter ended April 3, 1993 [Reg. No. 33-10573] and
             incorporated herein by reference). (Maximum number of
             shares issuable in the aggregate under this plan and the
             Thermo Power Incentive Stock Option Plan is 950,000 shares,
             after adjustment to reflect share increases approved in
             1990, 1992 and 1993) ......................................
  10.80      Thermo Power Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.63 to Thermo Instrument's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 [File No.
             1-9786] and incorporated herein by reference) .............
  10.81      Thermo Power Corporation--ThermoLyte Corporation
             Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.84 to
             Thermo Cardiosystems' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 [File No. 1-10114] and
             incorporated herein by reference) .........................
  10.82      ThermoLyte Corporation Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.71 to Thermo Power's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995 [File No. 1-
             10573] and incorporated herein by reference) ..............
  10.83      Thermo TerraTech Inc. (formerly Thermo Process Systems
             Inc.) Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(h)
             to Thermo Process' Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Reg.
             No. 33-6763] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate under
             this plan and the Thermo TerraTech Nonqualified Stock
             Option Plan is 1,850,000 shares, after adjustment to
             reflect share increases approved in 1987, 1989 and 1992, 6-
             for-5 stock splits effected in July 1988 and March 1989 and
             3-for-2 stock split effected in September 1989) ...........
  10.84      Thermo TerraTech Inc. (formerly Thermo Process Systems
             Inc.) Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10(i) to Thermo Process' Registration Statement on Form S-1
             [Reg. No. 33-6763] and incorporated herein by reference).
             (Maximum number of shares issuable in the aggregate under
             this plan and the Thermo TerraTech Incentive Stock Option
             Plan is 1,850,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increases approved in 1987, 1989 and 1992, 6-for-5 stock
             splits effected in July 1988 and March 1989 and 3-for-2
             stock split effected in September 1989) ...................
  10.85      Thermo TerraTech Inc. (formerly Thermo Process Systems
             Inc.) Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.63 to
             Thermedics' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended January 1, 1994 [File No. 1-9567] and incorporated
             herein by reference). (Maximum number of shares issuable is
             1,750,000 shares, after adjustment to reflect share
             increase approved in 1994) ................................
  10.86      Thermo TerraTech Inc. (formerly Thermo Process Systems
             Inc.)--Thermo Remediation Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option
             Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(l) to Thermo Process' Quarterly
             Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 1,
             1994 [File No. 1-9549] and incorporated herein by
             reference) ................................................
  10.87      Thermo Remediation Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
             Exhibit 10.7 to Thermo Remediation's Registration Statement
             on Form S-1 [Reg. No. 33-70544] and incorporated herein by
             reference) ................................................
</TABLE>
       
       
       
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                      PAGE
 -----------                    ----------------------                      ----
 <C>         <S>                                                            <C>
 *10.88      License Agreement between the Registrant and ThermoTrex
             dated as of October 16, 1995................................
  10.89      Lease dated May 29, 1996, between John K. Grady, Trustee of
             Concord Associates Foster Street Trust, and XRE Acquisition
             Corp. ......................................................
 *11         Computation of Earnings per Share...........................
 *21         Subsidiaries of the Registrant..............................
  23.1       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP..............................
  23.2       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP..............................
  23.3       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP..............................
  23.4       Consent of Topel Forman L.L.C. .............................
 *23.5       Consent of Seth H. Hoogasian, Esq. (included in Exhibit 5)..
 *24         Power of Attorney...........................................
 *27         Financial Data Schedule.....................................
</TABLE>    
- --------
* Previously filed.
 
+ Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions are
  omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
                                            TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION HAS 
                                        REQUESTED THAT THE MARKED PORTIONS OF 
                                        THIS DOCUMENT BE ACCORDED CONFIDENTIAL 
                                         TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 406 UNDER 
                                       THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
                                                


     OEM AGREEMENT

     between

     LORAD Corporation,
     A subsidiary of Thermo Trex Corporation
     36 Apple Ridge Road
     Danbury, Connecticut 06810

     hereinafter referred to as "LORAD"

     and

     Philips Medical Systems North America Company
     Division of Philips Electronics North America Corporation
     P. O. Box 860
     710 Bridgeport Avenue
     Shelton, Connecticut  06484

     hereinafter referred to as  "PMSNA"

     Subject:

     Supply of Mobile Radiographic X-Ray Systems

1.         Introduction and Definitions

1.1        Introduction

Whereas, LORAD is a company engaged in the marketing and 
distribution of, among other things, mobile radiographic x-ray systems;

Whereas, LORAD has designed and developed a mobile radiographic x-
ray system, its Model RT 125 Mobile Radiographic Unit, is willing to 
modify it according to legal requirements and certain PMSNA 
specifications and is interested meeting PMSNA's requirements for such 
modified product as an OEM for PMSNA, on an exclusive and long-term 
basis;

Whereas, PMSNA desires to purchase from LORAD a minimum quantity 
of said product, modified for PMSNA as further specified in this OEM 
Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, for resale either directly and/or 
through any of the Philips Associated Companies, its/their distributors, 
agents and dealers;

Whereas, LORAD and PMSNA want to establish the terms and conditions 
under which during the term of this Agreement LORAD shall supply the 
modified Model RT 125 Mobile Radiographic Unit to PMSNA for 
subsequent resale.
<PAGE>
 
NOW THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL PROMISES 
AND PREMISES HEREINAFTER SET FORTH, THE PARTIES HERETO 
HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:


1.2        Definitions

1.2.1      "Agreement"
           means this present document and all the Exhibits and other 
documents incorporated by reference herein or attached hereto and 
signed or initialed by the parties hereto, all of which Exhibits or other 
documents are an integral part hereof.

1.2.2      "Batteries"
           means the batteries which power the Product, the battery 
charging system and associated housings, containers, etc. as more fully
described in Exhibit I hereto.

1.2.3      "Confidential Information"
           means any and all information whether obtained or given 
orally or in writing concerning either party not generally known to 
persons not associated with the disclosing party, including, without 
limitation, information about product discovery and development, 
manufacturing processes and techniques, samples, drawings, customer 
marketing and new product data, trade secrets, computer programming 
techniques and business strategy, financial data and all other 
proprietary or trade secret information of whatever description.

1.2.4      "Documentation"
           shall mean the technical documentation by type or subpart 
for Product(s) including, without limitation, electrical diagrams and parts 
lists, necessary to incorporate the Product in or connect to other PMSNA 
systems, respectively to service and sustain the Product in the field, all 
as further specified in Article 3, and Exhibits I and II hereto.

1.2.5      "First Commercial Delivery"
           means the earliest date on which Product which conforms to the
Specifications and which has successfully completed testing as set forth in
Section 3.2 below, for which a Release for Delivery Certificate is issued and
for which all legal and regulatory requirements for distribution and marketing
in ****************************have been met, is delivered to a customer of
PMSNA in the ordinary course of PMSNA's business. Delivery of Product to a
clinical site as an investigational device or for evaluation for marketing
purposes or to serve as a "show" or "seed" site for demonstration of the Product
to prospective customers shall not be considered to be a delivery in the
ordinary course of PMSNA's business.

1.2.6      "Form, Fit or Function"
           means items, components, or processes that are sufficient to 
enable physical and functional interchangeability, in particular as to 
source, size, configuration, mating, and attachment characteristics, 
functional characteristics, and performance requirements.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
1.2.7      "OEM" 
           means original equipment manufacturer.

1.2.8      "Option(s)"
           means all those parts or accessories for Product(s) which can 
be ordered from LORAD and be shipped on request.  They will be specified, 
as necessary, in close consultation between LORAD and PMSNA.  They 
are listed or may later be added to Exhibit I hereto and identified by a 
special PMSNA code number.

1.2.9      "Philips Associated Companies"
           shall mean any and all companies, firms and legal entities 
with respect to which now or hereafter Philips Electronics N.V. directly or 
indirectly holds 50% or more of the nominal value of the issued share 
capital or has 50% or more of the voting power at general meetings or 
has the power to appoint a majority of the directors or otherwise directs 
the activities of such company, firm or legal entity but any such company 
firm or legal entity shall be deemed a Philips Associated Company only as 
long as such liaison exists.

1.2.10     "Product(s)"
           jointly and severally shall mean the PMSNA versions of 
LORAD's Model RT 125 Mobile Radiographic Unit including Options and 
Accessories, as further set forth in the Specifications, including any 
changes thereto, as well as such new models and options and 
accessories as the parties hereto may agree to include under this 
Agreement by amendment to this Agreement and Exhibits I and III 
hereto.

1.2.11    "Purchase Order(s)"
           shall mean the purchase order(s) for Products which will be 
placed by the Purchasing Department of PMSNA with reference to this 
Agreement.

1.2.12     "Software/Firmware"
           shall mean all computer programs either on disk, diskettes 
or embedded in other carriers (e.g. PROMS etc.) consisting of the set of 
logical instructions and tables of the information which guide the 
functioning of the processors, such programs include all necessary 
operating system software, application software, related documentation 
useful with Software/Firmware such as functional descriptions, design 
documentation, program description and listings as well as the source 
code versions itself on disk, all as specified in Exhibits I and II hereto.

1.2.13     "Spare Part(s)"
           shall mean those items listed as such in Exhibit II (Spare 
Parts, Prices and other Service Aspects) hereto and any and all other 
components or items necessary to allow PMSNA or its customers to keep 
the Product in good repair throughout its useful life.

1.2.14     "Specification(s)"
           shall mean the final functional requirements, technical 
specifications, drawings, documentation and other requirements of the 
Product(s) all as set forth in this Agreement and in Exhibit I hereto and 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
such amendments thereto as the parties hereto may agree upon from 
time to time, in writing.

1.2.15     "Term"
           means the time period set forth in Section 13.1 below and 
any extensions thereof.

1.2.16     "Territory"
           shall mean **************************.

1.2.17     "Time Schedule"
           shall mean the time schedule attached hereto as Exhibit IV.

2.         Scope of Agreement

2.1        Delivery and Purchases

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, LORAD agrees to manufacture 
and to supply and deliver Product(s) and Spare Parts (such manufacture, 
supply and delivery of Product(s) in PMSNA's trade dress and of any 
Option(s) and Spare Parts which are unique to Product(s), being 
exclusively to PMSNA) and

PMSNA agrees to purchase and take delivery of Product(s), Option(s) and 
Spare Parts from LORAD for marketing, subsequent resale, installation, 
service and maintenance in the Territory.

2.2        Branding and Trademark

The Product will be sold under trademarks or trade names designated 
(and solely owned) by PMSNA and will be branded with the Philips logo 
and shield emblem and/or any other trademark or trade or brand name 
that may be specified by PMSNA from time to time, in writing.  The 
trademark or trade name that PMSNA is considering for assignment to 
the Product(s) as of the date of this Agreement is "PMX-2000."  The 
trademarks or trade names to be applied will either be in the form of 
labeling provided by PMSNA or printed on the product, packaging, 
manuals or other documentation in accordance with written instructions 
provided by PMSNA.

2.3        Marketing Rights/License

2.3.1      Marketing

LORAD herewith grants to PMSNA the ***************************** to 
sell, install, maintain and/or repair the Product(s)) and/or the individual 
items thereof, within the Territory.

LORAD further agrees that, for a period of two years from the date of the 
First Commercial Delivery of Product(s) under this Agreement, *****
*********************************** LORAD sells mobile radiographic 
systems ******************************************, under a trademark 
or trade name ************************************************* 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Model RT 125 Mobile Radiographic Unit *******************************
********************** manufactured or distributed by LORAD.

************************************************************************
**********************:

     -  *************************************************

     -  *********************************************************************
        *********************************************************************

*************************************************.

2.3.2      Regulatory Requirements

LORAD agrees to obtain for PMSNA all regulatory approvals and clearances
necessary for distribution and marketing of the Product(s), Option(s), Spare
Parts, upgrades or enhancements in ********************and also to provide to
PMSNA all documentation and assistance which is reasonably necessary for PMSNA
or a Philips Associated Company to complete all submittals for the regulatory or
other governmental approvals and clearances necessary for marketing and
distribution of Product(s), Option(s), Spare Parts, or upgrades or enhancements
to them, elsewhere in the Territory, in addition to assuring, that the
Product(s) meets all the requirements and standards listed in the Specification,
including labeling and certifications of compliance as set forth in the
Specification.

Furthermore, LORAD agrees to provide PMSNA with all current 
information of the kind which is generally made available by 
manufacturers of medical devices to their sales and service personnel 
made concerning hardware and Software/Firmware modifications or 
upgrades to the Product.

2.3.3    Marketing of Other Products

If LORAD, during the Term, offers a new mobile radiographic system and 
sells such system directly or to LORAD's dealers under LORAD's own 
name, this system shall, at PMSNA's option, be distributed by PMSNA in 
place of the PMSNA version of the Model RT 125 Mobile Radiographic 
Unit.

Such new mobile radiographic x-ray system or accessory or option for 
such new mobile radiographic x-ray system or for LORAD's Model RT 125 
Mobile Radiographic Unit, which is developed by LORAD for sale under 
its own name shall also be made available to PMSNA for distribution in a 
special version in PMSNA's trade dress. If PMSNA is interested in such 
new product of LORAD, the parties shall in good faith negotiate the terms 
for its distribution by PMSNA.  PMSNA shall be the only reseller 
supported by LORAD as original equipment supplier, of any new LORAD 
mobile radiographic x-ray system, as set forth in section 2.3.1 above,
during the rest of the two year term specified in section 2.3.1 for 
********* OEM distribution.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
LORAD agrees to make available to PMSNA all minor updates and 
improvements which it develops for its LORAD's Model RT 125 Mobile 
Radiographic Unit product, at no additional charge.

3.         Product

3.1        Product Definition

3.1.1      Specification

The Specifications of the Product are incorporated and made a part of this
Agreement as Exhibit I and Exhibit V hereto.

LORAD agrees to adapt the Specifications of the Product as a result of 
tests performed together by LORAD and PMSNA or according to further 
requirements of PMSNA (subject to acceptance of such additional 
requirements by LORAD) and will update the Specifications and provide 
PMSNA with the revised version thereof. Upon written agreement of 
LORAD and PMSNA such revised Specifications will be added to this 
Agreement and replace the earlier version thereof.

3.1.2      Operator's Manuals

Part of the Product will also be the Operator's Manual, written in English 
and French. Such Operator's Manual shall comply with the legal 
requirements of ******************************* and be made in 
accordance with the Philips house-style manual, an example of which 
shall be supplied by PMSNA.  LORAD shall be solely responsible for the 
content of these manuals, even though they are in Philips' standard 
format and even though parts of them may not be identical to the 
manuals LORAD has prepared for its own version of the mobile x-ray 
systems. PMSNA shall be responsible for the preparation and cost of 
translation into all other languages as may be required and for the 
expense of any arrangements made with LORAD for distribution of 
Operator's Manuals in such other languages and for compliance of the 
Operator's Manual with the legal requirements of all other jurisdictions.

3.2        Testing, Type-Approval, Release for Delivery

Prior to execution of this Agreement LORAD has consigned  to PMSNA -- 
free of charge -- a test unit prototype ("Test Unit"). As a result of initial 
tests PMSNA may require that certain additions, alterations or 
modifications in the said Product are incorporated in order to reach full 
compliance with PMSNA's requirements.

LORAD will provide PMSNA with a second test unit (collectively, with the 
Test Unit, "Test Units") to comply with the Specifications and with such 
changes as may be agreed upon by LORAD and PMSNA.  LORAD will 
provide PMSNA with the results and supporting data of all tests 
performed within its development department, all in accordance with the 
Time Schedule in Exhibit IV hereto.

Together with the Test Units LORAD shall provide PMSNA with 
preliminary Documentation and technical service information.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
The Test Unit(s) shall be delivered "F.O.B." (as that term is defined in the
Connecticut Uniform Commercial Code, C.G.S. sec. 42a-2-319), at 
LORAD's facility in Danbury, Connecticut.

PMSNA will execute such type-approval tests as PMSNA may reasonably 
require to satisfy PMSNA that the Test Units conform to the 
Specifications and PMSNA shall keep LORAD informed of the results of 
the tests and will give LORAD a reasonable opportunity to be present at 
said tests.

a.  If, as a result of these tests, PMSNA is of the reasonable opinion to 
    be confirmed in writing that certain additions, alterations or 
    modifications in the Test Unit(s) are required in order that the Test 
    Unit(s) comply with the Specifications or to eliminate faulty or 
    substandard workmanship and/or material, LORAD undertakes to 
    modify and to make same in the Test Unit(s) and to supply to 
    PMSNA all at LORAD's cost and expense, the changed Test Unit(s).

b.  If, as a result of these tests, PMSNA desires modifications or 
    enhancements of the Test Unit(s) in excess of the Specifications 
    and which were not earlier agreed upon, then, if both parties 
    hereto so agree, LORAD will provide a quotation and a revised Time 
    Schedule for PMSNA approval and the execution by LORAD of any 
    such modification or enhancements shall be the subject of a
    separate Purchase Order by PMSNA.

Upon the finalization of the tests and changes requested by PMSNA and 
agreed upon by LORAD and if PMSNA is reasonably satisfied that the 
second test unit complies with its Specifications, PMSNA shall provide 
LORAD with a written Release for Delivery Certificate signed by an officer 
of PMSNA.

Upon PMSNA's satisfaction that the Test Units conform to the 
Specifications or should the Test Units fail to comply with the 
Specifications after the tests described above, the Test Units shall either 
(i) be returned to LORAD in the same manner delivered to PMSNA or (ii) 
be purchased by PMSNA at a price to be agreed upon between the 
parties.

Any new or replacement version of the Product and Option(s) for PMSNA, 
shall require a similar procedure for testing and releasing as described 
above.

3.3        Modifications, Engineering Change Control

Once PMSNA has released the Product(s) for delivery LORAD shall not, 
except as may be required by law, make any changes or modifications in 
the Product(s), Spare Parts, Option(s) and/or Specifications which affect 
Form, Fit or Function, intended use, labeling, listing or other certification 
by standards agencies (as set forth in Exhibit I hereto), or which affect 
government approvals or clearances of the Product(s) or Option(s) or 
which affect the Spare Part stock, without the prior, written consent of 
PMSNA.  PMSNA's consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
The foregoing provision is intended, in particular, to assure continuing
conformity with the Specifications.

This requirement, however, does not preclude LORAD from using 
equivalent components and parts that do not affect Form, Fit or Function 
of the Product and/or interchangeability of Spare Parts and/or 
compliance with the Specifications, Standards, Approval or 
Certifications.

In the event LORAD uses such equivalent components and/or parts 
LORAD shall provide PMSNA with an updated version of the 
Documentation as soon as possible without additional charge to PMSNA.

If LORAD wishes to make a modification requiring PMSNA's consent, 
LORAD shall, with sufficient lead time for PMSNA to process the request 
before the modification is scheduled to be implemented, notify PMSNA in 
writing of the proposed modification.  The documentation and Philips 
terminology used for the approval process for such modifications is:

ECR (Engineering Change Request):  a standard form sheet, to be used 
for all engineering and design data regarding such proposed 
modifications.

ECC (engineering change committee):  the PMSNA committee 
responsible for discussing and deciding about such proposals

ECO (Engineering Change Order):  the form sheet on which 
decision of the ECC will be documented and released.
 
for a sample of form sheets see Exhibit VI.

In order to assist PMSNA in expediting these approvals, LORAD agrees to 
submit ECR's and ECO in the format prescribed.

3.4        Proposals

During production of the Test Unit(s) PMSNA's technical, quality and 
service experts are entitled to make suggestions and proposals, but such 
suggestions and proposals shall be binding on LORAD and PMSNA only 
if confirmed in a document signed by authorized representatives of both 
parties.

3.5        New Type of Product Under this Agreement

If the parties hereto wish to introduce a new type of Product under this
Agreement, LORAD shall -- before the start of commercial deliveries of 
such new type of Product -- execute such type approval tests as are 
approved by PMSNA in order to ascertain that the new Product conforms 
to its Specifications. LORAD shall promptly provide PMSNA with the 
evidence thereof whereupon the Agreement shall be amended to reflect 
any such change to the Specification.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
3.6        Continuity of Production, Supply of Products

In the event LORAD wishes to stop production of Product(s) LORAD shall 
inform PMSNA thereof as early as possible but, in any event, at least
****************** prior to the date that production would be 
discontinued. PMSNA shall then have the opportunity to place a final 
Purchase Order in such quantities as PMSNA may require and LORAD 
shall accept such Purchase Orders at a reasonable price (not exceeding 
that set forth in Exhibit III if such production is discontinued during the 
time schedule set forth in Exhibit III) to be agreed upon by the parties in 
good faith. *************************************************************
*******************************************************************
************************************************************************ 
*************************, special attention to be given 
to the Spare Part(s) supply as set forth in Exhibit II hereto, paragraphs 7 
and 10 thereof.

Moreover, when LORAD gives notice that such production is to be 
discontinued, ***********************************************************
*********************************************************************
************************************************************************
******************************************************************
*********************************************************************
*************************************************************************
*********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
***************************.

4.         Planning and Ordering

4.1        Minimum Purchases

PMSNA agrees to purchase a minimum of three hundred (300) units of 
Product(s) during the Term of this Agreement.  The schedule for these 
deliveries shall be as set forth in Exhibit III hereto.

4.2        General Planning

PMSNA and LORAD expect an increase in manufacturing and sales 
activity for the Product(s) as indicated in Exhibit III hereto in response to 
customer demand during the first years of the Term.  The figures in 
Exhibit III hereto and in later PMSNA forecasts, are not intended as 
Purchase Orders, but rather as an indication, for planning purposes, of 
expected market activity.  Delivery dates, quantities, options included 
and configuration of each unit of Product shall be specified by PMSNA 
only by Purchase Order using the procedure described in Section 4.3 
below.********************************************************************
************************************************************************
************************************************************ 
***************** minimum purchase commitment in Section 4.1 
above.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
4.3        Forecast

4.3.1      Rolling Forecast, "Just in Time" Deliveries

A mutually satisfactory procedure will be established in which 
production and shipment of Product and Spare Parts is matched as 
closely as possible with the related demand set by orders from PMSNA's 
customers.

The demand will be transmitted to LORAD by fax or telex as rolling 
forecast with the following information:

Rolling Forecast:
********************** for ********************** will be renewed and 
issued to LORAD on or about *******************************************
******************** according to the following *********************, 
*********************forecast, during:

     - months 1-3:   ***************** indicated on an issue
                     ************************* for *****************
                     *******************.

       *****************************************************************
       **************************************************************
       ************************************************* 
       *************************************

       ***************************************rolling forecast
       *****************************************************************
       ************************************************

     - ************  **********************************************
                     *******************************************
                     *************************rolling forecast)
                     *******************************************
                     ***************************************

LORAD will use this planning to assure delivery of Product(s) and 
Option(s) "just in time" within the requested delivery dates.

In order for PMSNA to minimize shipping and handling expenses, *****
***************************************************************************
******************** *.

4.3.2      Additional Quantities

Although it is the intention of the parties to assure a smooth delivery 
schedule in accordance with *****************************, PMSNA may 
require additional deliveries ********************* as indicated.  
Then, LORAD shall use its best efforts to supply such additional 
quantities.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
4.3.3      Shortage or Lack of Parts

Subject to Article 14 hereof, if LORAD can no longer or expects that it 
will not (on short notice) be able to supply Product(s) to PMSNA because 
of a shortage or lack of components and/or Spare Parts, LORAD shall 
immediately inform PMSNA thereof and, at its own expense, take all 
steps which are reasonable in the circumstances, including a redesign of 
the Product(s), to obtain an additional supplier or suppliers for such 
component or Spare Part.

The redesigned product shall be subject to the procedure set forth in 
Article 3 of this Agreement.

4.4        Order and Delivery

4.4.1      Purchase Orders

At the beginning of each month PMSNA shall issue separate Purchase 
Orders containing the consolidated figures as agreed upon.

Each Purchase Order shall specify at a minimum:

     PMSNA-12-digit-code number
     Price
     Quantities and
     Requested delivery day/week,

to cover at least the period of the commitment of the rolling forecast as
mentioned above.

The "requested delivery" specified for each shipment will be the date for
"receipt by PMSNA at the address stated on the Purchase Order form."

All Purchase Orders shall be deemed to incorporate and be subject to the 
terms and conditions of this Agreement, as well as any supplemental 
terms and conditions agreed to in writing by authorized representatives 
of the parties. No other terms and conditions contained on any Purchase 
Order form or any other form, agreement or correspondence originated 
by either party, shall apply.

4.4.2      Confirmation, Delivery Dates

Purchase Orders will be confirmed by LORAD within one (1) week after 
receipt by mail or telefax.  They shall then be binding on LORAD and 
PMSNA as set forth in Section 4.3.1 above and may be canceled only if 
LORAD or PMSNA materially defaults in its execution thereof or if 
otherwise agreed upon between the parties hereto.

LORAD shall take adequate delivery and transportation times into 
account and shall meet the agreed upon delivery dates for each Purchase 
Order.  Any deviation from the delivery date specified which can be 
foreseen during execution of a Purchase Order will be communicated to 
PMSNA immediately.  The delivery date for a unit of Product will normally 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
be ***************** after receipt of PMSNA's Purchase Order, but may 
be earlier or later if the parties so agree.

5.         Pricing

5.1        Prices

During the term of this Agreement PMSNA will purchase and accept from 
LORAD Product(s) at prices which, including their period of validity, are 
specified in Exhibit III hereto.  The lower pricing listed in Exhibit III 
hereto for the second and subsequent years after the First Commercial 
Delivery shall apply as soon as the total quantity purchased by PMSNA 
during the Term is at the level shown for the prior year, even though that 
prior year may not have ended at the time that level of purchases is 
reached.

All agreed modifications at PMSNA's request as listed in Exhibit I hereto 
are included in the price of the Product.

It is expressly understood that PMSNA's going prices in the market must 
be competitive with similar products.  In the event of unforeseen 
circumstances affecting LORAD or PMSNA or both and/or in the event 
the price/performance ratio of Products deteriorates as compared to 
competitive products, the parties hereto will jointly review the situation 
and attempt to find a solution reasonably acceptable to both parties.  
Prices include adequate packing and any royalties or fees for licenses of 
Software/Firmware for each Product.

All prices will be expressed in United States dollars ($).

5.2        Price Changes, Binding Prices

The prices of the Products set forth in Exhibit III hereto shall remain 
valid for the time specified therein.

When price negotiations referred to in this Article 5 extend beyond the 
price validity period the prices valid for the previous period will continue 
to remain in effect until such time as the parties have reached mutual 
agreement on the new prices.

5.3        Most Favored Treatment

In the event, that during the Term, LORAD would normally ***********
***** it supplies on an OEM basis or LORAD's distributors/dealers
********************************************************************************
**********************************************************RT125**************
**********************************************************************
*************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
****************

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
5.4        Delivery Conditions, Transportation

Products and Spare Parts  shall be delivered "F.O.B."  (as that term is 
defined in the Connecticut Uniform Commercial Code, C.G.S. sec. 42a-2-
319), at LORAD's facility in Danbury, Connecticut.

PMSNA shall be responsible for shipping arrangements.

5.5        Payment Conditions

Payment from PMSNA to LORAD shall be made within *********************
***, after date of invoice and delivery.  A finance charge not to exceed the 
lesser of *************************** or the maximum rate allowed by 
law may be assessed by LORAD against any balance due LORAD which 
is not paid when due.

5.6        Advance or Excess Deliveries

Unless mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto, LORAD shall not 
deliver Products in excess of the quantities ordered nor in advance of the 
agreed delivery date.  Absent such agreement, if such advance or excess 
deliveries occur, PMSNA shall be entitled - at its option - to refuse those 
Products or keep them at its warehouse.  Payment under any invoice 
related to those deliveries shall not be due until the date originally set for
such delivery.

5.7        Invoices

All invoices shall contain at least the following information:

     Purchase Order Number
     Type-Number of Product (PMSNA's 12-digit ID-number)
     Name of the Product
     Serial Number(s) thereof
     Indication of "certifiable items," contained in the Product
     Unit price and total price
     Bill of lading number

Invoices shall be submitted (an original and three copies) separately for each
shipment.

6.         Production, Packing and Shipping

6.1        Production

The Products will be manufactured and tested by LORAD in accordance with the
Specification.

6.2        Product Identification and Labeling

LORAD shall mark the Products in accordance with PMSNA's marking 
specifications, set forth in Exhibit I hereto and - if applicable  - with 
electrical current and frequency data.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
The S/N-number shall be listed and used on all documents, such as test
protocols, delivery papers and invoices for easy evaluation and cross 
reference.

6.3        Packing, Delivery

The prices referred to include all appropriate and safe packing of 
Product(s), Option(s), Spare Parts and all other items supplied for air 
and ocean transport, unless otherwise specified in Exhibit I hereto.

The Packing shall be tested by PMSNA and approved in accordance with 
the relevant sections of Philips Packing Standard UN-D 1400, Publication 
no. UN-D 1400 (69), 1990-08-31.  LORAD will use only this approved 
packing method of shipment of the Product(s).  Changes in approved 
packing may be introduced only on PMSNA's written request or after 
PMSNA's prior written approval.

The Products will be packed in a neutral box.  There will be no other logo 
or trademark inside or outside the packing.  LORAD will, however, place 
promotional stickers on the packing as PMSNA may require.  Such 
stickers will be supplied by PMSNA at no charge.

6.4        Labeling and Marking for Shipment, Trademarks

LORAD shall mark all packages and shipping papers (if applicable) with:

     Type-Number of Product (PMSNA's 12-digit ID-number)
     Name of the Product
     Serial Number thereof
     Indication of "certifiable items," contained in the Product,
     Number of packages, if the shipment contains more than one
          package per product.

Products shall only bear trademarks, trade names or other indications as
detailed in Exhibit I hereto.

Either party hereto acknowledges the other party's rights in and to said 
other party's trademarks and trade names.  Except as expressly set forth 
in this Agreement, the manufacture and supply of Product(s), Option(s), 
Spare Parts and packing with said trademarks and trade names shall not 
be considered as giving either party any right to the other party's 
trademarks and trade names or similar trademarks and trade names.

6.5        Execution of Logistic Procedures

PMSNA may have the Graner Company division of Philips Electronics 
North America Corporation or Philips GmbH execute logistic procedures, 
such as, without limitation, placing Purchase Orders for any shipments 
of Product(s) sent *************************, payment of invoices, 
transport arrangements, shipping instructions and handling of return 
shipments for repair or replacement on behalf of PMSNA.  LORAD agrees 
to accept Purchase Orders from Graner Company or Philips GmbH and 
deal directly with them or their authorized agents with regard to 

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
scheduling, invoicing, warranty claims and all matters relating to 
Purchase Orders issued by Graner Company or Philips GmbH.

6.6        Export and Import Documentation

PMSNA shall obtain, at its own expense, any export or other official
authorization and carry out any other formalities necessary for the
transportation, exportation and importation of Product(s), Options and 
Spare Parts to all jurisdictions in the Territory. LORAD shall provide all
documentation (including test reports) reasonably necessary for PMSNA 
to prepare and submit the required documentation and to obtain any 
authorization necessary for such export and import.

Except as to compliance with the standards and legal requirements set 
forth in the Specification and in Exhibit V, PMSNA shall be responsible 
for ensuring that the Product(s) comply with all local laws, standards and 
regulations in the jurisdictions in the Territory, other than **********
******************.  LORAD shall be solely responsible for such 
compliance including labeling or listing Product(s), Option(s) or Spare 
Part(s) as may be required by the electrical codes, ordinances or 
regulations of ****************************.

7.     Quality

7.1    Design Requirement, Compliance

All obligations for testing of Product, Option(s) or Spare Parts to confirm 
that they comply with the Specification shall be the  responsibility of 
LORAD.  Should it become evident that any Product(s), Option(s), Spare 
Part(s) or parts thereof are not in compliance with the applicable 
requirements of this Agreement and Exhibits I, II and V hereto, LORAD 
shall make all necessary corrections at its own expense.

7.2    Change in Requirements, Regulations or Standards

If any of the requirements, safety regulations and/or standards listed in 
the Specifications or in Exhibit V hereto change, LORAD shall, at its 
costs, make all the necessary modifications in and to the Product, 
Option(s) and/or parts thereof, including any Product(s) to which the 
change applies which have not then been accepted by the end-user.

Subject to the provisions of this Section 7.2, implementation of 
modifications or changes to Product(s) and Option(s) to comply with the 
safety requirements of any and all applicable statutes, rules and 
regulations, shall be mandatory.

If a revision or modification to any applicable standard or regulation 
results in extraordinary cost or expense to LORAD, the parties shall 
review and evaluate the change and make all reasonable efforts to find 
an acceptable solution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any revision or 
modification to any applicable regulation or standard which is listed in 
the Specification, which cannot be incorporated in the Product(s) at 
a reasonable expense in LORAD's sole discretion (to be absorbed by 

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
LORAD) will be considered an event of force majeure as set forth in 
Article 14 below.

7.3    Quality System, Quality Control/Audits

LORAD agrees that its quality system shall comply with the regulations
pertaining to the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), 
Good Manufacturing Practices ("GMP") and shall also use its best efforts 
to comply prior to the end of 1995 with the International Organization for 
Standardization ("ISO") standards entitled ISO 9001 "Quality systems -- 
Model for quality assurance in design/development, production, 
installation and servicing" and "Quality Systems -- Model for quality 
assurance in production and installation" ISO 9002 (a copy of the ISO 
certification shall be attached to this Agreement as Exhibit VII when 
received).

Upon request and at least two (2) weeks - advance written notice to 
LORAD, PMSNA's representative(s) or an independent notified body 
acceptable under GMP or ISO, may visit, at their expense, the facilities of 
LORAD at reasonable times to inspect the storage and quality of parts for 
Product in LORAD's facilities, and audit the quality control procedures 
and methods applied by LORAD in its facilities in the development and 
manufacturing and assembling of Products in accordance with GMP and, 
after LORAD obtains such certification, with ISO-9001.

With regard to the CE Mark, a certification which is to become 
mandatory in the European Community, the parties have agreed that 
LORAD will be responsible for this approval/certification by December 
31, 1995, but that PMSNA or one of the Philips Associated Companies 
will support LORAD in its contacts with the concerned European notified 
body.  Cost consequences of design changes, if any, caused by changes 
relating to  CE Mark certification are for the account of LORAD.

7.4    Outgoing Inspection and Record Keeping

It is understood between the parties that under normal circumstances 
Product(s) may be shipped directly by LORAD to customers in **********
**************** or to Philips Associated Companies for any sales in 
*********************, or, preferably, to their final destination.  Hence, 
PMSNA shall not be obligated to execute any incoming inspection or 
other inspection of Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) delivered 
hereunder by LORAD, for non-compliance with the Specifications.

Therefore, LORAD shall inspect all outgoing Product(s), Option(s) and/or 
parts thereof to be supplied to PMSNA strictly in accordance with 
Specifications and with the Acceptance Procedure as specified in Exhibit 
VIII hereto.  This Acceptance Procedure will be set up or adapted -- 
if necessary -- in close cooperation between the quality officers of both 
companies.

LORAD will archive in a safe manner all records of the Product(s), or 
Option(s) e.g. the Product master file and especially all records/test 
protocols, for a period as required by law, but at least ************** after 

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
delivery of each Product or Option. These records will be made available 
if necessary and upon specified request of PMSNA.

7.5    Incoming Inspection

PMSNA may inspect the delivered Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Part(s) 
at PMSNA's factory or at PMSNA's customer's site, following the 
Acceptance Procedures set forth in this Agreement and the Exhibits 
hereto.  PMSNA shall have the right to reject all or any of the Product(s), 
Option(s) or Spare Parts which are proven, upon inspection and testing 
by PMSNA, not to meet the applicable Specifications, provided that such 
claim shall be submitted to LORAD with the supporting evidence within 
thirty (30) days after arrival date at the destination. LORAD shall ship a 
replacement within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice that a Product, 
Option or Spare Part is to be returned for such reason.

8.     Warranty

8.1    Extent of Warranty

LORAD warrants to PMSNA, Graner Company and Philips GmbH that 
the Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Parts including the Software/ 
Firmware incorporated therein, comply in all material respects with the 
Specifications for such Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Parts, are new 
and are free from defects in material and workmanship.  Except as 
provided in Article 10 below, LORAD's sole obligation under the foregoing 
warranty shall be to replace or repair, at its sole discretion and at its sole
cost and expense, any defective Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Parts 
returned to LORAD by or on behalf of PMSNA or a Philips Associated 
Company; provided, however, that (i) LORAD's sole obligation to replace 
or repair Product(s), Options(s) or Spare Parts shall not exceed the lesser 
of the lesser of ******************** from the date of delivery of such
Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Parts by LORAD to PMSNA or a Philips 
Associated Company or ****************** from the date of completion of 
its installation at a customer's site, (ii) PMSNA or its Associated Company 
shall have notified LORAD, prior to the expiration of such period, with 
respect to each claim that the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Parts are 
defective, and (iii) LORAD shall have no obligation to repair or replace the 
defective Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Parts in the event that the 
Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Parts have been transported, handled, 
stored or operated in an improper or other manner which adversely 
affects the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Parts.  

In addition, LORAD warrants that the Batteries incorporated in each unit 
of Product(s) shall be free of defects in material or workmanship and 
operate satisfactorily, provided such Batteries are maintained in 
accordance with the instructions in the Operator's Manual, for a period 
of *************** from the date of shipment by LORAD to PMSNA or 
Graner Company.  LORAD shall replace without charge, including 
charges for packing (and shipment to PMSNA in Shelton, Connecticut or 
to Graner Company in Port Chester, New York), Batteries which fail, 
during this ************************, to be free from defects in material
and workmanship or to operate satisfactorily, provided such Batteries 
are maintained in accordance with the instructions in the Operator's 

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
Manual.  The battery manufacturer's standard warranty shall apply to 
replacement Batteries provided under this warranty, except that the 
duration of the warranty shall not be less than the unexpired part of the 
original three year term.

LORAD shall use its reasonable best efforts to replace or repair Products, 
parts of Products, Options and Spare Parts, if required by this Section, at 
LORAD's cost within the shortest possible time.

8.2    Cost of Warranty Replacement or Repair

During the time LORAD's warranty is in effect for each unit of Product, 
each Option and each Spare Part, LORAD shall provide without charge to 
PMSNA all replacement parts necessary to correct any such Product, 
Option or Spare Part which proves to be defective and shall pay all 
shipping expenses (including reasonable return shipping expenses) 
associated with such replacement.

8.3    Limited Warranty

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSED OR SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND 
THE EXHIBITS HERETO, PRODUCT(S), OPTION(S) AND SPARE PART(S) 
SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY LORAD TO PMSNA, GRANER COMPANY OR 
PHILIPS GMBH, "AS IS."  LORAD HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES (OTHER THAN THOSE SET 
FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT) EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT 
TO THE PRODUCT(S), OPTION(S) AND SPARE PARTS, INCLUDING, 
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR 
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  PMSNA ACKNOWLEDGES 
AND AGREES THAT IT HAS NOT RELIED ON ANY REPRESENTATIONS 
OR WARRANTIES MADE BY LORAD, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS
ARTICLE.

8.4    Epidemic Faults

Products, Options and Spare Parts shall be free of Epidemic Faults. 
Epidemic Faults are, for the purpose of this Agreement, defined as 
defects which 

     - either are the same or have the same origin and occur over a 
       period of ****************** during the ************* expected 
       lifetime of the product with a class failure quantity of at least 
       ************************ sequentially delivered Products, 
       Options or Spare Parts, from the delivery date of the last
       sequentially delivered Product, Option or Spare Part, and

     - are such that they create an "unreasonable risk of 
       substantial harm" as that term is defined by the United 
       States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the regulations 
       and guidelines issued thereunder.

In the event of the existence of an Epidemic Fault, the parties shall 
consult with and cooperate fully with each other in a timely way to 
determine if a safety concern exists and to take the appropriate actions 

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
and to allocate the resulting costs of such actions between them in 
accordance with the terms hereof.

LORAD shall within ***************** after receipt of same respond to any
question and provide all necessary information to the PMSNA Service 
Department arising out of a recall or corrective action program or related 
program.

Furthermore LORAD shall inform PMSNA of all relevant details of 
substantially similar incidents that occur with LORAD's products similar 
to or part of Products.

In case of such Epidemic Fault(s), in any part or parts of Products or any
required recall program, LORAD shall, at its expense (including shipment 
to each customer's site), provide sufficient parts to replace all such parts 
in installed Products and Products purchased by PMSNA.

Spare Parts in stock which become obsolete due to Epidemic Fault(s) 
may be returned to LORAD and will be credited at the original invoice 
price or upgraded to the desired level at the expense of LORAD.

LORAD shall repair or replace uninstalled Products, Options and Spare 
Parts which are subject to Epidemic Faults.  LORAD warrants the 
Products, Options and Spare Parts not yet delivered will be so upgraded.  
For Products and Options in the installed base, upgraded components or 
parts will be made available from LORAD at no charge and PMSNA will 
be responsible for removing the old components or parts and installing 
the new ones.

The remedies contained in this Section 8.4 shall be the sole remedies 
available to PMSNA in the event of an Epidemic Fault as defined herein, 
subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.3 hereof.

9.     Service and Spare Parts

The Spare Parts supply, maintenance and repair of Product and general 
product and service support for the Product to be provided by each of 
the parties shall be as set forth in Exhibit II hereto.

10.    Claims

10.1   Personal Injury and Property Damage

LORAD agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless PMSNA and 
Philips GmbH from and against any and all loss, cost and expense, 
including counsel fees and all expenses of investigation, litigation, 
judgment and/or settlement, arising through or out of personal injury or 
death to person(s) or damage to property alleged or proven to have arisen 
out of failure of a Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Parts to meet the 
Specification or as a result of a defect in its workmanship or materials, 
provided, that in any such case where indemnification is sought 
hereunder (i) PMSNA or Philips GmbH shall have given prompt written
notice to LORAD of such claim and the facts and circumstances relating 
thereto, (ii) PMSNA shall fully cooperate with LORAD in connection with 

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
any such claim by any governmental authority or third party, (iii) LORAD 
shall have the sole right to defend, settle and compromise any such 
claim, and (iv) LORAD shall have no obligation to indemnify and hold 
harmless PMSNA for any negligent conduct of PMSNA or any action or 
omission by PMSNA in violation of this Agreement.

PMSNA agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless LORAD from and 
against any and all loss, cost and expense, including counsel fees and all 
expenses of investigation, litigation, judgment and/or settlement, arising 
through or out of personal injury or death of person(s) or damage to 
property which is alleged or proven to have arisen out of the negligent act 
or omission of PMSNA, its officers, directors, employees or agents, 
provided, that in any such case where indemnification is sought 
hereunder (i) LORAD shall have given prompt written notice to PMSNA of 
such claim and the facts and circumstances relating thereto, (ii) LORAD 
shall fully cooperate with PMSNA in connection with any such claim by
any governmental authority or third party, (iii) PMSNA shall have the sole 
right to defend, settle and compromise any such claim, and (iv) PMSNA 
shall have no obligation to indemnify and hold harmless LORAD for any 
negligent conduct of LORAD or any action or omission by LORAD in 
violation of this Agreement.

LORAD shall obtain and maintain current, at all times during the Term 
of this Agreement and any extensions hereof, Commercial General 
Liability insurance (including products and contractual coverage) with an 
insurance company rated by Best "A" or better, in amounts not less than 
***********single limit and ***********combined single limit.  Such 
insurance shall cover, among other things, product liability claims 
relating to the Product.  LORAD shall provide PMSNA with a certificate of 
such insurance from LORAD's insurer, updated upon expiration thereof.
Such certificate shall designate PMSNA as a certificate holder.  PMSNA 
shall receive no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of 
cancellation or termination of such insurance.

10.2   Intellectual Property Indemnification

10.2.1    Indemnification by LORAD

LORAD shall defend PMSNA and its respective distributor, agent, dealer 
or customer against any claim by a third party that manufacture, sale or 
use of a Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part infringes *******************
**************************************************************************
************** and LORAD will pay any resulting penalties, judgments or 
awards finally determined by a court or other tribunal of competent
jurisdiction to be payable in connection therewith, or amounts payable in
settlement thereof, provided that in any such case where indemnification 
is sought by PMSNA hereunder (i) PMSNA shall have given prompt 
written notice to LORAD of such claim and the facts and circumstances 
relating thereto, (ii) PMSNA shall fully cooperate with LORAD in 
connection with any such claim, (iii) LORAD shall have the sole right to 
defend, settle and compromise any such claim and (iv) LORAD shall have 
no obligation to indemnify and hold harmless PMSNA for any negligent 
conduct of PMSNA or for any action or omission by PMSNA in violation
of this Agreement.  LORAD's obligations under this Article are 

                                      20
<PAGE>
 
conditioned on PMSNA's agreement that, if the Product(s), Option(s) 
or Spare Part or the manufacture, sale or use thereof becomes or in 
LORAD's reasonable opinion is likely to become, the subject of such a 
claim, PMSNA will permit LORAD, at any time thereafter, at LORAD's 
expense, either to procure the right for PMSNA to continue selling the 
Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part or to replace or modify the Product(s), 
Option(s) or Spare Part so that it becomes non-infringing, and if neither 
of the foregoing alternatives is available on terms which are acceptable to 
LORAD in its reasonable judgment, LORAD may terminate this 
Agreement immediately as to that part of the Territory in which 
manufacture, sale or use of the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part may 
be infringing and/or terminate this Agreement in its entirety with notice 
as set forth in Section 3.6 above and LORAD shall reimburse PMSNA for 
the purchase price actually paid by PMSNA, less an allowance for 
depreciation, for Product(s) and Option(s) which can no longer be sold by 
PMSNA or a Philips Associated Company or used by their customers.  
The foregoing states the entire liability of LORAD with respect to
infringement of rights in intellectual property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LORAD shall have no liability to PMSNA 
to the extent that any such claim is based upon or arises out of:  (i) 
alterations of the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part by PMSNA or any 
third party, (ii) failure of PMSNA to use updated Product(s), Option(s) or 
Spare Parts provided by LORAD to avoid such infringement, (iii) use of 
the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Parts in combination with apparatus or 
software not furnished by LORAD, (iv) use of the Product(s), Option(s) or 
Spare Parts in a manner for which such Product(s), Option(s) or Spare 
Parts were neither designed nor contemplated or (v) a patent or 
trademark owned by PMSNA or for which PMSNA has a royalty-free 
license which precludes it from being held responsible for such claim of 
infringement.

10.2.2    Indemnification by PMSNA

PMSNA shall defend LORAD and its respective distributor, agent, dealer 
or customer against any claim by a third party that manufacture, sale or 
use of any material(s) supplied by PMSNA hereunder infringes a********
********************patent, copyright, trade secret, mask work or other
intellectual property right and PMSNA will pay any resulting penalties,
judgments or awards finally determined by a court or other tribunal of 
competent jurisdiction to be payable in connection therewith, or amounts 
payable in settlement thereof, provided that in any such case where 
indemnification is sought by LORAD hereunder (i) LORAD or shall have 
given prompt written notice to PMSNA of such claim and the facts and 
circumstances relating thereto, (ii) LORAD shall fully cooperate with 
PMSNA in connection with any such claim, (iii) PMSNA shall have the 
sole right to defend, settle and compromise any such claim and (iv) 
PMSNA shall have no obligation to indemnify and hold harmless LORAD 
for any negligent conduct of LORAD or for any action or omission by 
LORAD in violation of this Agreement.  PMSNA's obligations under this 
Article are conditioned on LORAD's agreement that, if such material(s) or 
the manufacture, sale or use thereof becomes or in PMSNA's reasonable 
opinion is likely to become, the subject of such a claim, LORAD will 
permit PMSNA, at any time thereafter, at PMSNA's expense, either to 

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
procure the right for LORAD to continue reselling such material(s) or to 
replace or modify such material(s) so that it becomes non-infringing, and 
if neither of the foregoing alternatives is available on terms which are 
acceptable to PMSNA in its reasonable judgment, PMSNA may terminate 
this Agreement immediately as to that part of the Territory in which
manufacture, sale or use of such material(s) may be infringing and/or 
terminate this Agreement in its entirety with notice as set forth in 
Section 3.6 above and PMSNA shall reimburse LORAD for the purchase 
price actually paid by LORAD, less an allowance for depreciation, for 
such material(s) which can no longer be sold by LORAD or used by its 
customers.  The foregoing states the entire liability of PMSNA with 
respect to infringement of rights in intellectual property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, PMSNA shall have no liability to LORAD 
to the extent that any such claim is based upon or arises out of:  (i) 
alterations of such material(s) by LORAD or any third party, (ii) failure of 
LORAD to use updated material(s) provided by PMSNA to avoid such 
infringement, (iii) use of such material(s) in combination with apparatus 
or software not furnished by PMSNA, (iv) use of such material(s) in a 
manner for which such material(s) were neither designed nor 
contemplated or (v) a patent or trademark owned by LORAD or for which
LORAD has a royalty-free license which precludes it from being held 
responsible for such claim of infringement.

10.3   Limitation

In no event shall either party be liable to the other for special, indirect or
consequential damages of any kind including, but not limited to, loss of 
other business opportunity, profit or revenue or loss of goodwill, arising 
from any failure or matter arising under this Agreement.  No claim or 
recovery by one party against the other shall be greater in amount than 
the purchase price of the individual unit of Product(s), Option(s) or Spare 
Part with respect to which such claim or recovery arose.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any obligation of the parties under 
Section 10.1 above with respect to personal injury or death to persons or 
damage to property shall not exceed ************************* and
*********************************, and any obligation under Section 
10.2 above with respect to intellectual property shall not exceed the 
aggregate purchase price to PMSNA of the Product(s) involved.

11.    ********************

11.1   ********************************

Without limiting LORAD's liability to PMSNA thereunder in any way 
whatsoever, it has been agreed that if LORAD;

     a)   intends to enter or actually enters liquidation procedures 
          (either voluntarily or forced); or

     b)   has entered bankruptcy procedures (either voluntarily or 
          forced); or

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
     c)   within ninety days of written notification by PMSNA has not 
          remedied any material breach of this Agreement,

********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
***********************************, if and to the extent required by PMSNA, 
in exchange for compensation by PMSNA for LORAD's purchase price 
therefor.

********** as used in this Article 11 shall mean ******************* 
relating to the ************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
************************************************************.

11.2   Right to Produce

Accordingly, ******************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
******************************

12.    Confidentiality

The parties shall not use, employ or disclose Confidential Information 
received from the other whether orally, in writing, by demonstration 
or otherwise except as is necessary to implement this Agreement, unless 
and to the extent the receiving party can prove by written record that it:

     a.   was already in the public domain or becomes available to the 
          public through no breach of this Agreement by the receiving 
          party;

     b.   was in the receiving party's possession prior to receipt from 
          the disclosing party as proven by its written records; or

     c.   was received independently from third party free to disclose 
          such information to the receiving party or

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
     d.   was independently developed by the receiving party without 
          use of the Confidential Information as proven by its written 
          records; or

     e.   became available by inspection or analysis of other products 
          or techniques in the market.

In protecting Confidential Information, the receiving party will take all
necessary precautions and Confidential Information will be treated in the 
same manner and with the same degree of care as the receiving party 
applies with respect to its own confidential information.

Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as a grant of license 
to the other party, to make, use or sell any Products using Confidential
Information or as a license under any patents or claims covering same.

The first disclosure to the media or other first publication of data 
concerning the cooperation envisaged under this Agreement, including 
the existence of the Agreement itself, shall not be effected unless the 
nondisclosing party has given its written approval for such disclosure, 
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and which shall be 
given in a prompt manner. 

LORAD may, however file a copy of this Agreement Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, provided that LORAD files a confidentiality request with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission seeking to protect the 
confidentiality of the pricing and forecasts in Exhibit III.

The provisions of this Article shall be in full force and effect retroactively
from March 18, 1992 and shall remain in full force and effect during the
duration of this Agreement and five (5) years thereafter.

13.    Term and Termination

13.1   Term

This Agreement shall enter into force upon the date of signature by both 
parties and shall initially continue until the earlier of two years from the 
date of the First Commercial Delivery of Product(s) under this Agreement 
or fulfillment of the minimum purchase commitment set forth in Section 
4.1 above.

********************************************************************************
*****************, unless and until ********************************************
***************************************************prior written notice to 
the receiving party, such notice being given as set forth in 15.10 below.

********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
*****************************************.  Any such notice(s) shall be

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
effective as of the date received (certified mail return receipt requested) 
by the other party.

13.2   Termination for Cause

This Agreement may also be terminated as follows:

     a.   if a party (the failing party) has not remedied any material 
          breach of this Agreement within ninety (90) days of receipt of 
          written notice (sent in accordance with Section 15.10 hereof) 
          of such breach, said other party is entitled to terminate this 
          Agreement and or any outstanding Purchase Orders placed 
          hereunder immediately by notice to the failing party, such 
          without prejudice to any other rights accruing under this 
          Agreement or in law.

     b.   by the other party in the event that either party shall cease 
          to carry on business in the normal course, becomes 
          insolvent, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its 
          creditors, suffers or permits the appointment of a receiver or 
          a manager for its business assets or avails itself or becomes 
          subject to any proceeding under bankruptcy laws or any 
          other statute or laws relating to the insolvency or protection 
          of the rights of creditors,

     c.   by PMSNA by written notice to LORAD in the event the 
          control of LORAD would pass to other(s) than those now 
          exercising control.

13.3   Continuing Commitments

The termination of this Agreement shall not relieve or release either party 
from fulfilling any undertaking or commitment including, without 
limitation, those affecting payments, work and deliveries which arise by 
reason of any event other than termination, such as, for example, those 
arising from Purchase Orders placed pursuant to this Agreement prior to 
its termination.

14.    Force Majeure

In the event of Force Majeure the party being delayed or damaged 
thereby shall inform the other party as soon as possible but in any event 
within fourteen (14) calendar days after the start of such Force Majeure 
specifying the nature of the Force Majeure as well as the length of the 
delay which is expected.

In the event the Force Majeure situation continues for more than sixty 
days (60) days or is expected to last longer than sixty (60) days then 
either party is entitled to terminate this Agreement by simple notice in 
writing and without either party being entitled to any claim for damages.  
Otherwise both parties' rights and obligations will be suspended and new 
time schedules and supply dates shall be agreed upon between the 
parties hereto.

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
Force Majeure shall be understood to mean and to include damage or 
delay by acts of God, acts of regulations or decrees of any Government 
(de facto or de jure), natural phenomena, such as earthquakes or floods, 
fires, riots, wars, shipwrecks, freight embargoes, labor disputes, defaults 
by suppliers or other causes, whether similar or dissimilar to those 
enumerated above, unforeseeable and beyond the reasonable control of 
the parties and which prevent the total or partial carrying out of any 
obligation under this Agreement.

PMSNA's purchase commitments under this Agreement are based on 
present market information and estimates shared by both parties and 
market growth figures extrapolated from that information.  In the event 
of unforeseen circumstances, major shifts in the market for radiographic 
equipment (such as the rapid development of significant new ultrasound 
technology similar to that being developed by other subsidiaries of 
Thermo Trex Corporation which renders the Product obsolete) or other 
occurrences which make distribution and sale not only of Product, but 
also of substantially similar products by other firms in the industry, 
impracticable at the levels contemplated by this Agreement, the parties 
shall negotiate in good faith and agree upon alternative quantities which 
are acceptable to both and reasonable given the then-current nature of 
the market for radiographic equipment.

15.    General Terms and Conditions

15.1   Applicable Law

This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in the State of 
Connecticut, shall be construed in accordance with, and the rights and 
liabilities of the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of such 
State, without regard to its conflicts of law doctrine, and this Agreement 
shall be deemed in all respects to be a contract of such State.

15.2   Attorney's Fees

In the event of any claim or controversy arising regarding the 
enforceability, interpretation or intent of this Agreement, the prevailing 
party or parties (to the extent prevailing) shall be entitled to its 
reasonable attorney's fee and expenses in addition to whatever other 
relief said party would otherwise be entitled.

15.3   Entire Agreement

This Agreement sets forth the entire intent and understanding among the 
parties relating to the subject matter hereof and merge all prior 
negotiations and discussions between them and no party shall be bound 
by any conditions, representations or warranty other than as expressly 
set forth herein or subsequently set forth in writing executed by both 
parties hereto.

Neither PMSNA's general conditions of purchase nor LORAD's general 
conditions of sales are applicable to this Agreement or to any order and 
order confirmations for Products or parts thereof in whole or in part.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
15.4   Waiver

No waiver by any of the parties hereto of any breach of any condition, 
covenant or term thereof shall be effective unless it is in writing and it 
shall not constitute a waiver of such condition, covenant or term.

15.5   Severability

If any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement are determined to be 
invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, it shall 
not invalidate the rest of this Agreement which shall remain in full force 
and effect as if such terms and provisions had not been a part of this 
Agreement.

The parties shall, however, be obliged to immediately replace this term or
provision by an effective one, covering in so far as possible the original
intentions of the parties as to its legal and economic contents.

15.6   Non-Assignment

This Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the 
parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns.  This 
Agreement may not be assigned, transferred or hypothecated in whole or 
in part by either party except prior written consent of the other party.  No 
consent is required, however, to an assignment or transfer in whole or in 
part by PMSNA to any of the Philips Associated Companies.  PMSNA shall 
notify LORAD of such assignment or transfer in writing.

15.7   Advertisements

LORAD shall not without PMSNA's prior written consent use PMSNA's or 
any other of the Philips Associated Companies' name or trademark as 
such and/or use name in connection with any advertisement or sale 
literature nor advertise that it is a supplier of PMSNA and/or the Philips 
Associated Companies and/or that this Agreement between LORAD and 
PMSNA has been concluded.

15.8   Sales and Applications Support

LORAD agrees to provide four applications training courses at its facility 
at Danbury, Connecticut for PMSNA personnel who will be responsible 
for training PMSNA customers in the use of Product(s) and Option(s).  
There shall be no charge by LORAD for these four initial training 
courses which shall be of no more than two days, duration or for any 
updates in training which may be necessary because of modifications or 
improvements to the System.  All travel and living expenses for PMSNA's 
and LORAD's employees shall be at PMSNA's and LORAD's expense, 
respectively.  LORAD agrees to provide additional applications training to 
support the Systems and any new accessories or System features, at
PMSNA's request and at such reasonable rates as LORAD and PMSNA 
may agree upon.  These rates when quoted by LORAD shall include all 
incidental expenses, including those of travel and living expenses of 
LORAD's employees.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
LORAD agrees to provide training in Shelton, Connecticut or Danbury, 
Connecticut for PMSNA service engineers or PMSNA personnel 
responsible for training its service engineers on the terms set out in 
Exhibit II hereto.

15.9   Project Leaders

Upon the signature of this Agreement either party shall appoint, by 
written notice, a Project Leader who shall represent his party in all 
communication, contacts, meetings, negotiations and reports, of 
technical nature as necessary for the performance of this Agreement.  An 
eventual subsequent change of the Project Leader shall be notified in 
writing to the other party.

15.10     Notices

Notices will be addressed as follows:

     If to PMSNA:                     Philips Medical Systems North 
                                      America Company.
                                      710 Bridgeport Avenue
                                      Shelton, Connecticut 06484

                                      Attn:  Vice President, 
                                             Marketing

                                      cc:  Vice President and               
                                           General Counsel

     If to LORAD:                     LORAD Corporation,
                                      36 Apple Ridge Road
                                      Danbury, Connecticut 06810  

                                      Attn: Mr. A. Pellegrino
                                      cc:    Mr. H. Kirshner

or to such other address as the pertaining party will have previously 
notified to the other party.

All notices will be deemed given ten (10) working days after they have 
been mailed by registered mail or so much earlier as the receiving party 
appears to have received the same.

15.11    Compliance with Law

Except to the extent it is precluded from doing so by the law of its 
principal place of business, each party agrees that the performance of its 
obligations, exercise of its rights and fulfillment of its duties under this 
Agreement shall comply with applicable laws and ordinances of each 
government having jurisdiction over such activity and all lawful orders, 
rules and regulations issued thereunder.  The Product(s), Option(s) and 
Spare Part(s) in the form they are provided by LORAD to PMSNA shall 
comply with all lawful orders, rules and regulations applicable in the 
************************ to their shipment, installation and use.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
15.12    Surviving Articles

Articles 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15 and, as to Purchase Orders which have not 
been filled as of the date of termination or cancellation, Articles 4, 5, 6 
and 7 and such other terms and conditions of this Agreement which are 
expressly intended to survive the expiration, termination or cancellation 
of this Agreement shall so survive.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF authorized representatives of the parties hereto 
have signed this document.



LORAD CORPORATION                     PHILIPS MEDICAL SYSTEMS
                                      NORTH AMERICA COMPANY


                                                                    
By: /s/ Hal Kirshner                  By: /s/ William E Curran      
    -------------------                   ------------------------  
     Hal Kirshner                             William E. Curran     
     President                                Chief Operating &     
                                              Financial Officer     
                   
Date: November 2, 1993                Date:  11/2/95
      ------------------                    ----------------------



                                      29
<PAGE>
 
                                 List of Exhibits


            
Exhibit I                        Specification
            
            
Exhibit II                       Service Arrangements
            
            
                                 Appendix 1      Field Problem Report
            
            
                                 Appendix 2      List of Spare Parts
            
            
Exhibit III                      Planning and Prices
            
            
Exhibit IV                       Time Schedule
            
            
Exhibit V                        Declaration
            
            
Exhibit VI                       Standard Form for Change Request
            
             
Exhibit VII                      ISO9000 Certificate
                                 (to be added when obtained by LORAD)



                                       30
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Exhibit 1


         SPECIFICATIONS

         PMX 2000 Mobile Radiographic System

         Description:
         The PMX 2000************************************************
         ***********************************************************
         *********************************************************

              * *************
              * *******************
              * ************************************************
              * ***********
              * ****************************
              * ******************************

         Subsystem Description:
         ***********
         -----------
              *****         **************************************************
              *******       **************************************************
                            *******
              **************************************************************
                             **********
              ************************************************************
                             **************************

         ***********
         -----------
              *************************************************************
              *******************************
              **************************************************************
              *******************************************
              ************************************************
              ************************************************************
              **********************

              *********************
                  ***************
                  ***********************
                  ************************
                  *************************

              *******************************Increments
                  *********************increments down 20% increments
              ***************
<PAGE>
 
                  ************************
                  **************************************************************
                      ***************************************************
                      ********************************
                  ***********************************************
                  ****************

              *********************************
              ---------------------------------
                      *********     ********
                      ****          ************
                      **********    ******
                      ************  ***
                      ************* *********
                      ************* ******
                      ***************       ***********************
                      *******************   *******
                      *********************
                           ***************  ********

              ****************
                      **********************************
              **********
              ----------
                      ****          *******************************************
                                    ***************************************
                      ***********   *******************************************
                                    ***********

              ************************
              ------------------------
                      *******       **
                      *****         **************
                      *******       ***************
                      ***********   ***********************************
                      **********************************   *****************
                                                           ******************

                      **********
                           *******  *********

              ******************************
              ------------------------------
                      **************************************************
                      **************************************************
                      ********************************************************
                      ******************************************************
                      ******************
              *************************

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
         ***********************
         -----------------------
              **************************************
              **************************************************
              ********
              ********************************
              ******************************
              ***************************************
              ************************

         *********************************
                  ************************    *****************
                                              ******************
                  *****************************************
                  ****************     ********************
                  ****************     ******************
                                       ******************
                  ************         ***********************
                  *************        ******************************
                  *********            *******

         *************************
              ************************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ***********************************************************
              ******************************************

         **************************
              ***************************   **************************
              ***************************   *************************
              ****************              ********
              *******************           ********
              ****************              ************   *****
              ****************              ****           *****

         *********************
         ---------------------
              ****************

         *********************
              ************************************************************
                      ****************************
              ***************
              *****************************************************
              **************************

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                                           October 19, 1993

                                     Exhibit II


                                Service Arrangements


         Exhibit II to the OEM Agreement between Lorad Corporation ("LORAD") 
         and Philips Medical Systems North America Company ("PMSNA") for 
         supply of portable radiographic x-ray systems.

         1.   Responsibilities for Product Service

         Unless agreed to otherwise,

         PMSNA is responsible for:

              -    installing and commissioning,
              -    training of the user
              -    maintenance and repair at customers' sites
              -    regular training of the PMSNA field engineers

         LORAD is responsible for:

              -    provision and accuracy of documentation
              -    spare parts supply
              -    provision of special tools as required for repair of 
                   Product(s),
                   Option(s) or Spare Parts
              -    initial training and support of PMSNA service staff and
                   regular training upon request

         2.   Product Delivery

         The requirements for delivery of Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Parts
         are 
         as set forth in the Agreement and in the other Exhibits to it.

         2.1  Service Documentation

         2.1.1  Preparation of Service Documentation

         PMSNA will supply, at no cost to LORAD, binders with PMSNA's standard
         register into which the service documentation enumerated below shall 
         be  
         inserted by LORAD (hereinafter, the "Service Documentation" or, as 
         assembled, the "Service Manual").  The binders will be ordered by 
         LORAD 
         from the PMSNA service organization with at least two months lead time
         before the date they will be needed by LORAD for assembly of the 
         Service
         Manuals.

         The address for PMSNA's service organization is:
<PAGE>
 
                      Philips Medical Systems North America Co.
                      P.O.  Box 860
                      710 Bridgeport Avenue
                      Shelton, Connecticut 06484

         LORAD shall furnish to PMSNA ninety (90) days before the First
         Commercial Delivery of Product, free of charge, two sets of Service 
         Documentation.  If the Service Documentation complies with Philips'
         standards, PMSNA will approve it for delivery and use by Philips' 
         service 
         organization.

         The Service Documentation labeling shall carry only the "Philips" name,
         trademark and Product or Option name (rather than LORAD's trademark 
         or tradename for that product).

         PMSNA will assist LORAD in producing the said Service Documentation, 
         but each party will bear its own costs with respect to preparing the 
         Service Documentation.

         The Service Documentation will be updated by LORAD during the lifetime
         of the Product(s) or Option(s) to include all implemented changes and 
         modifications pertaining to Product(s) or Option(s). Corrections 
         (complete updated versions) will be furnished to PMSNA without 
         additional charge.  LORAD will supply new documents at least thirty 
         (30) 
         days before the first delivery of Product which has been modified or 
         updated as provided in the Agreement.

         2.1.2  Service Manual

         For each Product or Option the following information shall be provided
         by LORAD as part of the Service Documentation and the Service Manual 
         shall 
         be organized in the following format:

              -    Introduction and Technical Data
              -    Installation
              -    Setting to work
              -    Acceptance: specification checks and data applicable 
                           or field service
              -    Corrective Maintenance
              -    Diagnostic procedures for fault identification
              -    Adjustment procedures
              -    Instructions for assembly and disassembly 
              -    Instructions for removal and replacement
              -    Procedures after repair or replacement
              -    Simplified drawings to facilitate fault finding
              -    Theory of operation and explanation
              -    Diagrams and drawings
              -    Repair procedures
              -    Spare Parts lists with identification numbers
              -    Sorted by PMSNA ID code (a set of PMSNA ID codes 
                           will be provided to LORAD)
              -    Sorted by LORAD ID code
              -    Specification of repairable/replaceable items
              -    Specification of required tools for:

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
              -    Installation, setting to work and acceptance
              -    Maintenance
                        all non-metric tools required shall be listed
                        separately

         The test and diagnostic software, if any, used by field service
         personnel 
         will be made available by LORAD on a carrier suitable for the Product 
         or 
         Option and will be supplied with each Product or Option.  ************
         *****************************************************************
         *********************************************************************
         *******.

         If PMSNA requires additional Service Manuals, LORAD will supply them 
         at a price of **** for each set.

         2.1.3  Planned Maintenance Service Manual

         Planned Maintenance is defined as pre-planned actions performed to
         assure by means of systematic inspection that the Product or Option is
         working in a specified manner.

         The Planned Maintenance Service Manual is to be supplied directly to 
         Philips' service organization, not packed in shipments of Product(s)
         or 
         Option(s) to PMSNA.

         Initially, five (5) sets will be provided free of charge. Thereafter,
         PMSNA,
         may, free of charge, reproduce them for PMSNA's use or distribution to
         Philips Associated Companies, dealers, manufacturer's representatives
         and customers.  PMSNA shall also have the right to revise, reorganize,
         translate or otherwise modify them for distribution to and use by 
         Philips' 
         service organization.

         The Planned Maintenance Service Manual will contain:

              -    Schedule(s)
              -    Instructions
              -    List of Spare Parts to be replaced 
              -    List of required lubrication
              -    Specification of tools required (including non-
                   metric tools)
              -    Specification of other materials

         2.2  Language

         All Service Documentation will be made available in the English
         language.

         2.3  Additional Information on Data Carrier

         All service-related information provided by LORAD hereunder, 
         including, 
         in particular, Spare Parts lists and prices, will be made available to 
         Philips' service organization on a data carrier, such as 3.5 inch 
         floppy 
         disk, and updated annually as necessary.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
         3.   Support on Site

         If necessary and if requested by Philips' service organization,LORAD 
         will 
         provide support at customers' sites.  Travel expenses and 
         accommodation and all other costs will be borne by PMSNA.  All other 
         costs will be covered by an all-inclusive fee of ************.  If, 
         however, 
         the problem or functional defect is a result of a design defect, the 
         per 
         diem fee will not be payable to Lorad for the time spent correcting 
         the 
         defect and travel and living expenses will also be born by LORAD.

         4.   Maintenance

         4.1  Repair Policy

         Repair will be done by replacing field exchangeable Spare Parts, 
         either 
         new or refurbished.  LORAD will propose those parts in consultation 
         with 
         the PMSNA service organization.  A list of these Spare Parts is 
         attached 
         (or is to be added when agreed upon) as Appendix 2 to this Exhibit.

         4.2  Reporting by LORAD about Reliability

         LORAD and PMSNA will exchange free of charge, all relevant data
         regarding reliability of the Product, including, but not limited to:

              -    MTBF and MTTR-figures
              -    Problem reports
              -    Field failures
              -    Parts usage and approx. costs

         at Product and Spare Part level.

         4.3  Storage Conditions and Handling Procedures

         LORAD will specify the storage conditions for Spare Part(s), such as 
         (but 
         not limited to) temperature, humidity, shelf life and air pressure, 
         for any 
         Spare Part(s) for which there are special requirements in this regard.

         5.   Field Change Order ("FCO"), Problem Reporting and 
              Service Information

         5.1  Field Change Orders

         5.1.1  Modification Kits

         Field modifications, if any, will be made available to PMSNA in form 
         of individual modification kits in the quantity required to update the
         entire 
         installed base of Product(s) or Option(s) to which each field 
         modification 
         applies.

         These kits shall contain:

              -    List of applicable Products and their 
                        serial numbers
              -    Implementation instructions

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
              -    Material and Spare Parts
              -    Special tools (if any)
              -    Service Documentation and Operator's Manual 
                        updates

         Kits for field modifications in the categories of "mandatory for 
         safety" and 
         "action for performance" will be provided by LORAD to PMSNA without 
         charge.

         5.1.2  Categories and Implementation of FCO's

         Three (3) categories of FCO's are distinguished:

                   -    Mandatory for Safety
                   -    Action for Performance
                   -    Service Recommendation

         Classification into any of these categories and the terms and 
         conditions 
         of any action will be determined by PMSNA, based upon applicable law 
         and regulations, after consultation with LORAD.

         5.2  Field Problem Reporting by PMSNA

         PMSNA will report all problems using a Field Problem Report formsheet 
         (an example is attached as an annex to this Exhibit). In order to 
         shorten 
         turnaround times, PMSNA may report problems to LORAD by telephone 
         or fax.  Telephone reports must be confirmed by a written Field 
         Problem 
         Report.

         The categories of Problems are defined as "very urgent problems,"
         "urgent 
         problems," "routine problems":

              VERY URGENT PROBLEMS

                   -    Disable product or cause an abnormal termination of
                              an application program.
                   -    Cause danger for the patient being examined or for
                              personnel operating the product.

              URGENT PROBLEMS

                   -    Disable a product under certain conditions
                   -    Disable certain function(s) of a product

              ROUTINE PROBLEMS

                   -    Problems other than VERY URGENT or URGENT

         As soon as possible, but ultimately within two (2) working days after 
         a 
         problem has been reported, LORAD will confirm receipt of a Field 
         Problem Report and start reproducing and analyzing the Problem.  In 
         its 
         confirmation LORAD will indicate the manner and time frame in which 
         LORAD expects to have a preliminary and/or definite solution 
         available, 
         and it will use its best efforts to meet or exceed the following 
         schedule:

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
         Time allowance:

                   Category            Definite Solution

                   VERY URGENT         *****************
                   URGENT              *****************
                   ROUTINE             *****************

         6.   Configuration Management

         6.1  Identification/Labeling of Spare Parts

         The packing as well as shipping documents for all Spare Parts,
         assemblies and sub-assemblies will be clearly coded and marked.

         6.2  Registration

         LORAD will maintain a Configuration Record for each Product delivered
         indicating:

              -    Product name,
              -    Serial number,
              -    Code number of each printed circuit board 
                         ("PCB"), including Hardware and 
                         Software/Firmware level (if any), and
              -    Identification of assemblies and subassemblies 
                         contained in the product by part numbers 
                         and serial number.

         The same procedure will apply for delivery of Field Change Order kits.

         With each FCO kit LORAD will provide PMSNA with the valid
         Configuration Record for the modified Product or Option.

         7.   Spare Parts

         7.1  Spare Parts List

         LORAD will provide to PMSNA a list of Spare Parts in Product(s) or
         Option(s) as built, containing the following information,

              -    Spare Part numbers (to include the PMSNA- and 
                             LORAD Spare Part numbers for reference) 
              -    Description of the Spare Parts, including an illustrated
                             explosion drawing, whenever applicable 
              -    Price of the Spare Parts
              -    Repair Exchange Prices
              -    Guaranteed delivery time per Spare Part or group of
                             Spare Parts
              -    Supplier name and address
              -    Restrictions on export from the United States (if
                             applicable)

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
         7.2  Availability, Delivery

         LORAD will assure availability (F.O.B., Danbury, Connecticut) of Spare
         Parts no less than **************** before the First Commercial 
         Delivery 
         of Product(s) or Option(s) or of each new version of a Product or 
         Option.

         Delivery time for Spare Parts will be ************************* after
         receipt
         of order.  For some Spare Parts LORAD may require a forecast in order
         to meet this delivery time.  LORAD will advise PMSNA which Spare Parts
         are in this category.

         LORAD guarantees the availability of Spare Parts for Product(s) and 
         Option(s) during a period of ************** after the last delivery of
         a 
         Product or Option by LORAD to PMSNA under the Agreement.  During 
         the seventh year after the last dispatch of Product(s) or Option(s) 
         PMSNA 
         and LORAD will consult each other about the expected demand for Spare
         Parts over the remaining service life of the Product(s) or Option(s) 
         and 
         how this demand can best be met in a cost effective way.

         7.3  Upgrade of Spare Parts

         Stocks of Spare Parts in PMSNA's stores which have become obsolete due
         to Field Change Orders will be returned to LORAD.  The shipping costs
         will be borne by PMSNA.  LORAD will credit to PMSNA the actual 
         purchase value or modify the Spare Part to the highest configuration 
         level, if applicable.

         7.4   Ordering of Spare Parts

         7.4.1 Stock Recommendations and Planning

         LORAD will provide PMSNA with recommendations for the stocking of
         Spare Parts required to support and maintain the Products and update 
         such information as required.

         LORAD will recommend and allow PMSNA to initiate an end-of-life order 
         after the agreed period.

         PMSNA will - in so far as possible - provide LORAD with a forecast of 
         its expected demand for Spare Parts.

         7.4.2  Priority 1 Orders (P1)

         Spare Parts to be delivered under a "Priority 1 order" (breakdown or 
         out 
         of stock situation) will be shipped by LORAD, using courier service to
         the 
         shipping address indicated on PMSNA's notification or order, within 24
         hours after notification in writing (e.g. by fax).

         LORAD will make all the necessary and appropriate shipping
         arrangements.  PMSNA will reimburse the freight costs.  LORAD will
         immediately inform PMSNA of the relevant shipping information and
         expected time of arrival.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
         *****************************************************************
         *************************************************************

         7.4.3  Priority 2 Orders (P2)

         Spare Parts to be delivered under "Priority 2 orders" (replenishment 
         orders) may be placed by PMSNA during the term of this Agreement or 
         thereafter during the **************** set forth in the third 
         paragraph of 
         7.3 above.  These Spare Parts will - in so far as they were forecasted
         - 
         have a delivery time of *********************.  In any case LORAD will
         use its best efforts to meet delivery requirements.
         LORAD will accept orders irrespective of value and will not impose
         surcharges on any order (except as may be agreed upon with PMSNA for 
         Priority 1 orders).

         7.5  Repair

         7.5.1  Repair Services and Support

         Those Spare Parts which are identified as repairable items may be
         returned by PMSNA to LORAD for repair and will be repaired to their
         highest configuration level within six (6) ********************** or be
         replaced 
         within *************.

         LORAD will provide repair services for a period of at least **********
         after delivery of the last Product or Option under the Agreement.

         Repairs will not affect Form, Fit, Function, interchangeability or
         certification of the Spare Part(s).

         For warranty repairs, LORAD shall be responsible for arranging and
         paying for transportation and insurance for shipments of replacement 
         parts to and from LORAD.

         For non-warranty repairs transportation charges to and from LORAD
         are the responsibility of PMSNA.

         LORAD will also provide Technical Assistance as required.  A "help 
         desk"
         will be available during regular working hours from 8:30 A.M. to 5:00
         P.M. Eastern Standard Time.

         7.5.2  Warranty on Repaired Items

         Repaired parts will carry the same warranty as for primary delivered 
         parts (as set forth in Article 8 of the Agreement).

         7.5.3  Repair at PMSNA

         If PMSNA decides in the future to start repair of exchangeable Spare 
         Parts in its own workshops, then LORAD agrees to transfer to PMSNA all
         relevant information concerning, for example but not limited to:

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
              -    Troubleshooting
              -    Component specifications (names and addresses
                   of vendors included)
              -    Adjustment procedures
              -    Tools and repair aids (specifications and prices)
              -    Initial training (if applicable)
              -    Schematics and wiring diagrams
              -    Test software and firmware

         The conditions (prices, reimbursement for work involved, etc.) for
         transfer will be negotiated at the time of such transfer.

         7.6  Packing

         Each Spare Part will be packed in such a way that it can be held in 
         PMSNA's inventory without repacking for storage or shipment.
         Electrostatic discharge packing is to be used where required.

         If applicable, Spare Parts shall be marked as subject or not subject 
         to
         United States export restrictions.  Each item shall also be marked 
         with 
         the country of origin.

         7.7  Prices

         Prices for any additional Spare Parts required for the Product(s) or 
         Option(s) will be agreed upon between the parties when each new
         Product or Option is added to the scope of this Agreement and is
         incorporated in Appendix 2 at that time.

         The prices will be based on **************************************
         ***************.

         ******************************************************************
         *******************************************************************
         *************************************************************
         ******************************************************************
         ***************************************************************
         ***************************************************************
         **************************.

         7.8  Modifications to Spare Parts (Because of FCO's)

         For modifications to Spare Parts, or at the introduction of Product(s)
         or  
         Option(s) for the Products, LORAD will make its best efforts to supply
         new Spare Parts and price lists at least **************** before the 
         First 
         Commercial Delivery of that Option, Product or new version of a 
         Product 
         or Option which incorporates modified Spare Parts, takes place.

         7.9  Second Sourcing

         LORAD will Provide PMSNA with the manufacturer's name and part
         numbers(s) for generic Spare Parts, to enable PMSNA, if LORAD is 
         unable 
         to supply Spare Parts, to directly source these generic Spare Parts 
         from 
         LORAD's suppliers.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
         LORAD shall, however, remain responsible, as set forth herein, in the
         event certain Spare Parts are no longer available from such vendors.

         LORAD will then take all necessary actions to find, as soon as 
         possible, 
         substitutes for Spare Part(s) which are no longer available, including
         undertaking the necessary engineering and test work connected with 
         such a substitution.

         8.   Training, Exchange of Experiences

         LORAD will provide adequate initial training for the Philips' service 
         organization (a "train the trainer" program), to take place,  
         preferably, in 
         Danbury, Connecticut.  This training will be done at least *******
         ******
         in advance of the First Commercial Delivery of the Product, and be in
         sufficient depth to enable PMSNA personnel to conduct the training of
         other PMSNA technical personnel.  LORAD will assist PMSNA in 
         preparing all documents and other training aids necessary for
         successful 
         secondary training classes held by PMSNA.  During instructor training
         classes, a complete set of Service Manuals will be made available free
         of          
         charge by LORAD to the participants.

         If significant improvements are made to Products or new contract items
         are added to the scope of the Agreement, LORAD will provide training 
         and documentation for those improvements or items on the conditions 
         stated above.

         Once a year an exchange of experiences between PMSNA and LORAD will 
         the planned.

         For all of the above activities, each party will bear its own costs.

         The schedule for the initial training will be set by mutual consent. 
         Additional training will be scheduled on *************** notice from 
         PMSNA.

         9.   Software Support and Maintenance

         9.1  General

         LORAD will provide support, preventive and corrective maintenance for
         Software/Firmware for a minimum of ************** following the last 
         shipment of Product(s) or Option(s) to PMSNA under this Agreement.

         For this purpose, LORAD will keep available a software maintenance and
         support group with adequate know-how regarding the various versions of
         the software.  This support will be in addition to that set forth in
         Article 8 
         of the Agreement.  For modifications to Software/Firmware the 
         procedure
         set forth in section 3.3 of the Agreement will be followed.

         9.2  Definitions

         The following definitions will apply in addition to the other 
         definitions in 
         the Agreement:

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
         "Compatibility"
         will mean that a new Release or a new Level can replace the former
         Release(s) or Level(s) of the Software without degrading the 
         functionality 
         and/or affecting the interfacing of the Product or Software.

         "Release(s)"
         will mean a specified set of functions.  A new Release of the Software
         will
         be made as a result of changed functional specifications and will also
         contain the solutions to problems of previous Levels.  A Release may 
         comprise a number of Versions.

         "Version(3)"
         will mean a distinction between various software programs which fulfil
         essentially the same class of functions, but which are different for
         alternative hardware choices and/or slightly different Software 
         configurations and/or differences in performance and/or for commercial
         reasons.

         "Level(s)"
         will mean improved Software having the same functional specifications
         as before, but originating from changed (corrected) source code.

         9.3  General Support

         While maintaining compatibility LORAD will actively:

         search the Software/Firmware for errors and offer corrections therefor,

         investigate, produce and offer enhancements to the Software/Firmware
         which improve and optimize the user friendliness of the
         Software/Firmware,

         on request, provide advice with regard to the capabilities of the
         Software/Firmware in order to fully exploit its potential, and 

         investigate advanced software diagnostics to aid the repair of
         equipment 
         and maintain service efficiency and a low MTTR.

         9.4  Corrective Maintenance

         While maintaining compatibility and without prejudice to the 
         procedures 
         of Section 5.3 of this Exhibit, LORAD will provide Corrective 
         Maintenance 
         by:

              delivering as soon as possible solutions for VERY URGENT and
              URGENT PROBLEMS in the form of preliminary solutions
              (temporary fixes only, no corrections to the Software/Firmware)
              and 
              definite solutions (corrections to the Software/Firmware) if 
              necessary in an unscheduled Level of the Software/Firmware.

              delivering solutions for ROUTINE PROBLEMS in the form of
              definite solutions as part of the next Level of the
              Sofware/Firmware.

                                      11
<PAGE>
 
         If LORAD cannot provide a definite solution without violating the
         compatibility of the Sofware/Firmware with the Product(s) or Option(s)
         hardware or the Specifications, then LORAD will promptly so inform 
         PMSNA in writing, with a comprehensive explanation of the reasons and
         consequences.  LORAD will not undertake any implementation of such 
         definite solution unless PMSNA has accepted the consequences of such 
         action in writing.

         Both preliminary and definite solutions will be released to PMSNA as
         soon as possible, but only after LORAD has produced and tested each 
         solution, in clinical application as well as in LORAD's product 
         development laboratory.  Definite solutions shall be included in the 
         next
         available Level of any Release.  The solutions will be documented and
         made available to PMSNA by the fastest means of communication and/or 
         transportation.

         10.  Duration of Service Arrangements

         Unless explicitly agreed to the contrary in this Exhibit or in the
         Agreement itself, the arrangements of this Exhibit will come into 
         effect on 
         the same day as the Agreement and continue until ************* after
         delivery of the last Product or Option by LORAD pursuant to the 
         Agreement.

         11.  Survival

         Should any of the provisions of this Agreement become invalid or be 
         ruled invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, this shall not 
         impair 
         the legal effectiveness of the others, the parties shall, however,
         immediately replace the invalid provision by one which, in so far as
         possible, has the same legal and economic effect as the former.


         Appendices:

         Appendix 1:    Field Problem Report 
         Appendix 2:    List of Spare Parts



         lrdptbsv.816

                                      12
<PAGE>
 
                                  APPENDIX 1

                             FIELD PROBLEM REPORT

         SUPPLIER                                     LICENSED PARTICIPANT


         Form of Problem Report

         1.   Required urgency

         2.   Reporting date

         3.   Name
              Address of participant

         4.   Reference to Philips International Agreement no. ...

         5.   Equipment (hardware) and Software configuration.

         6.   Problem description

         7.   Conditions under which the problem occurs.

         Problem reports to be sent to:     Name      of Supplier
                                            Address
                                            Contact Person

         Supplier will inform requesting Participant about:

         -    Problem acceptance/rejection for further treatment

         -    Status of solution such as:   temporary solution, to 
                                            be solved in next 
                                            release, problem
                                            solved etc.
<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit II

                                  Appendix 2

                   Recommended Spare Parts List for PMX 2000
                                 (Preliminary)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              P/N          DESCRIPTION                     COMMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ***********       Assy L.V. Feedback Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Nut, Axle Locking
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Washer, Axle Lock
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Wheel 10x2wx3/4 bore
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Drive Motor
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Gear Belt 1/2Pxl. Wx330Lg
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, Handle
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, Cable Counterweight
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, Cable Shock Absorbing
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Switch, Micro
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Switch, Micro
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fan Cooling
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        X-Ray Tube
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Bearing Trunion
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, Collimator
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, Battery Pack
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, H.V. Tank
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, Panel (Control)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Switch Panel Mount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Label, Rotation TubeHd-RT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Label, Rotation TubeHd-LFT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Label, Rotation Housing
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Label, Rotation TubeHd-RT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Label, Rotation TubeHd-LFT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Label, Rotation Housing
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit II

                             Appendix 2 - (cont'd)

                   Recommended Spare Parts List for PMX 2000
                                 (Preliminary)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              P/N          DESCRIPTION                     COMMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Collimator
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        H.V. Cables
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Harness
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Harness
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Ribbon Cable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Ribbon Cable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Display Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy L.C.D. Display
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, Pre-Regulator
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy, H.V. Inverter
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Ribbon Cable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Rotor Transformer
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Fuse Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        LG. Fuses D.C. Power
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Battery Charger
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Mobile Interconnect Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy H.V. Control Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy H.V. Drive Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Filament Supply Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Rotor Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy DC Motor Drive Control
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Microprocessor Board
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Assy Power Supply
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Arm Interface PCB
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Motor Interface PCB
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit II

                             Appendix 2 - (cont'd)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              P/N          DESCRIPTION                     COMMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Pivot Brake, Arm
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Extension Brake, Arm
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Clevis Brake, Arm
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Mast Brake
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Caster 8"
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Cable Reel
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Input Circuit Breaker
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Input Contactor
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Hand Switch Assy
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 2A SB 2AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 1A 2AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 5A SB 2AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 3A 2AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 7A 2AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 7A SB 2AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 2A SB 3AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 7A SB 3AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 10A MDL 3AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 10A MDA 3AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 15A MDA 3AG
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 20A MDA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 20A KTK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 40A NON
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         **********        Fuse, 60A FRN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                     Exhibit III

                                 Planning and Prices

         Year*          Price          Quantity       Cumulative

           *            *******           ***             ***         ** ***

           *            *******           ***             ***       **** ***

           *            *******           ***             ***       **** ***

           *            *******           ***             ***       **** ***


           From the date of the First Commercial Delivery under this
           Agreement.

         ***********************************************************

         *********************************************************
         ****************************************************
         ***********************************************************
         ************************************************************
         ********************************************************
         ************************************************************
         ***********************************************************
         ********************************************************
         **************************
<PAGE>
 
                                                           Exhibit IV



                        PMX 2000 Program Time Schedule

         Delivery

         ****************         ***************************
                                  ****************************************
                                    ***************
                                  ***********************

         *****************        ***************************

         ****************         ***************************

         ****************         ***************
                                            ****************
                                            ****************
                                            ****************

         Product Requirements 

         * ****************************************

         * ****************************************************************
           *****

         * **************************************************************
           **************************

         * **************************************************************
           ************

             * **************************************

             * *******************************************

         Service Requirements

         ************          ************************

         ************          ********************

         ************          *************************

         ************          *************************
<PAGE>
 
                                                           Exhibit V


                                     DECLARATION


                                  SUBJECT: PMX 2000


         1.   Herewith Lorad Corp. confirms that PMX 2000 (LORAD RT-125) fully
              complies with the following standards:


                   *****************
                   *********
                   ********
                   ****************************************
                   ***************
                   ******************

         2.   Furthermore, Lorad Corp. confirms that the serial number of the 
              tube 
              inserted in the tube housing of PMS 2000 (LORAD RT-125) is
              indicated on 
              the tube.  This number is identical with the serial number 
              indicated on 
              the label located on the tube housing.

         3.   Packing of PMX 2000 complies with *****************.

         4.   PMX 2000 fully complies with *************************************
              *************.



                        LORAD Corporation



         Date:          _____________________

         Signature:     _____________________
<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit VI

                       Standard Form for Change Request



         Standard Form for Change Request

         1.   Change Request number: (date and sequence number)

         2.   Description of change:

              Change of:

         3.   Reason of the change:

         4.   Change proposed for series: 

         5.   Change proposed for serial number: 

         6.   Reference to drawings: 

         7.   Reference to reports and/or telexes:

         8.   Consequences for safety standards:

         9.   Consequences for service documentation and/or spare parts:

         10.  Consequences for delivery time: 

         11.  Consequences for price: 

         12.  Consequences for interfaces: 

         13.  Consequences for stocks: 

         14.  Initiated by:
<PAGE>
 
                                  Exhibit VII 


                         LORAD's ISO 9000 Certificate


                             [To be added Later.]

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8

                            CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
                TREX MEDICAL CORPORATION HAS REQUESTED THAT THE
                 MARKED PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT BE ACCORDED
               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 406 UNDER
                    THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

                              DUPLICATE ORIGINAL


 
                                 OEM-Agreement

between
          LORAD Corporation
          A subsidiary of Thermo Trex Corporation
          36 Apple Ridge Road
          Danbury, Connecticut 06810
          USA

hereinafter referred to as "LORAD"


and    
          Philips Medical Systems North America Company,
          Division of Philips Electronics North America Corporation
          P. O. Box 860
          710 Bridgeport Avenue
          Shelton, Connecticut  06484 

hereinafter referred to as "PMSNA"

Subject:  Supply of Mammography Systems

1.        Introduction and Definition

1.1       Introduction

Whereas, LORAD is a company engaged in development, production and 
supply of, among other products, mammography systems;

Whereas, LORAD has designed and developed a mammography system  
LORAD's ************* is willing to modify it according to legal requirements 
and certain PMSNA specifications and is interested in meeting PMSNA's 
requirements for such modified product on an exclusive and long-term, original 
equipment manufacturer basis;

Whereas, PMSNA desires to purchase from LORAD a minimum quantity of said
product, modified for PMSNA as further specified in this OEM Agreement and 
the Exhibits hereto, for resale either directly and/or through PMSNA or its
associated company Philips GmbH, its/their distributors, agents and dealers;

Whereas, LORAD and PMSNA want to establish the terms and conditions 
under which during the term of this Agreement LORAD shall supply the 
modified **** system to PMSNA for subsequent resale throughout the world.


NOW THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL PROMISES AND 
PREMISES HEREINAFTER SET FORTH, THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE 
AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
1.2       Definitions

1.2.1     "Agreement"
          shall mean this present document and all the Exhibits and other
documents incorporated by reference herein or attached hereto and signed or
initialed by the parties hereto, all of which Exhibits or other documents are an
integral part hereof.

1.2.2     "Component(s)"
          shall mean all parts to be supplied by PMSNA as further defined
in Section 4.5.1.

1.2.3     "Confidential Information"
          means any and all information whether obtained or given orally or 
in writing concerning either party not generally known to persons not 
associated with the disclosing party, including, without limitation, information
about product research and development, manufacturing processes and 
techniques, samples, drawings, customer marketing and new product data, 
trade secrets, computer programming techniques and business strategy, 
financial data and all other proprietary or trade secret information of whatever
description.

1.2.4     "Documentation"
          shall mean the technical documentation by type or subpart for
Product(s) including, without limitation, electrical diagrams and parts lists,
necessary to incorporate the Product in or connect to other PMSNA systems,
respectively to service and sustain the Product in the field, all as further
specified in Exhibit 3, Exhibit 4 and Section 3.1.2 hereto.

1.2.5     *********************
          shall mean that part of the Territory in which ****************
***********************************************************************.

          The ******************************** at the beginning of the Term of
***************************************************************************
**************** in Exhibit 9 hereto.  ************************ will, in any 
event, ****************** throughout the Term.

          The extent of *********************** will be reviewed by the parties
on an on-going basis in order to ******************************** given LORAD's
other, present contractual commitments, taking into account *****************
*****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
********************************************************.

          LORAD agrees to use all reasonable efforts to *********************
****************************.

1.2.6     "First Commercial Delivery"
          means the earliest date on which Product which conforms to the
Specifications and which has successfully completed testing as set forth in
Section 3.2 below, for which a Release for Delivery Certificate is issued and 
for 
which all legal and regulatory requirements for distribution and marketing in 
**************************** have been met, is delivered to a customer of

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
PMSNA ******************** in the ordinary course of PMSNA's business.  
Delivery of Product to a clinical site as an investigational device or for 
evaluation for marketing purposes or to serve as a "show" or "seed" site for 
demonstration of the Product to prospective customers shall not be considered 
to be a delivery in the ordinary course of PMSNA's business.

1.2.7     "Form, Fit or Function"
          means items, components, or processes that are sufficient to 
enable physical and functional interchangeability, in particular as to source,
size, configuration, mating, and attachment characteristics, functional
characteristics, and performance requirements.

1.2.8     "Know-How"
          shall mean all the information relating to the design, development,
production, testing, and servicing of Products as manufactured by or for 
LORAD, which is in its possession or under its control and as will be 
sufficient 
to enable PMSNA or a Philips Associated Company to manufacture or have 
manufactured and service Products. All such Know-How shall be in a legible
and reproducible form.

1.2.9     "OEM"
          means original equipment manufacturer.

1.2.10    "Option(s)"
          means all those parts or accessories for Product(s) which can be
ordered from LORAD and be shipped on request.  They will be specified, as
necessary, in close consultation between LORAD and PMSNA.  They are listed 
or may later be added to Exhibit 1 or Exhibit 2 hereto and identified by a 
special PMSNA code number.

1.2.11    "Philips Associated Companies"
          shall mean any and all companies, firms and legal entities with
respect to which now or hereafter Philips Electronics N.V. directly or 
indirectly 
holds 50% or more of the nominal value of the issued share capital or has 50% 
or more of the voting power at general meetings or has the power to appoint a 
majority of the directors or otherwise directs the activities of such company, 
firm or legal entity but any such company firm or legal entity shall be deemed 
a 
Philips Associated Company only as long as such holding or power exists.

1.2.12    "Product(s)"
          jointly and severally shall mean the PMSNA versions of LORAD's
********** mammography systems including Options and accessories, as 
further set forth in the Specifications, including any changes thereto, as well
as 
such new models and options and accessories as the parties hereto may agree
to include under this Agreement by amendment to this Agreement and Exhibits 
1 and 2 hereto.

          LORAD will manufacture the PMSNA version of LORAD's **** 
mammography system in two configurations, for resale in, *******************
**************************************.  The differences in specifications and 
pricing for each configuration shall be as set forth in Exhibits 1 and 2.  The 
term "Product(s)" as used in this Agreement means either or both of these 
configurations.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
1.2.13    "Purchase Order(s)"
          shall mean the purchase order(s) for Products which will be placed 
by the Purchasing Department of PMSNA or of Graner Company under this 
Agreement.

1.2.14    "Software/Firmware"
          shall mean all computer programs either on disk, diskettes or 
embedded in other carriers (e.g. PROMS etc.) consisting of the set of logical
instructions and tables of the information which guide the functioning of the
processors, such programs include all necessary operating system software,
application software, related documentation useful with Software/Firmware 
such as functional descriptions, design documentation, program description 
and listings as well as the source code versions thereof on disk, all as 
specified 
in Exhibit 1 and Exhibit 2 hereto.

1.2.15    "Spare Part(s)"
          shall mean those items listed as such in Exhibit 1 and Exhibit 3
(Spare Parts, Prices and other Service Aspects) hereto and any and all other
components or items necessary to allow PMSNA or its customers to keep the 
Product in good repair throughout its useful life.

1.2.16    "Specification(s)"
          shall mean the final functional requirements, technical
specifications, drawings, documentation and other requirements of the 
Product(s) all as set forth in this Agreement and in Exhibit 1 and in Exhibit 4
hereto and such amendments thereto as the parties hereto may agree upon 
from time to time, in writing.

1.2.17    "Term"
          means the time period set forth in Section 13.1 below and any
extensions thereof.

1.2.18    "Territory"
          shall mean **************************.

1.2.19    "Time Schedule"
          shall mean the time schedule attached hereto as Exhibit 6.

2.        Scope of Agreement

2.1       Delivery and Purchases

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, LORAD agrees to manufacture and to
supply and deliver Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Parts (such manufacture,
supply and delivery of Product(s) in PMSNA's trade dress and of any Option(s)
and Spare Parts which are unique to Product(s), being exclusively to PMSNA)
and

PMSNA agrees to purchase and take delivery of Product(s), Option(s) and Spare
Parts from LORAD for marketing, subsequent resale, installation, service and
maintenance in the Territory.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
2.2       Branding and Trademark

The Product will be sold under PMSNA's trademark "mammo DIAGNOST 
3000" or "MD 3000" and will be branded with the "Philips" logo and shield 
emblem and/or any other trademark or brandname as may be specified by 
PMSNA from time to time in writing.  The trademarks or trade names to be 
applied will either be in the form of labeling provided by PMSNA or be printed 
on the products, packaging, manuals or other documentation in accordance 
with written instructions provided by PMSNA.

2.3       Marketing Rights/License

2.3.1     Marketing

LORAD herewith grants to PMSNA the ***************************** to sell,
install, maintain and/or repair the Product(s) and/or the individual items
thereof, within the Territory. **********************************************
**********************************************:

     *    **************************************************

     *    **********************************************************************
          **********************************************************************
          ***************************.                                          

****************** in or for use in the Territory.

LORAD further agrees that certain parts of the Territory shall be the Exclusive
Territory of PMSNA in that LORAD's **** product will not be offered for sale
there in any form other than as the Product(s) as set forth in Section 1.2.6 of
this Agreement. **************************************************************
******************************************************************************
*************************************************************************
*************************************************.

With regard to distribution ************************************************
***************************************************************************
*****************************.

2.3.2     Regulatory Requirements

LORAD agrees to obtain for PMSNA all regulatory approvals and clearances
necessary for distribution and marketing of the Product(s), Option(s), Spare
Parts, upgrades or enhancements in **************************** (and shall
notify PMSNA when such are obtained), to indemnify and hold harmless 
PMSNA from and against any and all civil penalties assessed against PMSNA 
under the United States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act as a result of LORAD's 
not having obtained such approvals and clearances before distribution and 
marketing begins, and also to provide to PMSNA all documentation and 
assistance which is reasonably necessary for PMSNA or a Philips Associated 
Company to complete all submittals for the regulatory or other governmental 
approvals and clearances necessary for marketing and distribution of 
Product(s), Option(s), Spare Parts, or upgrades or enhancements to them, 
elsewhere in the Territory, in addition to assuring, that the Product(s) meets 
all 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
the requirements and standards listed in the Specification, including 
labeling 
and certifications of compliance as set forth in the Specification.

Furthermore, LORAD agrees to provide PMSNA with all current information of 
the kind which is generally made available by manufacturers of medical devices 
to their sales and service personnel concerning hardware and 
Software/Firmware modifications or upgrades to the Product.

2.3.3     Marketing of Other Products/Right of First Refusal

If LORAD wishes to commercially exploit other products in the field of
mammography, similar to or derived from the Product with any equipment
manufacturer other than PMSNA, LORAD shall first give PMSNA an 
opportunity to investigate whether such new product or application may be of 
interest to PMSNA. LORAD shall give PMSNA timely notice and provide PMSNA 
with all relevant information concerning the product or application to enable 
PMSNA to perform its investigation in a reasonable time period not exceeding 
**************, or such longer period as the parties may agree upon.  Subject 
to the confidentiality obligations in Article 12 below, LORAD also agrees to 
keep 
PMSNA advised of LORAD's progress in the development of LORAD's ********* 
and other new product developments, upgrades and/or technological 
advancements with respect to LORAD's mammography product line.

If LORAD offers *************************************************************
*******, the cost to PMSNA thereof shall not be higher than the PMSNA 
version of LORAD's ****.

If PMSNA is interested, the parties shall in good faith negotiate the terms for
PMSNA's or Philips Associated Company, Philips GmbH's purchase of such a 
new product or application.

If the parties do not agree in principle within that time to reasonable terms 
and 
conditions, LORAD shall be free to market such product or application in any
manner it deems fit provided distributorship is not offered to anyone else on
terms equal or better than those offered to PMSNA.

LORAD agrees to make available to PMSNA all minor updates and 
improvements which it develops for LORAD's **** product, at no additional 
charge.

3.        Product

3.1       Product Definition

3.1.1     Specification

The Specifications for the Product to be called the mammoDIAGNOST3000 or 
MD3000 are incorporated and made a part of this Agreement as Exhibit 1 and 
Exhibit 4.

The implementation of the biopsy unit "CYTOGUIDE" is essential for the 
execution of this Agreement.  A material deviation from the Time Schedule 
(Exhibit 6) may be considered a material breach and a cause for termination of 
this Agreement as set forth in Section 13.2 hereof.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
LORAD agrees to adapt the Specifications of the Product as a result of tests
performed together by LORAD and PMSNA or according to further 
requirements of PMSNA (subject to acceptance of such additional requirements 
by LORAD) and will update the Specifications and provide PMSNA with the 
revised version thereof.  Upon written agreement of LORAD and PMSNA such 
revised Specifications will be added to this Agreement and replace the earlier 
version thereof.

3.1.2     Operator's Manuals

Part of the Product will also be the Operator's Manual, written in English,
German, Spanish and French, as set forth in Exhibit 6.  Such Operator's 
Manual shall comply with the legal requirements of *************************
*** and be made in accordance with the Philips house-style manual, an 
example of which shall be supplied by PMSNA.  LORAD shall be solely 
responsible for the content of these manuals, even though they are in Philips' 
standard format and even though parts of them may not be identical to the 
manuals LORAD has prepared for its own version of the ****. PMSNA shall be 
responsible for the preparation and cost of translation into all languages 
other 
than those listed in Exhibit 6, as may be required and for the expense of any 
arrangements made with LORAD for distribution of Operator's Manuals in such 
other languages.  Except for ****************************, PMSNA shall be 
responsible for compliance of the Operator's Manual with the legal 
requirements of all jurisdictions if such requirements are not set forth in the
Specification.

3.2       Testing, Type-Approval, Release for Delivery

Prior to execution of this Agreement LORAD has consigned to PMSNA and 
Philips Associated Company Philips GmbH - free of charge - certain Test Unit 
prototypes.  As a result of initial tests PMSNA may require that certain 
additions, alterations or modifications in the Product are incorporated in order
to reach full compliance with PMSNA's requirements.

LORAD will provide PMSNA with a second Test Unit for the version of the **** 
to be sold ************************************************** and a third Test 
Unit for the version of the **** to be sold **********************************
********************** (or, collectively with the Test Units LORAD consigned to
PMSNA or Philips GmbH earlier, the "Test Units") both of which will fully 
comply with the Specification and with such changes as may be agreed upon 
by LORAD and PMSNA.  LORAD will provide PMSNA with the results and 
supporting data of all tests performed within its development department, all in
substantial compliance with the Time Schedule in Exhibit 6 hereto.

Together with the Test Units LORAD shall provide PMSNA with the preliminary
Documentation and technical service information.

The parties shall decide by the mutual consent by their respective project 
teams whether the tests should be performed in Hamburg or in Danbury at 
LORAD's facility.  If the Test Unit(s) will be evaluated in Hamburg they shall 
be
delivered F.O.B. at LORAD's facility in Danbury, Connecticut ("F.O.B." as used
in this Agreement is that term as defined in the Connecticut Uniform 
Commercial Code, C.G.S. sec. 42a-2-319).  If the tests are to be performed at 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
LORAD's site, adequate space, tools/test-equipment and support will be given 
to PMSNA's personnel at no additional charge.

PMSNA will execute such type-approval tests as PMSNA may reasonably 
require to satisfy PMSNA that the Test Units conform to the latest version of 
the Specifications and PMSNA shall keep LORAD informed of the results of the 
tests and will give LORAD a reasonable opportunity to be present at said tests.

a.   If, as a result of these tests, PMSNA is of the reasonable opinion, to be
     confirmed in writing, that certain additions, alterations or modifications
     in the Test Unit(s) are required in order that the Test Unit(s) comply with
     the latest version of the Specification(s) or to eliminate faulty or 
     substandard workmanship and/or material, LORAD undertakes to 
     modify and to make same in the Test Unit(s) and to supply to PMSNA all 
     at LORAD's cost and expense, the changed Test Unit(s).

b.   If, as a result of these tests, PMSNA desires modifications or 
     enhancements of the Test Unit(s) in excess of the latest version of the 
     Specification(s) and which were not earlier agreed upon, then, if both 
     parties hereto so agree, LORAD will provide a quotation and a revised 
     Time Schedule for PMSNA's approval and the execution by LORAD of any 
     such modifications or enhancements shall be the subject of a separate 
     Purchase Order by PMSNA.

Upon the finalization of the tests and changes requested by PMSNA and agreed
upon by LORAD and if PMSNA is reasonably satisfied, that the second and 
third Test Unit comply with their Specifications, PMSNA shall provide LORAD 
with a written Release for Delivery Certificate signed by an officer of PMSNA.

The version of the Product including the CYTOGUIDE will require a similar
procedure for testing and release for distribution as described above, all in
substantial compliance with the Time Schedule.

Upon PMSNA's satisfaction that the Test Units conform to the Specification(s) or
should the Test Units fail to comply with the Specification(s) after the tests
described above, the Test Units shall either (i) be returned to LORAD in the
same manner delivered to PMSNA or (ii) be purchased by PMSNA at a price to 
be agreed upon between the parties.

Any new or replacement version of the Product(s) and Option(s) for PMSNA, shall
require a similar procedure for testing and release for distribution as 
described 
above.

3.3       Modifications, Engineering Change Control

Once PMSNA has released the Product for delivery LORAD shall not, except as 
may be required by law, make any changes or modifications in the Product(s), 
Spare Part(s) or Option(s) and/or the Specification(s) which affect Form, Fit or
Function, intended use, labeling, listing or other certification by standards
agencies (as set forth in this Agreement and the Specification(s) or which 
affect 
government approvals or clearances of the Product(s) or Option(s) or which 
affect the Spare Part(s) stock, without the prior written consent of PMSNA.  
PMSNA's consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
The foregoing provision is intended, in particular, to assure continuing
conformity with the Specification(s).

This requirement, however, does not preclude LORAD from using equivalent
components and parts that do not affect Form, Fit or Function of the Product(s)
and/or interchangeability of Spare Part(s) and/or compliance with the
Specifications, Standards, Approval or Certifications.

In the event LORAD uses such equivalent components and/or parts LORAD 
shall provide PMSNA with an updated version of the Documentation as soon as 
possible without additional charge to PMSNA.

PMSNA shall advise LORAD of any changes or modifications to the 
Components which may effect Form, Fit and Function of the Component(s) in 
Product(s), work with LORAD to incorporate the changed or modified 
Component(s) into Product(s) and be responsible for any incremental expense 
caused by changes or modifications in Component(s).

If LORAD wishes to make a modification requiring PMSNA's consent, LORAD 
shall, with sufficient lead time for PMSNA to process the request before the
modification is scheduled to be implemented, notify PMSNA in writing of the
proposed modification.  The documentation and Philips terminology used for 
the approval process for such modifications is:

ECR (Engineering Change Request):  a standard form sheet, to be used for all
engineering and design data regarding such proposed modifications.

ECC (Engineering Change Committee):  the PMSNA committee responsible 
for discussing and deciding about such proposals.

ECO (Engineering Change Order):     the form sheet on which decision of the 
ECC will be documented and released.

                                     For a sample of form sheets see Exhibit 5.

In order to assist PMSNA in expediting these approvals, LORAD agrees to 
submit ECR's and ECO in the format prescribed.

3.4       Proposals

During production of the Test Unit(s) PMSNA's technical, quality and service
experts are entitled to make suggestions and proposals, but such suggestions 
and proposals shall be binding on LORAD and PMSNA only if confirmed in a 
document signed by authorized representatives of both parties.

3.5       New Type of Product under this Agreement

If the parties hereto wish to introduce a new type of Product under this
Agreement, LORAD shall - before the start of commercial deliveries of such new
type of Product - execute such type approval tests as are approved by PMSNA 
in order to ascertain that the new Product conforms to its Specifications.  
LORAD shall promptly provide PMSNA with the evidence thereof whereupon 
the Agreement shall be amended to reflect any such change to the 
Specification.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
3.6       Continuity of Production, Supply of Products

In the event LORAD wishes to stop production of Product(s) LORAD shall 
inform PMSNA thereof as early as possible but, in any event, at least *********
********* prior to the date that production would be discontinued. PMSNA 
shall then have the opportunity to place a final Purchase Order in such
quantities as PMSNA may require and LORAD shall accept such Purchase 
Order(s) at a reasonable price (not exceeding that set forth in Exhibit 2 if 
such 
production is discontinued during the time schedule set forth in Exhibit 2) to 
be agreed upon by the parties in good faith.  *******************************
******************************************************************************
***************************************************** from the date of the 
First Commercial Delivery under this Agreement, special attention to be given 
to the Spare Part(s) supply as set forth in Exhibit 3 hereto, paragraphs 7 and 
10 thereof.

********************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
******************************************************************************
******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
********************** as set forth in Section 11.2 which LORAD
********************************************************************************
******************** ******************************** production of which 
LORAD has also decided ******************************************************
********************************************** *****************
********.  Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by LORAD.

4.        Planning and Ordering

4. 1      Minimum Purchases

PMSNA agrees to purchase a minimum of eight hundred (800) units of Product(s)
during the Term.  Purchases on an annual basis shall be:

      Year 1       Year 2        Year 3            Year 4    Year 5
      ------       ------        ------            ------    ------
     ********  **********     ***********         ********** ***********


     *     *****************************************************************
           *************************************** *************************


******** by PMSNA shall be************************************************** 
minimum purchase quantity of eight hundred units (800), ********************
*************************** *************.  PMSNA's ********* may be ******
**************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
******************************************************************************
********************************.

********************************************************************************
******************** ********.  The start of a year for the purposes of the
********************************************************************************
******************** **************************************************.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
4.2       General Planning

PMSNA and LORAD expect an increase in manufacturing and sales activity for the
Product(s) as indicated in Section 4.1 and Exhibit 2 hereto in response to
customer demand during the first years of the Term.  The figures in Section 4.1
and Exhibit 2 hereto and in later PMSNA forecasts, are not intended as 
Purchase Orders, but rather as an indication, for planning purposes, of 
expected market activity.  Delivery dates, quantities, options included and 
configuration of each unit of Product shall be specified by PMSNA only by 
Purchase Order using the procedure described in Section 4.3 below.  **********
**********************************************************************
**************************************************************************
**************** minimum purchase volume above) ************** minimum 
purchase commitment of eight hundred (800) units******************************
******************* as set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

4.3       Forecast

4.3.1     Rolling Forecast, "Just in Time" Deliveries

A mutually satisfactory procedure will be established in which production and
shipment of Product(s) and Spare Part(s) is matched as closely as possible with
the 
related demand set by orders from PMSNA's customers.

The demand will be transmitted to LORAD by fax or telex as a rolling forecast
with the following information:

Rolling Forecast:

- -     ********************** for ********************** will be renewed and 
      issued to LORAD on or about the *****************************************
      ************** according to the following schedule for delivery***********
      ******************** forecast, during: 

      -    months 1-3   ***************** indicated on an issue of
                        ********************** for **************************
                        **********.

           ********************************************************************
******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
********************************** rolling forecast *****************
***************************************************************
************ **************.

      -  ***********:   *****************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        **** rolling forecast) ***************************
                        *************************************************
                        ********.

LORAD will use this planning to assure delivery of Product(s) and Option(s)
"just in time" within the requested delivery dates.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
In order for PMSNA to minimize shipping and handling expenses, **********
**********************************************************************
*******************.

4.3.2     Additional Quantities

Although it is the intention of the parties to assure a smooth delivery schedule
in accordance with *****************************, PMSNA may require 
additional deliveries *********************** as indicated.  Then, LORAD 
shall use its best efforts to supply such additional quantities.

4.3.3     Shortage or Lack of Parts

Subject to Article 14 hereof, if LORAD can no longer or expects that it will not
(on short notice) be able to supply Product(s) to PMSNA because of a shortage 
or lack of components and/or Spare Part(s), LORAD shall immediately inform 
PMSNA thereof and, at its own expense, take all steps which are reasonable in 
the circumstances, including a redesign of the Product(s), to obtain an 
additional supplier or suppliers for such component or Spare Part.

The redesigned product shall be subject to the procedure set forth in Article 3
of this Agreement.

4.4       Order and Delivery

4.4.1     Purchase Orders

At the beginning of each month PMSNA shall issue separate Purchase Orders
containing the consolidated figures as agreed upon.

Each Purchase Order shall specify at a minimum:

      PMSNA-12-digit-code number
      Price
      Quantities and
      Requested delivery day/week,

to cover at least the period of the commitment of the rolling forecast as
mentioned above.

The "requested delivery" specified for each shipment will be the date for 
"receipt 
by PMSNA at the address stated on the Purchase Order form."

All Purchase Orders shall be deemed to incorporate and be subject to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, as well as any supplemental terms and
conditions agreed to in writing by authorized representatives of the parties. 
No 
other terms and conditions contained on any Purchase Order form or any other
form, agreement or correspondence originated by either party, shall apply.

4.4.2     Confirmation, Delivery Dates

Purchase Orders will be confirmed by LORAD within one (1) week after receipt 
by mail or telefax.  They shall then be binding on LORAD and PMSNA as set 
forth in Section 4.3.1 above and may be canceled only if LORAD or PMSNA 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
materially defaults in its execution thereof or if otherwise agreed upon between
the parties hereto.

LORAD shall take adequate delivery and transportation times into account and
shall meet the agreed upon delivery dates for each Purchase Order.  Any
deviation from the delivery date specified which can be foreseen during
execution of a Purchase Order will be communicated to PMSNA immediately.  
The delivery date for a unit of Product will normally be **************** after
receipt of PMSNA's Purchase Order, but may be earlier or later if the parties so
agree.

LORAD shall take adequate delivery and transportation times into account and
shall meet the agreed upon delivery dates.  Any deviation which can be 
foreseen during execution of a Purchase Order will be communicated to PMSNA 
immediately.

4.4.3     Late Deliveries, Compensation

If LORAD fails to meet an agreed delivery date and the delay is not caused by
Component(s), the invoice price of the respective Product shall be **********
******************************************** for each week delivery is delayed,
****************************************************, as compensation to 
PMSNA for such late delivery.  Subject to Article 14 hereof, if a delay extends
beyond three months, PMSNA shall be entitled to cancel or terminate the
pertaining Purchase Order(s) and/or demand compensation for non-fulfillment,
without prejudice to any other rights accruing under this Agreement, in law or
in equity and subsequently the minimum purchase commitment pursuant to 
Section 4.1 will be reduced.  In no event, however, shall a minor delay in 
delivery of a single unit of Product or any infrequent, unrelated delays in 
deliveries of Product(s) or any delay by LORAD in meeting a disproportionately 
large demand for Product(s) made by PMSNA outside the planning procedure in 
Section 4.3.1 hereof be deemed sufficient to allow PMSNA to cancel or termi-
nate this Agreement or effect a reduction in the minimum quantity in Section 
4.1 above.

The compensation described above shall be PMSNA's sole remedy for any delay 
in the delivery of a unit of Product which is less than three (3) months.

4.5       Components Specific to the PMSNA Version

4.5.1     General

LORAD agrees - upon request of PMSNA - to build into and/or ship with the
Product(s) the following Components, which shall be furnished by PMSNA at no
charge to be used for the Product(s):

            ************************************
            *******************
            ******************
            **********************

Provision will be made by LORAD to integrate these Components into the
Product(s) as specified in Exhibit 1. LORAD shall be responsible for the overall
design and performance of the Product(s) not only as regards the Product(s) 

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
meeting the Specifications (except as to the specifications for Component(s)), 
but also as to their achieving the quality normally expected of products in the
medical x-ray industry and of LORAD's own products.

The technical responsibility for the Components themselves, however, will 
remain with PMSNA.

The Components will be used solely for the Products and shipments to PMSNA 
or to Philips Associated Companies.  They shall not be used for other products 
or applications nor for shipments to any third party, unless specifically agreed
to by PMSNA in writing.

All parts left over will be returned to PMSNA upon termination or expiration of
this Agreement.

4.5.2     Logistic Procedure

PMSNA will keep adequate stocks of Components at the warehouse of the 
Graner Company in Port Chester, New York, to enable "just in time" supply to 
LORAD. LORAD's monthly demand should be transmitted to Graner and 
shipment requested, giving adequate advance notice.  The stock of Components 
at LORAD  shall not exceed the quantity needed for the next month's 
production of Product(s).

LORAD will handle these Component(s) like any other parts contained in the
Product (i.e. planning, ordering, incoming inspection, stock keeping, technical
supervision) at no extra cost to PMSNA and will use the same degree of 
attention and care that it uses for its own property and inventory control.

The details of Component(s), leadtimes, addresses and procedures shall be as 
set out in this Section, in Section 6.5 of this Agreement and in Exhibits 1 and 
7
hereto.

4.5.3     Spare Parts, Replacement, Repair

Any Spare Part(s) required for repair or replacement of Component(s) will be
provided directly (by Philips GmbH) to PMSNA and Philips Associated 
Companies.

4.5.4     Invoicing for Components

PMSNA and LORAD shall establish a "no charge" consignment invoice 
procedure to track shipments of Components to LORAD.

4.5.5     Components Consigned to LORAD

Components will be shipped by PMSNA to LORAD F.O.B. Danbury, 
Connecticut.  LORAD shall be responsible for all risk of loss or damage to 
Components consigned to LORAD while they are in LORAD's custody.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
5.        Pricing

5.1       Prices

During the term of this Agreement PMSNA will purchase and accept from 
LORAD Products at the prices specified in Exhibit 2 hereto.

All agreed modifications made at PMSNA's request and listed in Exhibit 1 
hereto as well as the engineering work for the CYTOGUIDE adaptation are 
included in the price of the Product.

It is expressly understood that PMSNA's going prices in the market have to be
competitive with similar products.  In the event of unforeseen circumstances
affecting LORAD or PMSNA or both and/or in the event the price/performance 
ratio of Products deteriorates as compared to competitive products, the parties
hereto will jointly review the situation and attempt to find a solution 
reasonably
acceptable to both parties.

Prices include adequate packing and royalties for licenses, if any, for
Software/Firmware for each Product.

All prices are expressed in United States dollars ($).

5.2       Price Changes, Binding Prices

The prices of the Products set forth in Exhibit 2 hereto shall remain valid for
**** ***** from the date of the First Commercial Delivery under this Agreement.

Should any future price negotiations extend beyond the price validity period 
the prices valid for the previous period will continue in effect until such time
as
the parties have reached mutual agreement on the new prices.

5.3       Most Favored Treatment

In the event, that during the Term, LORAD would normally ***************** it
supplies on an OEM basis or LORAD's distributors/dealers *****************
***************************************************************
******************************************************************************
******************************************
********************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
***********************************.

5.4       Delivery Conditions, Transportation

Products and Spare Parts shall be delivered F.O.B. at LORAD's facility in
Danbury, Connecticut.

PMSNA shall be responsible for shipping arrangements.

5.5       Payment Conditions

Payment from PMSNA to LORAD shall be made within ************************, 
after date of invoice and delivery. A finance charge not to exceed the lesser of

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
*************************** or the maximum rate allowed by law, may be 
assessed by LORAD against any balance due LORAD which is not paid when 
due.

5.6       Advance or Excess Deliveries

Unless mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto, LORAD shall not deliver
Product(s) in excess of the quantities ordered nor in advance of the agreed
delivery date.  Absent such agreement, if such advance or excess deliveries
occur, PMSNA shall be entitled - at its option - to refuse those Products or 
keep 
them at its warehouse.  Payment under any invoice related to those deliveries 
shall not be due until the date originally set for such delivery.

5.7       Invoices

All invoices shall contain at least the following information:

      Purchase Order Number
      Type-Number of Product (PMSNA's 12-digit ID-number)
      Name of the Product
      Serial Number(s) thereof
      Indication of "certifiable items", contained in the Product
      Unit price and total price
      Bill of lading number

Invoices shall be submitted (an original and three copies) separately for each
shipment.

6.        Production, Packing and Shipping

6.1       Production

The Product(s) shall be manufactured and tested by LORAD in accordance with 
the Specification.

6.2       Product Identification and Labelling

LORAD shall mark the Product(s) in accordance with PMSNA's marking
specifications, set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto and - if applicable - with 
electrical 
current and frequency data.

The serial number shall be listed and used on all documents, such as test
protocols, delivery papers and invoices for easy evaluation and cross reference.

6.3       Packing, Delivery

The prices referred to include all appropriate and safe packing of Product(s),
Option(s), Spare Part(s) and all other items supplied for air and ocean
transport, unless otherwise specified in Exhibit 1 hereto.

The Packing shall be tested by PMSNA and approved in accordance with the
relevant sections of Philips Packing Standard UN-D 1400, Publication no. UN-D
1400 (69), 1990-08-31.  LORAD will use only this approved packing method of

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
shipment of the Product(s).  Changes in approved packing may be introduced 
only on PMSNA's written request or after PMSNA's prior written approval.  
The Products will be packed in a neutral box.  There will be no other logo or
trademark inside or outside the packing. LORAD will, however, place 
promotional stickers on the packing as PMSNA may require.  Such stickers will 
be supplied by PMSNA at no charge.

6.4       Labelling and Marking for Shipment, Trademarks

LORAD shall mark all packages and shipping papers (if applicable) with:

      Type-Number of Product (PMSNA's 12-digit ID-number)
      Name of the Product
      Serial Number thereof
      Indication of "certifiable items", contained in the Product
      Number of packages, if the shipment contains more than one package 
      per product.

Products shall only bear trademarks, trade names or other indications as
detailed in Exhibit 1 hereto.

Each party hereto acknowledges the other party's rights in and to said other
party's trademarks and tradenames.  Except as expressly set forth in this
Agreement, the manufacture and supply of Product(s), Option(s), Spare Part(s)
and packing with said trademarks and tradenames shall not be considered as
giving either party any right to the other party's trademarks and tradenames or
similar trademarks and tradenames.

6.5       Execution of Logistic Procedures

PMSNA may have the Graner Company division of Philips Electronics North 
America Corporation or Philips GmbH execute logistic procedures, such as, 
without limitation, placing Purchase Orders for any shipments of Product(s) 
sent ************************************, payment of invoices, transport
arrangements, shipping instructions and handling of return shipments for 
repair or replacement on behalf of PMSNA.  LORAD agrees to accept Purchase 
Orders from Graner Company or Philips GmbH and deal directly with them or 
their authorized agents with regard to scheduling, invoicing, warranty claims 
and all matters relating to such Purchase Orders issued by Graner Company or 
Philips GmbH.

The address and contact information for Graner Company is:

                  Graner Company
                  Philips Electronics North America Corporation
                  21 Grace Church Street
                  Port Chester, N.Y. 10573
                  Phone:  (914) 935-8014
                  Fax:   (914) 935-8019

Until further written notice Graner Company shall perform the services listed
above in the first paragraph of this Section 6.5 for all Purchase Orders for
Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) shipped to addresses ***************
*********************.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
6.6       Export and Import Documentation

PMSNA shall obtain, at its own expense, any export or other official
authorization and carry out any other formalities necessary for the
transportation, exportation and importation of Product(s), Option(s) and Spare
Part(s) to all jurisdictions in the Territory.  LORAD shall provide all
documentation (including test reports) reasonably necessary for PMSNA to 
prepare and submit the required documentation and to obtain any 
authorization necessary for such export and import.

Except as to compliance with the standards and legal requirements set forth in
the Specification, Exhibit 4 and Exhibit 8, PMSNA shall be responsible for
ensuring that the Product(s) comply with all local laws, standards and
regulations in the jurisdictions in the Territory, other than ***************
*************.  LORAD shall be solely responsible for such compliance including
labeling or listing Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) as may be required by
the electrical codes, ordinances or regulations of *******************
*********.

7.        Quality

7.1       Design Requirement, Compliance

All obligations for testing of Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) to confirm
that 
they comply with the Specification shall be the  responsibility of LORAD.
Should it become evident that any Product(s), Option(s), Spare Part(s) or parts
thereof are not in compliance with the applicable requirements of this 
Agreement and Exhibits 1, 3 and 4 hereto, LORAD shall, subject to Section 7.2, 
make all necessary corrections at its own expense.

7.2       Change in Requirements, Regulations or Standards

If any of the requirements, safety regulations and/or standards listed in the
Specifications or in Exhibits 4 and 8 hereto change, LORAD shall, at its cost,
make all the necessary modifications in and to the Product, Option(s) and/or
parts thereof, including any Product(s) to which the change applies which have
not then been accepted by the end-user.

Subject to the provisions of this Section 7.2, implementation of modifications
or changes to Product(s) and Option(s) to comply with the safety requirements 
of any and all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, shall be mandatory.

As of the date the parties entered into this Agreement, changes to the
specifications for all mammography systems sold and installed in the United
States are under consideration by certain government agencies as a result, in
particular, of the Mammography Quality Standards Act of November, 1992 (the
"MQSA").  The final regulation implementing the MQSA is expected to be 
published at the beginning of 1994.  The parties agree that any such changes 
affecting the design and/or performance of the Product(s), Option(s), Spare 
Part(s) and/or Component(s) will be incorporated therein in due time, in 
accordance with such legal and regulatory requirements.  Each party shall bear 
its own costs and expenses related to these changes. The responsibilities of the
parties with respect to any Product(s) and Option(s) installed at PMSNA's 
customers sites which may be subject to modification as a result of retroactive

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
application of any such requirements shall be as set forth for warranty 
obligations in Article 8 of this Agreement, notwithstanding the fact that 
LORAD's warranty on such Product(s) and Option(s) may have expired.

If a revision or modification to any applicable standard or regulation results
in extraordinary cost or expense to LORAD, the parties shall review and evaluate
the change and make all reasonable efforts to find an acceptable solution.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any revision or modification to any applicable
regulation or standard which is listed in the Specification, which cannot be
incorporated in the Product(s) at a reasonable expense in LORAD's sole
discretion (to be absorbed by LORAD) will be considered an event of force
majeure as set forth in Article 14 below.

Any redesign of Component(s) which might be necessary as a result of new or
revised industry standards or government regulations which affect the design 
or manufacture of such Component(s) shall be performed by PMSNA (or the 
Philips Associated Company which manufactures such Component(s)) at its 
own expense.

7.3       Quality System, Quality Control/Audits

LORAD agrees that its quality system shall comply with the regulations
pertaining to the United States' Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), Good
Manufacturing Practices ("GMP") and shall also use its best efforts to comply
prior to the end of 1994 with the International Organization for Standardization
("ISO") standards entitled ISO 9001 "Quality systems - Model for quality
assurance in design/development, production, installation and servicing" and
"Quality Systems - Model for quality assurance in production and installation"
ISO 9002 (a copy of the ISO certification shall be attached to this Agreement as
Exhibit 8 when received).

Upon request and at least two (2) weeks advance written notice to LORAD, 
PMSNA's representative(s) or an independent notified body acceptable under 
GMP or ISO, may visit, at their expense, the facilities of LORAD at reasonable 
times to inspect the storage and quality of parts for Product in LORAD's 
facilities, and audit the quality control procedures and methods applied by 
LORAD in its facilities in the development and manufacturing and assembling 
of Products in accordance with GMP and, after LORAD obtains such 
certification, with ISO-9001.

With regard to the CE Mark, a certification which is to become mandatory in 
the European Community, LORAD will use its best efforts to obtain this
approval/certification by December 31, 1994.  PMSNA or one of the Philips
Associated Companies will support LORAD in its contacts with the concerned
European notified body. Cost consequences of design changes, if any, caused 
by changes relating to CE Mark certification are for the account of LORAD.

If LORAD does not comply with the ISO standards listed above and/or obtain 
CE Mark certification by the date set forth in this Section 7.3 and if, as a 
result of such non-compliance or absence of CE Mark certification, PMSNA is 
prevented or prohibited by the statutes, regulations, ordnances or other legal
requirements of one or more jurisdictions in the Territory, from importing and
selling Product(s) or customers would be prevented or prohibited from 
operating Product(s) in such jurisdictions of the Territory and if PMSNA 

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
provides LORAD with a written statement or notice to that affect from an 
appropriate regulatory or standards agency, then LORAD and PMSNA shall 
negotiate an extension of the time allowed to PMSNA to purchase the minimum 
quantity set out in Section 4.1 of this Agreement. Neither party shall, in these
circumstances, be obligated to bring the Product(s) into compliance with any 
alternate standards or certifications that may be acceptable in jurisdictions 
where sale, installation or use of Product(s) is prevented or prohibited by any
lack of ISO compliance or CE Mark certification, after January 1, 1995.

7.4       Outgoing Inspection and Record Keeping

It is understood between the parties that under normal circumstances 
Product(s) may be shipped directly by LORAD to customers in ***************
************* or to Philips Associated Companies for sales in **************
*******, or, preferably, to their final destination.  Hence, PMSNA shall not be
obligated to execute any incoming inspection or other inspection of Product(s),
Option(s) or Spare Part(s) delivered hereunder by LORAD, for non-compliance 
with the Specifications.

Therefore, LORAD shall inspect all outgoing Products and/or parts thereof to 
be supplied to PMSNA strictly in accordance with Specifications and with the
Acceptance Procedure as specified in Exhibit 4.  This Acceptance Procedure will
be set up or adapted - if necessary - in close cooperation between the quality
officers of both companies.

LORAD will archive in a safe manner all records of the Product(s), or Option(s)
e.g. the Product master file and especially all records/test protocols, for a
period as required by law, but at least ************** after delivery of each
Product or Option. These records will be made available if necessary and upon
specified request of PMSNA.

7.5       Incoming Inspection

PMSNA may inspect the delivered Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Part(s) at
PMSNA's factory or at PMSNA's customer's site, following the Acceptance
Procedures set forth in this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto.  PMSNA shall
have the right to reject all or any of the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare 
Part(s) 
which are proven, upon inspection and testing by PMSNA, not to meet the
applicable Specification(s), provided that such claim shall be submitted to
LORAD with the supporting evidence within thirty (30) days after arrival date at
the destination. LORAD shall ship a replacement within thirty (30) days of
receipt of notice that a Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) is to be
returned for such 
reason.

LORAD may inspect the delivered Component(s) at LORAD's factory, following 
such test protocols as have been agreed upon for them by LORAD and PMSNA.  
LORAD shall have the right to reject all or any of the Component(s) which are 
proven, upon inspection and testing by PMSNA, not to meet the applicable 
specifications, provided that such claim shall be submitted to PMSNA with the 
supporting evidence within thirty (30) days after arrival date at the 
destination.  
PMSNA shall ship a replacement within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice that
a Component(s) is to be returned for such reason.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
The parties agree that in the event of rejections of Product(s), Spare Part(s)
or Option(s) by PMSNA and rejections of Component(s) by LORAD, that concern
minor defects, each party will bear its own costs and expenses associated with
testing, rejection, minor rework, retesting, return of materials etc. and not
claim against the other for such costs and expenses.

Nevertheless, if such rejections exceed an acceptable level for either party,
that party's costs and expenses of such rejection shall be subject to
negotiation with the other party. In extraordinary cases, in which there is
clearly an unacceptable level of rejection, LORAD and PMSNA shall decide in
joint consultation:

a.   which corrections and repairs can be made by the rejecting party against
     reimbursement by the other party for labor and other expenses incurred 
     by the rejecting party in correction and repairing Products and/or parts 
     thereof.

b.   which Product(s) or Component(s) respectively, or parts thereof shall be
     replaced free of charge by the other party and within which period of time
     such replacement shall be effected, it being understood that all costs 
     connected with forwarding of such replacement to the rejecting party and 
     removing the defective part and installing the new one shall be for the 
     account of the other party.

c.   which replaced Product(s) or part thereof shall be returned to LORAD at
     LORAD's risk and expense or which replaced Component(s) or part 
     thereof shall be returned to PMSNA at PMSNA's risk and expense.

In all cases the rejecting party shall advise the other party of the expected
costs and receive the other party's approval thereof prior to taking action.

8.        Warranty

8.1       Extent of Warranty

LORAD warrants to PMSNA, Graner Company and Philips GmbH that the Product(s),
Option(s) and Spare Part(s) including the Software/Firmware incorporated
therein, comply in all material respects with the Specifications for such
Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Part(s), are new and are free from defects in
material and workmanship. Except as provided in Section 8.4 below, LORAD's sole
obligation under the foregoing warranty shall be to replace or repair, at its
sole discretion and at its sole cost and expense, any defective Product(s),
Option(s) or Spare Part(s) returned to LORAD by or on behalf of PMSNA or a
Philips Associated Company; provided, however, that (i) LORAD's sole obligation
to replace or repair Product(s), Options(s) or Spare Part(s) shall not extend
past the earlier of ******************** from the date of delivery of such
Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) by LORAD to PMSNA or a Philips Associated
Company or ****************** from the date of completion of its installation at
a customer's site, (ii) PMSNA or its Associated Company shall have notified
LORAD, prior to the expiration of such period, with respect to each claim that
the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) are defective, and (iii) LORAD shall
have no obligation to repair or replace the defective Product(s), Option(s) or
Spare Part(s) in the event that the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
Part(s) have been transported, handled, stored or operated in an improper or 
other manner which adversely affects the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s).

LORAD shall use its reasonable best efforts to replace or repair Product(s),
parts 
of Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Part(s), if required by this Section, at 
LORAD's 
cost within the shortest possible time.

8.2       Cost of Warranty Replacement or Repair

During the time LORAD's warranty is in effect for each unit of Product, each
Option and each Spare Part, LORAD shall provide without charge to PMSNA all
replacement parts necessary to correct any such Product, Option or Spare Part
which proves to be defective and shall pay all shipping expenses (including
reasonable return shipping expenses) associated with such replacement.

8.3       Limited Warranty

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSED OR SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
EXHIBITS HERETO, PRODUCT(S), OPTION(S) AND SPARE PART(S) SHALL BE 
SUPPLIED BY LORAD TO PMSNA, GRANER COMPANY OR PHILIPS GMBH, 
"AS IS."  LORAD HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND 
WARRANTIES (OTHER THAN THOSE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT) 
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT(S), OPTION(S) AND 
SPARE PART(S), INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF 
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  PMSNA 
ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS NOT RELIED ON ANY 
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES MADE BY LORAD, EXCEPT AS SET 
FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE.

PMSNA shall be responsible for warranty claims for Component(s) and all costs
related thereto.

8.4       Epidemic Faults

Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Part(s) shall be free of Epidemic 
Faults. Epidemic Faults are, for the purpose of this Agreement, defined as 
defects which

      -  either are the same or have the same origin and occur over a 
period of ****************** during the ************* expected lifetime of the 
product with a class failure quantity of at least ************************ 
sequentially delivered Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s), from the delivery
date 
of the last sequentially delivered Product, Option or Spare Part, and

      -  are such that they create an "unreasonable risk of substantial 
harm" as that term is defined by the United States, Food, Drug and Cosmetic 
Act and the regulations and guidelines issued thereunder.

In the event of the existence of an Epidemic Fault, the parties shall consult
with and cooperate fully with each other in a timely way to determine if a
safety 
concern exists and to take the appropriate actions and to allocate the
resulting 
costs of such actions between them in accordance with the terms hereof.

LORAD shall within **************** after receipt of same respond to any
question and provide all necessary information to the PMSNA Service 

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
Department arising out of a recall or corrective action program or related 
program.

Furthermore LORAD shall inform PMSNA of all relevant details of substantially
similar incidents that occur with LORAD's products similar to or part of
Product(s).

In case of such Epidemic Fault(s), in any part or parts of Product(s) or any
required recall program, LORAD shall, at its expense (including shipment to 
each customer's site), provide sufficient parts to replace all such parts in 
installed Product(s) and Product(s) purchased by PMSNA.

Spare Part(s) in stock which become obsolete due to Epidemic Fault(s) may be
returned to LORAD and will be credited at the original invoice price or 
upgraded to the desired level at the expense of LORAD.

LORAD shall repair or replace uninstalled Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Parts
which are subject to Epidemic Faults.  LORAD warrants the Products, Options 
and Spare Part(s) not yet delivered will be so upgraded.  For Products and 
Option(s) in the installed base, upgraded components or parts will be made 
available from LORAD at no charge and PMSNA will be responsible for
removing the old components or parts and installing the new ones.

The remedies contained in this Section 8.4 shall be the sole remedies available
to PMSNA in the event of an Epidemic Fault as defined herein, subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 10.3 hereof.

9.        Service and Spare Parts

The Spare Part(s) supply, maintenance and repair of Product and general 
product and service support for the Product, to be provided by each of the 
parties shall be as set forth in Exhibit 3 hereto.

10.       Claims

10.1      Personal Injury and Property Damage

LORAD agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless PMSNA and Philips 
GmbH from and against any and all loss, cost and expense, including counsel 
fees and all expenses of investigation, litigation, judgment and/or settlement,
arising through or out of personal injury or death to person(s) or damage to 
property alleged or proven to have arisen out of failure of a Product(s), 
Option(s) or Spare Part(s) to meet the Specification or as a result of a defect
in 
its workmanship or materials, provided, that in any such case where 
indemnification is sought hereunder (i) PMSNA or Philips GmbH shall have 
given prompt written notice to LORAD of such claim and the facts and 
circumstances relating thereto, (ii) PMSNA shall fully cooperate with LORAD in 
connection with any such claim by any governmental authority or third party, 
(iii) LORAD shall have the sole right to defend, settle and compromise any such
claim, and (iv) LORAD shall have no obligation to indemnify and hold harmless 
PMSNA for any negligent conduct of PMSNA or any action or omission by 
PMSNA in violation of this Agreement.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
PMSNA agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless LORAD from and 
against any and all loss, cost and expense, including counsel fees and all 
expenses of investigation, litigation, judgment and/or settlement, arising 
through or out of personal injury or death of person(s) or damage to property 
which is alleged or proven to have arisen out of the negligent act or omission 
of 
PMSNA, its officers, directors, employees or agents, provided, that in any such
case where indemnification is sought hereunder (i) LORAD shall have given 
prompt written notice to PMSNA of such claim and the facts and circumstances 
relating thereto, (ii) LORAD shall fully cooperate with PMSNA in connection 
with any such claim by any governmental authority or third party, (iii) PMSNA 
shall have the sole right to defend, settle and compromise any such claim, and 
(iv) PMSNA shall have no obligation to indemnify and hold harmless LORAD for 
any negligent conduct of LORAD or any action or omission by LORAD in 
violation of this Agreement.

LORAD shall obtain and maintain current, at all times during the Term of this
Agreement and any extensions hereof, Commercial General Liability insurance
(including products and contractual coverage) with an insurance company 
rated by Best "A" or better, in amounts not less than ********** single limit 
and ********** combined single limit.  Such insurance shall cover, among 
other things, product liability claims relating to the Product.  LORAD shall 
provide PMSNA with a certificate of such insurance from LORAD's insurer, 
updated upon expiration thereof. Such certificate shall designate PMSNA as a 
certificate holder.  PMSNA shall receive no less than thirty (30) days prior 
written notice of cancellation or termination of such insurance.

10.2      Intellectual Property Indemnification

10.2.1    Indemnification by LORAD

LORAD shall defend PMSNA and its respective distributor, agent, dealer or
customer against any claim by a third party that the manufacture, sale or use 
of a Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) supplied by LORAD infringes******
************************************************************************** and 
LORAD will pay any resulting penalties, judgments or awards finally 
determined by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be payable
in connection therewith, or amounts payable in settlement thereof, provided 
that in any such case where indemnification is sought by PMSNA hereunder (i) 
PMSNA shall have given prompt written notice to LORAD of such claim and 
the facts and circumstances relating thereto, (ii) PMSNA  shall fully cooperate
with LORAD in connection with any such claim, (iii) LORAD shall have the sole 
right to defend, settle and compromise any such claim and (iv) LORAD shall 
have no obligation to indemnify and hold harmless PMSNA for any negligent
conduct of PMSNA or for any action or omission by PMSNA in violation of this
Agreement.  LORAD's obligations under this Section 10.2.1 are conditioned on
PMSNA's agreement that, if the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) or the 
manufacture, sale or use thereof becomes or in LORAD's reasonable opinion is 
likely to become, the subject of such a claim, PMSNA will permit LORAD, at 
any time thereafter, at LORAD's expense, either to procure the right for PMSNA
to continue selling the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) or to replace or
modify, in a manner such that its performance is not degraded, the Product(s),
Option(s) or Spare Part(s) so that it becomes non-infringing, and if neither of
the 
foregoing alternatives is available on terms which are acceptable to LORAD in 
its reasonable judgment, LORAD may terminate this Agreement immediately as 

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
to that part of the Territory in which manufacture, sale or use of the 
Product(s), 
Option(s) or Spare Part(s) may be infringing and LORAD shall reimburse PMSNA 
for the purchase price actually paid by PMSNA, less an allowance for 
depreciation, for Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Part(s) which can no longer be
sold by PMSNA or a Philips Associated Company or used by their customers.  
The foregoing states the entire liability of LORAD with respect to infringement
of rights in intellectual property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LORAD shall have no liability under this 
Section 10.2.1 for a claim by a third party that the manufacture, sale or use of
a Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) infringes a patent, copyright, trade
secret, mask work or other intellectual property right in any of the following
circumstances:  (i) The Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) was altered or
modified by PMSNA or any third party and such alteration or modification
resulted in or is the basis for the claim of infringement.  (ii) PMSNA or its
customers failed to use updated Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) provided
by LORAD which would have avoided the claim of infringement.  (iii) PMSNA or 
any third party used the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) in combination 
with apparatus or software not furnished by LORAD; this combination resulted 
in or is the basis for the claim of infringement; and the claim of infringement 
would not have occurred if the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) had been
used in combination with the usual apparatus or software (if any) specified by
LORAD for that use in or with the Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s).  In 
particular, LORAD shall be responsible for a claim of infringement by a 
Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s) in combination with Component(s) if and
only if that claim can also be stated in the same terms against the item which 
LORAD itself has specified for that use. (iv) The Product(s), Option(s) or Spare
Part(s) was used in a manner for which it was not designed, specified or 
otherwise contemplated by LORAD and that use resulted in or is the basis for 
the claim of infringement.  (v) PMSNA owns an intellectual property right or has
a license which precludes it from being held responsible for the claim of 
infringement.

10.2.2    Indemnification by PMSNA

PMSNA shall defend LORAD and its respective distributor, agent, dealer or
customer against any claim by a third party that the manufacture, sale or use 
of Component(s) supplied by PMSNA hereunder infringes a patent, copyright, 
trade secret, mask work or other intellectual property right and PMSNA will pay
any resulting penalties, judgments or awards finally determined by a court or 
other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be payable in connection therewith,
or amounts payable in settlement thereof, provided that in any such case 
where indemnification is sought by LORAD hereunder (i) LORAD shall have 
given prompt written notice to PMSNA of such claim and the facts and 
circumstances relating thereto, (ii) LORAD shall fully cooperate with PMSNA in 
connection with any such claim, (iii) PMSNA shall have the sole right to defend,
settle and compromise any such claim and (iv) PMSNA shall have no obligation 
to indemnify and hold harmless LORAD for any negligent conduct of LORAD or 
for any action or omission by LORAD in violation of this Agreement.  PMSNA's 
obligations under this Section 10.2.2 are conditioned on LORAD's agreement 
that, if such Component(s) or the manufacture, sale or use thereof becomes or 
in PMSNA's reasonable opinion is likely to become, the subject of such a claim,
LORAD will permit PMSNA, at any time thereafter, at PMSNA's expense, either 
to procure the right for LORAD to continue using such Component(s) or to 

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
replace or modify, in a manner such that its performance is not degraded, such
Component(s) so that it becomes non-infringing, and if neither of the foregoing
alternatives is available on terms which are acceptable to PMSNA in its 
reasonable judgment, PMSNA may terminate this Agreement immediately as to 
that part of the Territory in which manufacture, sale or use of such 
Component(s) may be infringing and PMSNA shall reimburse LORAD for the 
purchase price actually paid by LORAD, less an allowance for depreciation, for
such Component(s) which can no longer be sold by LORAD or used by its 
customers.  The foregoing states the entire liability of PMSNA with respect to
infringement of rights in intellectual property. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, PMSNA shall have no liability under this 
Section 10.2.2 for a claim by a third party that the manufacture, sale or use of
a Component(s) infringes a patent, copyright, trade secret, mask work or other
intellectual property right in any of the following circumstances:  (i) The
Component(s) was altered or modified by LORAD or any third party and such
alteration or modification resulted in or is the basis for the claim of
infringement.  (ii) LORAD failed to use updated Component(s) provided by 
PMSNA which would have avoided the claim of infringement.  (iii) LORAD or 
any third party used the Component(s) in combination with apparatus or 
software not furnished by PMSNA; this combination resulted in or is the basis 
for the claim of infringement; and the claim of infringement would not have 
occurred if the Component(s) had been used in combination with the usual 
apparatus or software (if any) specified by PMSNA for that use in or with the 
Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part(s).  In particular, PMSNA shall be 
responsible for a claim of infringement by a Product(s), Option(s) or Spare 
Part(s) in combination with Component(s) if and only if that claim can not also 
be stated in the same terms against the item which LORAD itself has specified 
for that use.  (iv) The Component(s) was used in a manner for which it was not
designed, specified or otherwise contemplated by PMSNA and that use resulted 
in or is the basis for the claim of infringement. (v) LORAD owns an intellectual
property right or has a license trademark which precludes it from being held 
responsible for the claim of infringement.

10.3      Limitation

In no event shall either party be liable to the other for special, indirect or
consequential damages of any kind including, but not limited to, loss of other
business opportunity, profit or revenue or loss of goodwill, arising from any
failure or matter arising under this Agreement.  No claim or recovery by one
party against the other shall be greater in amount than the purchase price of
the individual unit of Product(s), Option(s) or Spare Part with respect to which
such claim or recovery arose.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any obligation of
the parties under Section 10.1 above with respect to personal injury or death to
persons or damage to property shall not exceed ************************* and
*********************************, and any obligation under Section 10.2 
above with respect to intellectual property shall not exceed the aggregate 
purchase price to PMSNA of the Product(s) involved.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
11.       ********************

11.1      ********************************

Without limiting LORAD's liability to PMSNA thereunder in any way 
whatsoever, it has been agreed that if LORAD;

      a)  intends to enter or actually enters liquidation procedures (either
          voluntarily or forced); or

      b)  has entered bankruptcy procedures (either voluntarily or forced); 
          or

      c)  within ninety (90) days of written notification by PMSNA has not
          remedied any material breach of this Agreement,

********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
******************** ************************************, if and to the extent 
required by PMSNA, in exchange for compensation by PMSNA for LORAD's
purchase price for such components and Spare Part(s).

11.2      Right to Produce

Accordingly,*******************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
***************************************** *******.

11.3      *****************

If, during the Term of this Agreement or any extensions hereof, there is a
********************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
****************************************************************
************************* ******PMSNA shall be solely responsible for 
the fees and expenses of setting up and maintaining the **************.  
LORAD shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses of assembling, 
checking and keeping current the ********************************************
***********************************.  The terms for the escrow 
*********shall be as agreed upon by the parties, consistent with those terms 
which are customary and reasonable for *************************** in the 
computer industry. 

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
12.       Confidentiality

The parties shall not use, employ or disclose Confidential Information received
from the other whether orally, in writing, by demonstration or otherwise except
as is necessary to implement this Agreement, unless and to the extent the
receiving party can prove by written record that it:

      a.  was already in the public domain or becomes available to the 
          public through no breach of this Agreement by the receiving party;

      b.  was in the receiving party's possession prior to receipt from the
          disclosing party as proven by its written records; or

      c.  was received independently from third party free to disclose such
          information to the receiving party; or

      d.  was independently developed by the receiving party without use of
          the Confidential Information as proven by its written records; or

      e.  became available by inspection or analysis of other products or
          techniques in the market.

In protecting Confidential Information, the receiving party will take all
necessary precautions and Confidential Information will be treated in the same
manner and with the same degree of care as the receiving party applies with
respect to its own confidential information.

Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as a grant of license to 
the 
other party, to make, use or sell any Product(s) using Confidential Information
or as a license under any patents or claims covering same. 

LORAD may, however, file a copy of this Agreement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
provided that LORAD files a confidentiality request with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission seeking to protect the confidentiality of the pricing and 
forecasts herein and in Exhibit 2.

The provisions of this Article shall be in full force and effect retroactively
from 
March 18, 1992 and shall remain in full force and effect during the duration of
this Agreement and five (5) years thereafter. 

13.       Term and Termination

13.1      Term

This Agreement shall enter into force upon the date of signature by both 
parties and shall initially continue until the earlier of five (5) years from 
the 
date of the First Commercial Delivery of Product(s) under this Agreement or
fulfillment of the minimum purchase commitment set forth in Section 4.1 
above.

********************************************************************************
****************, unless and until ************************************

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
******************************** prior written notice to the other party, such
notice being given as set forth in Section 15.10 hereof.

13.2      Termination for Cause

This Agreement may also be terminated as follows:

      a.  if a party (the failing party) has not remedied any material breach 
          of this Agreement within ninety (90) days of receipt of written 
          notice (sent in accordance with Section 15.10 hereof) of such 
          breach, said other party is entitled to terminate this Agreement 
          and or any outstanding Purchase Order(s) placed hereunder 
          immediately by notice to the failing party, such without prejudice 
          to any other rights accruing under this Agreement or in law,

      b.  by the other party in the event that either party shall cease to carry
          on business in the normal course, becomes insolvent, makes a 
          general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, suffers or 
          permits the appointment of a receiver or a manager for its business 
          assets or avails itself or becomes subject to any proceeding under 
          bankruptcy laws or any other statute or laws relating to the 
          insolvency or protection of the rights of creditors, or

      c.  by PMSNA by written notice to LORAD in the event the control of 
          LORAD would pass to other(s) than those now exercising control.

13.3      Continuing Commitments

The termination of this Agreement shall not relieve or release either party from
fulfilling any undertaking or commitment including, without limitation, those
affecting payments, work and deliveries which arise by reason of any event 
other than termination, such as those arising from Purchase Order(s) placed 
pursuant to this Agreement prior to its termination.

14.       Force Majeure

In the event of Force Majeure the party being delayed or damaged thereby shall
inform the other party as soon as possible but in any event within fourteen (14)
calendar days after the start of such Force Majeure specifying the nature of the
Force Majeure as well as the length of the delay which is expected.

In the event the Force Majeure situation continues for more than sixty days 
(60) days or is expected to last longer than sixty (60) days then either party 
is
entitled to terminate this Agreement by simple notice in writing and without
either party being entitled to any claim for damages.  Otherwise both parties'
rights and obligations will be suspended and new time schedules and supply 
dates shall be agreed upon between the parties hereto.

Force Majeure shall be understood to mean and to include damage or delay by 
acts of God, acts of regulations or decrees of any Government (de facto or de 
jure), natural phenomena, such as earthquakes or floods, fires, riots, wars,
shipwrecks, freight embargoes, labor disputes, defaults by suppliers or other
causes, whether similar or dissimilar to those enumerated above, 

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
unforeseeable and beyond the reasonable control of the parties and which 
prevent the total or partial carrying out of any obligation under this 
Agreement.

PMSNA's purchase commitments under this Agreement are based on present 
market information and estimates shared by both parties and market growth 
figures extrapolated from that information.  In the event of unforeseen 
circumstances, major shifts in the market for mammography equipment (such 
as the rapid development of significant new ultrasound technology similar to 
that being developed by other subsidiaries of Thermo Trex Corporation) which 
renders the Product obsolete or other occurrences which make distribution and 
sale not only of Product, but also of substantially similar products by other 
firms in the industry, impracticable at the levels contemplated by this 
Agreement, the parties shall negotiate in good faith and agree upon alternative
quantities which are acceptable to both and reasonable given the then-current 
nature of the market for mammography equipment.

15.       General Terms and Conditions

15.1      Applicable Law

This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in the State of 
Connecticut, shall be construed in accordance with, and the rights and 
liabilities of the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of such 
State, 
without regard to its conflicts of law doctrine, and this Agreement shall be 
deemed in all respects to be a contract of such State.

15.2      Attorney's Fees

In the event of any claim or controversy arising regarding the enforceability,
interpretation or intent of this Agreement, the prevailing party or parties (to
the 
extent prevailing) shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney's fee and 
expenses 
in addition to whatever other relief said party would otherwise be entitled.

15.3      Entire Agreement

This Agreement sets forth the entire intent and understanding among the 
parties relating to the subject matter hereof and merges all prior negotiations
and discussions between them.  No party shall be bound by any conditions,
representations or warranty other than as expressly set forth herein or subse-
quently set forth in writing executed by both parties hereto.

Neither PMSNA's general conditions of purchase nor LORAD's general 
conditions of sales are applicable to this Agreement or to any order and order
confirmations for Product(s) or parts thereof in whole or in part.

15.4      Waiver

No waiver by any of the parties hereto of any breach of any condition, covenant
or term thereof shall be effective unless it is in writing and it shall not
constitute a waiver of such condition, covenant or term.

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
15.5      Severability

If any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement are determined to be invalid
or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not invalidate
the rest of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect as if 
such 
terms and provisions had not been a part of this Agreement.

Parties are, however, obliged to immediately replace this term or provision by
an effective one, covering in so far as possible the original intentions of the
parties as to its legal and economic contents.

15.6      Non-Assignment

This Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties
hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns.  This Agreement may
not be assigned, transferred or hypothecated in whole or in part by either party
without the prior written consent of the other party.  No consent is required,
however, to an assignment or transfer in whole or in part by PMSNA to any of 
the Philips Associated Companies.  PMSNA shall notify LORAD of such 
assignment or transfer in writing.  The references to Graner Company, Philips 
GmbH, and a Philips Associated Company or Companies in this Agreement are 
intended only as notice to LORAD that certain functions, rights and duties 
hereunder have been assigned to those entities as of the date of this 
Agreement.

15.7      Advertisements

LORAD shall not without PMSNA's prior written consent use PMSNA's or any 
other of the Philips Associated Companies' name or trademark as such and/or 
use name in connection with any advertisement or sale literature nor advertise
that it is a supplier of PMSNA and/or the Philips Associated Companies and/or 
that this Agreement between LORAD and PMSNA has been concluded.

15.8      Sales and Applications Support

LORAD shall also provide materials, documentation and training for sales and
applications training personnel of PMSNA or Philips Associated Companies and
assistance in preparation of sales materials for Product(s) and Option(s), as
reasonably required by PMSNA.

LORAD shall provide sales, applications and service training to support the
introduction of the Product(s) to the market consisting of: (i) five sessions of
sales training of no more than one day each, (ii) five sessions of applications
training of no more than one day each, and (iii) five sessions of service 
training 
each of no more than five days duration.  The sales and applications training 
and one of the service training sessions shall be held no later than four (4) 
weeks before the First Commercial Delivery of Product(s) under this Agreement.
Each party shall bear its own expenses associated with training.  The training
shall be conducted by LORAD personnel at PMSNA's Shelton, Connecticut 
facility or at LORAD's facility in Danbury, Connecticut.

LORAD may charge PMSNA at LORAD's usual rate for additional training and
documentation services.

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
LORAD's pricing for any new Product(s) or Option(s) added to the scope of this
Agreement shall include sales, service and applications training as set forth
above.

15.9      Project Leaders

Upon the signature of this Agreement either party shall appoint, by written
notice, a Project Leader who shall represent his party in all communication,
contacts, meetings, negotiations and reports, of technical nature as necessary
for the performance of this Agreement. Any subsequent change of the Project
Leader shall be notified in writing to the other party.

15.10     Notices

Notices will be addressed as follows:

      If to PMSNA:      Philips Medical Systems North
                        America Company.
                        710 Bridgeport Avenue
                        Shelton, Connecticut 06484

                        Attn:    Vice President,
                                 Marketing

                        cc:      Vice President and
                                 General Counsel

      If to LORAD:      LORAD Corporation,
                        36 Apple Ridge Road
                        Danbury, Connecticut 06810

                        Attn:    Mr. A. Pellegrino
                        cc:      Mr. H. Kirshner

or to such other address as the pertaining party will have previously notified 
to 
the other party.

All notices will be deemed given ten (10) working days after they have been
mailed by registered mail or so much earlier as the receiving party can be
proven to have received such notice.

15.11     Compliance with Law

Except to the extent it is precluded from doing so by the law of its principal
place of business, each party agrees that the performance of its obligations,
exercise of its rights and fulfillment of its duties under this Agreement shall
comply with applicable laws and ordinances of each government having
jurisdiction over such activity and all lawful orders, rules and regulations
issued thereunder.  The Product(s), Option(s) and Spare Part(s) in the form they
are provided by LORAD to PMSNA shall comply with all lawful orders, rules 
and regulations applicable in the************************** to their shipment,
installation and use therein (including any such statutes and regulations
relating to hazardous substances or environmental concerns), as well as all
legal requirements relating to their export from the United States.

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
15.12     Surviving Articles

Articles 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15 and, as to Purchase Order(s) which have not been
filled as of the date of termination or cancellation, Articles 4, 5, 6 and 7 and
such other terms and conditions of this Agreement which are expressly 
intended to survive the expiration, termination or cancellation of this 
Agreement shall so survive.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF authorized representatives of the parties hereto have 
signed this document.


LORAD CORPORATION                          PHILIPS MEDICAL SYSTEMS
                                           NORTH AMERICA COMPANY



By: /s/ Hal Kirshner                       By:   /s/ Michael P. Moakley
   --------------------                          ----------------------
      Hal Kirshner                               Michael P. Moakley
      President                                  President
Date: DATE APPEARS HERE                    Date: NOV. 17, 1993      
     ------------------                          ----------------------

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                               List of Exhibits

The following Exhibits and Appendices are incorporated in this OEM 
Agreement between LORAD Corporation and Philips Medical Systems North 
America Company and are made a part hereof:


            Exhibit 1    Specification

            Exhibit 2    Planning and Prices

            Exhibit 3    Service Arrangements

                         Appendix 1  Field Problem Report

                         Appendix 2  List of Spare Parts

            Exhibit 4    Final Test Report

            Exhibit 5    Standard Form of Change Request

            Exhibit 6    Time Schedule

            Exhibit 7    Components from PMS\Logistic Procedures

            Exhibit 8    Lorad's ISO 9000 Certificate

            Exhibit 9    Exclusive Territory

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
                                      Exhibit 1

                  SYSTEMS SPECIFICATIONS FOR PHILIPS MAMMO DIAGNOST

         1.0  SCOPE AND PURPOSE

              This document is intended to define the requirements of a
              group of products called the "Mammo DIAGNOST 3000".  The
              product is to be designed and manufactured for Philips
              Medical Systems by Lorad Corporation.

         2.0  APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS STANDARDS

              The following documents are incorporated into this document
              to the extent described in this specification.

              2.1  Philips Documents

                   **************************************************

                   **************************************************

                   ***********************************

                   **************************************************

                   **************************************

              2.2  Lorad Documents

                   *********************************************

                   ****************************

                        ***********
                        ***********
                        ***********
                        ***********
                        ***********

              2.3  Other Documents

                   2.3.1 IEC 601-1     [Medical electrical equipment]

                   2.3.2 IEC 601-2-7   [Particular requirements for the
                                       safety of high-voltage generators of
                                       diagnostic x-ray generators]

                   2.3.3 IEC 601-1-1   [Collateral standard: Safety
                                       requirements for medical electrical
                                       systems]


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philips MD3000                     Page - 1                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                   2.3.4 IEC 601-1-2   [Collateral standard:
                                       Electromagnetic compatibility -
                                       Requirements and tests]

                   2.3.5 IEC 788 Publication
                                       [Medical radiology - Terminology]

                   2.3.6 IEC-4l7G      [Graphical symbols for use on
                                       equipment]

                   2.3.7 IEC-80l-2     [Electromagnetic compatibility for
                                       industrial-process measurement and
                                       control equipment. Part 2: 
                                       Electrostatic discharge requirements]

                   2.3.8 EC            Medical Device Directive

                   2.3.9 U/L 187       [Standard for safety x-ray
                                       equipment]

                   2.3.10 CSA C22.2 No. 601.1-M90
                                       [Medical Electrical Equipment Part
                                       1: General Requirements for Safety]

                   2.3.11 2lCFR        U.S. Code of Federal Regulations

         3.0  FUNCTIONAL AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

              3.1  General System Requirements

                   3.1.1     ELECTRICAL INPUT

                             3.1.1.1   *************************
                                       ************************************

                             3.1.1.2   ******************************
                                       ******************************

                             3.1.1.3   ***********************

                             3.1.1.4   ***************************

                             3.1.1.5   ***********************************
                                       ***********************************

                             3.1.1.6   *****************************

                   3.1.2     DIMENSIONS

                             All dimensions are preliminary based on design
                             for September 1993 unit.
                             3.1.2.1   Height


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philips MD3000                     Page - 2                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                                       *******************

                                       *******************

                             3.1.2.2   Width

                                       *****************************

                                       *******************

                             3.1.2.3   Length

                                       ****************************

                             3.1.2.4   Weight

                                       ***********************

                                       ***********************

                   3.1.3     USE ENVIRONMENT

                             3.1.3.1   ***************************

                             3.1.3.2   **********************************

                             3.1.3.3   **********************************
                                       **********************************
                                       ********************

                                       ******************************

                             3.1.3.4   ************************************
                                       **********************

                             3.1.3.5   ************************************
                                       ************************************

                   3.1.4     NOT IN USE ENVIRONMENT

                             **********************************************

              3.2  Mechanical and Geometric Requirements


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 3                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                   3.2.1     ROTATION BRAKE

                             *****************************************

                   3.2.2     C-ARM ANGULATION

                             *****************************

                   3.2.3     VERTICAL TRAVEL

                             **********************************************
                             ***********

                   3.2.4     ALIGNMENT OF FOCAL SPOT, COMPRESSION DEVICE
                             AND IMAGE RECEPTOR

                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************
                             ************************************

                   3.2.5     SOURCE TO IMAGE RECEPTOR DISTANCE (SID)

                             **********************************************

                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************

                                  ********************
                                  ********************
                                  ***************

                   3.2.6     COMPRESSION

                             3.2.6.1

                             **********************************************
                             *********************

                             ***********************

                                  *******************************

                                  *******************************

                                  *******************************

                                  ***********************

                                  *****************************


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 4                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                             3.2.6.2   ********************************
                                       *********

                                       ****************************************
                                            ***********************************
                                            *****************

                                       ****************************************
                                            *****************

                                       ****************************************

                                       ****************************************
                                            *****************

                                       ****************************************
                                       ************************************
                                       ************************************
                                            ******

                             3.2.6.3   ******************

                                       *****************************************
                                       *****************************************

                             3.2.6.4   *********************

                                       *****************************************
                                       **************

                             3.2.6.5   ***************

                                       *****************************************
                                       ***********************************

                   3.2.7     MAGNIFICATION

                             3.2.7.1   ***************

                                       ************************************

                             3.2.7.2   *******************


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 5                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                                       *******************

                             3.2.7.3   ****************

                                       **********

                             3.2.7.4   ************************************

                             3.2.7.5   ************************************

                   3.2.8     STEREOTACTIC CAPABILITY

                             **********************************************
                             *************

                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************
                             ********

              3.3  X-Ray Source Filtration and Collimation Requirements

                   3.3.1     X-RAY TUBE

                             3.3.1.1   Tube Type

                                       *********************

                             3.3.1.2   Focal spot size

                                       *********************

                             3.3.1.3   Tube loading

                                       ***********************

                             3.3.1.4   Tube voltage

                                       **********

                             3.3.1.5   Heat Capacity

                                       *************************

                             3.3.1.6   Maximum continuous heat dissipation

                                       ******


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 6                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                             3.3.1.7   Anode rotation speed

                                       ************************

                             3.3.1.8   Anode material

                                       ***************************

                             3.3.1.9   Anode angle

                                       ******

                             3.3.1.10  Anode disc diameter

                                       *****

                             3.3.1.11  X-ray window

                                       *****

                   3.3.2     X-RAY TUBE ASSEMBLY

                             3.3.2.1   Continuous heat dissipation

                                       ***************

                             3.3.2.2   Maximum temperature of housing
                                       surface

                                       *******

                             3.3.2.3   Filtration

                                       ****************

                             3.3.2.4   Safety class of IEC 601/88

                                       *******

                             3.3.2.5   Over-temperature protection sensor

                   3.3.3     X-RAY COLLIMATION

                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 7                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                             **********************************************
                             *********

                   3.3.4     LIGHT FIELD INDICATOR

                             3.3.4.1   ************************************
                                       ************

                             3.3.4.2   ************************************
                                       ************************************
                                       *************

              3.4  High Voltage Generator Requirements

                   3.4.1     MAXIMUM RIPPLE

                             *****

                   3.4.2     RATING AND DUTY CYCLE

                             3.4.2.1   Maximum voltage

                                       **********

                             3.4.2.2   Maximum power consumption (at 30kV,
                                       0.5 seconds)

                                       **********

                             3.4.2.3   Regulation type

                                       ********************

                             3.4.2.4   Continuous duty rating

                                       *****

                             3.4.2.5   Duty cycle

                                       ***************

                   3.4.3     RANGE KV,MAS

                             3.4.3.1   Tube voltage

                                       *******


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 8                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                             3.4.3.2   Tube current

                                       **************************************
                                       *****************************************
                                       ****************************************
                                       
                                       *************************************
                                       ***************

                                       *************************************
                                       *************************************
                                       **************************

                             3.4.3.3   Exposure time

                                       ******************
                                       *************************************
                                       *********

                   3.4.4     ACCURACY

                             3.4.4.1   Reproducibility of radiation output

                                       ******************************

                             3.4.4.2   Linearity of radiation output versus
                                       mAs product

                                       ************************************
                                       **********

                             3.4.4.3   Accuracy of tube voltage

                                       *****

                             3.4.4.4   Accuracy of mAs product

                                       ******************

                             3.4.4.5   Accuracy of mA

                                       *****

                             3.4.4.6   Accuracy of mAs post-exposure
                                       display

                                       ************************************
                                       ************************


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 9                        15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
              3.5  Image Receptors

                   **********

                   **********

                   *****************************************************

                   ****************************************

              3.6  AEC

                   3.6.1     DETECTOR DESIGN

                             **********************************************
                             ******

                   3.6.2     AEC POSITIONING

                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************
                             ************

                   3.6.3     ACCURACY

                             ************************************

                   3.6.4     REPRODUCIBILITY

                             **********************************

                   3.6.5     AEC EXPOSURE TERMINATION

                             **********************************************
                             ************

              3.7  Control and Display Requirements

                   *************************************************

         4.0  SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

              4.1  Electrical Safety

                   ********************************************************


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 10                       15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                   ***************

                   4.1.1     CLASSIFICATION

                             **********************************************
                             ***************************************

                   4.1.2     LEAKAGE CURRENTS

                             4.1.2.1   ***************

                             4.1.2.2   ***************

                             4.1.2.3   ***************

                             Phillips has not confirmed these values

                   4.1.3     PROTECTIVE EARTH IMPEDANCE

                             **********************************************
                             ******************

                   4.1.4     EMERGENCY POWER OFF

                             **********************************************
                             ******************

              4.2  Mechanical Safety

                   **********************************************
                   ************************

                   4.2.1     ******************************

                   4.2.2     **********************************************

                   4.2.3     ***********************************

              4.3  Radiation Safety

                   **********************************************
                   ************

                   4.3.1     Interlocks

                             **********************************************


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 11                       15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                             ***************

                             **************

                   4.3.2     X-ray Switch

                             **********************************************
                             ***********************

                   4.3.3     Exposure Duration

                             *******************************

                             ****************************

                             **********************************************

                             **********************************************
                             *******

                             ****************************

                   4.3.4     Radiation shield

                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************
                             *******

                             **********************************************
                             **********************************************
                             ********

         5.0  TEST AND COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS

              5.1  Test Requirements

                   5.1.1     **********************************************
                             **************************

                   5.1.2     **********************************************
                             *******************************************

                   5.1.3     **********************************************
                             ******************

                             **********************************************


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 12                       15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                             *******
                             **********************************************
                             *************************

         6.0  DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

              6.1  Deliverables

                   6.1.1     Operator's Manual - Mammographic System

                   6.1.2     Operator's Manual - Cytoguide Option

                   6.1.3     Technical Service Manual

                   6.1.4     Planned Maintenance Booklet

                   6.1.5     Site Planning Guide (with seismic mounting
                             data)

              6.2  Relevant Document Specifications

                   6.2.1     Operator's Manual - Mammographic System: in
                             lieu of a formal spec from Philips, 
                             Operator's Manual 4512 109 0734l/7l4H -1990-03 
                             "mammo DIAGNOST UC" will be used 
                             as a content and format guide.

                   6.2.2     Operator's Manual - Cytoguide System: Operator's 
                             Manual 4512 109 0955l/7l4H -1992-05, 
                             Cytoguide Rel. 2 will be used as a content and
                             format standard.

                   6.2.3     Service Manual: unnumbered document entitled
                             "Service Documentation" (received from 
                             PMSNA Tech. Pub. Mgr) will be used as a content
                             guide. Supplied "Technical Service 
                             Manual" for the mammo DIAGNOST UC (9885 291 40001)
                             will be used as a format guide.

                   6.2.4     Planned Maintenance Booklet: PMSNA document
                             entitled "SERVICE MANUAL 
                             GUIDELINES, System Manual - Planned Maintenance"
                             will be used as a standard.

              6.3  Language Requirements

                   6.3.1     Operator's Manuals (described in 6.1.1 and
                             6.1.2, above) will be produced in English,
                             French, 
                             German and Spanish versions.

                   6.3.2     Technical Service Manual and Planned
                             Maintenance Booklet (described in 6.1.3 and
                             6.1.4) 
                             will be supplied only in the English language.

              6.4  Production

                   6.4.1     Lorad will print manuals.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 13                       15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
                   6.4.2     Production Manuals will be produced and bound
                             in the manner exhibited by the mammo 
                             DIAGNOST UC package. Philips will supply service
                             manual binder and indexes.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PhilipsMD3000                      Page - 14                       15/October/93
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   1 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                             TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                             Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISSUED          REVISED                                                 APP'D.
                C 10/15/93 ROGERS/WEICHERS                              10/15/93

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                 Exhibit 1 (cont'd)

                     SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PHILIPS MD 3000


         1.0  INTRODUCTION

         This document describes the functional requirements of the
         Operating Software for the Philips Mammo Diagnost 3000.  The
         reader will find some text printed plain, and some in italics.
         Plain text is a general specification for the topic being
         discussed, while italic text represents a more technical software
         requirement.

         The designer may use different designations for labels denoting
         active low signals.  The following text will consistently use a
         preceding slash (/) to the label name (i.e. /RESET), to imply that
         a logic low will activate the function.

         2.0  GENERAL DESCRIPTION

         The Philips MD 3000 mammography system********************************
         ************.

              ****************

              **********************************************
              **********************************************.

              **********************************************

              **********************************************

              **********************************************

              **********************************************
              ***********
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   2 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         3.0   SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
               ---------------------

         3.1   DESIGN CONSTRAINTS
               ------------------

         3.1.1 Hardware

               A.)  **********************************************
                    **********************************************


               B.)  **********************************************
                    **********************************************
                    **********************************************

               C.)  Complete code will be sized to fit any 32K by 8
                    bit PROM.


         3.1.2 Software


               A.)  **********************************************
                    **********************************************


               B.)  **********************************************
                    **********************************************

               C.)  **********************************************

               D.)  *********************************************

         3.2   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER-ON DIAGNOSTIC TEST
               ----------------------------------------------------

               Upon power-on the software will automatically test the following
               conditions:

         3.2.1 Check Sum

               **********************************************
               **********************************************
               ****************
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   3 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       3.2.2  ************************************

              **********************************************
              **********************************************
              **********************************************
              **********************************

       3.2.3  ******************************


              **********************************************
              **********************************************
              **********************************************
              *******************************************

       3.3    Functional Requirements For Power On MACHINE SETUP 
              SCREEN

       The User Option Menu sets up default settings used in the normal Main
       Menu. It will be 
       selectable following power up diagnostics, when the operator is queried
       as to which menu is
       desired. Selecting 'Change' will bring up the User Option Menu, which
       will present the
       following menu display:

              1.   SET DATE
              2.   SET TIME
              3.   SET START UP DEFAULTS
              4.   SET MAGNIFICATION DEFAULTS
              5.   SET BACK-UP TIME
              6.   SELECT AUTO-KV WINDOW
              7.   SET PRE-COMPRESSION FORCE

       By pressing the number key corresponding to the desired item, the
       operator may edit any of 
       the defaults.

       3.3.1     Set Date

                 This option will allow the operator to modify the time and to
                 select among two
                 methods of display.  These will be MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY.

       3.3.2     Set Time

                 This selection will allow the operator to modify the time as
                 well as to select a 12 or
                 24 hour clock.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   4 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                             TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                             Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         3.3.3     *****************************

                   Making this selection, will cause the following menu
                   with one of the listed options to be displayed.
                                                ********
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************

                   *************       *******************************
                        ********       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************

                   The user will be able to modify the default by using the
                   Up/Down cursor keys to 
                   select the item, and then pressing the Change button to cycle
                   through the available
                   options. The option will be selected by pressing another
                   character key other than the
                   "Change" key. "Return" will return the operator to the User
                   Option Menu.

         3.3.4     **************************

                   Selecting this menu item, will present the operator with
                   the following menu along with one of the listed options:

                                       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                                       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************
                   *************       *******************************

                   The operator will be able to select an item using the
                   'Up' and 'Down' cursor keys.
         _______________________________________________________________
         1.   Film type available only if DSM Receptor is not selected
         2.   Available only if Manual or Auto Time exposure mode is
              selected.
         3.   Available only if Manual exposure mode is selected.
         4.   Available only if Manual or Auto Time exposure mode is
              selected.
         5.   Available only if Manual exposure mode is selected.
                                                                           
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   5 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                          TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                          Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              Options will be cycled through by pressing the Change key,
              and selected by selecting the next item, or pressing Return.
              which will return the operator to the main User Option Menu.

      3.3.5   ***************

              ***************************************************
              ***************************************************
              ***************************************************
              *************************************

              See also section 3.8.4.2

      3.3.6.  ****************************

              ***************************************************
              *************************

                              ************************
                   ***********************************
                   ***********************************

      3.3.7   ********************* Force

              Selecting this option will offer the operator two options, either
              ***************Force ********************Force. Whichever one was
              previously selected, will be displayed. The operator will be
              instructed to press the 'Change' key to cycle through the
              displayed forces or 'Clear' to select the opposite option (*****
              ****************). As the operator cycles through the displayed
              forces, the force will be video highlighted. The operator will be
              instructed to press 'Return' to select the highlighted force which
              will return the operator to the User Option Menu.

              *****************Force will offer the following display, with
              larger numbers representing increasing force:

                   ***************************
                   *******           *********
                   ***************************
                   ***************************

         *******force*************************************************
         ***********************force*********************************
         ************force***************
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   6 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   7 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                         TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                         Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              ***************Force*********************************:


              **************************************************
                                      *************************
                                 **********************
                                 **********************


              **********forces*********************************************:

                       *********
                       *********
                       *********

        3.4   ****************************************************
              *******************


        3.4.1 Summary of C-Arm Switches

              A.   ********************************************************
                   ********************************************************

                        ****************
                        ****************
                        ******************
                        *************
                        ***************
                        *********
                        ***********

              B.   ********************************************************
                   ********************************************************
                   ***********

                        ******************
                        *************
                        ***************

              C.   *******************************************

                        ********************
                        ********************

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   8 OF 35    NO. ************   C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                             TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                             Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     
              D.   ********************  An additional switch will be
                   provided for

                                 *******************

              When any of the above **************** are actuated, the
              following actions will be initiated:

     3.4.2    **********************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ************************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              *********

     3.4.3    **************************

              ********************************************************
              ***********************************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              *************************************************

     3.4.4    ***********************

              ********************************************************
              *************************************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              *************************************

     3.4.5    ****************

              ********************************************************
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE   9 OF 35    NO. ************   C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                             TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                             Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              ********************************************************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              **************

     3.4.6    **************************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ********

              ********************************************************
              ********************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ************************************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              **************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ******************************************

              ********************************************************
              ********************************************************
              ********
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            [FOOTNOTE APPEARS HERE]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE  10 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                             TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                             Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           

                              [FORM APPEARS HERE]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard    STORAGE  11 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                             TITLE: Software Specifications for 
                                             Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



         3.4.7.    *****************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ***************************************

                      **   *********************************************
                           *****

                      **   ******************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   **********

                   *****************************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   ********************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   **********************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   **********************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************

         3.4.8     ****************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************
                                                                           
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[FOOTNOTE APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   12 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ************
                   *********************************************
                   ************************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   **********************************************

         3.5.      *****************************************************
                   ****************


         3.5.1     ************

                   *****************************************************
                   ******************

                   *****************************************************
                   *********************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

         3.5.2     ************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   13 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

         3.5.3     ************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

         3.5.4     **************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ***********************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ********************************

         3.5.5.    ******************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ***********************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ***********************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   14 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         3.5.6     *************

                   *****************************************************

                        ****************
                        ****************
                        ****************
                        ****************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************


                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

                        *******************************
                        *******************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

         3.5.7.    ************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   15 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         3.5.8     ******************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************

         3.6  *****************************************************
              ********************************************


         3.6.1     ***************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************


                   3.6.1.1  ************************

                            ********************************************
                            ********************************************
                            ********************************************
                            ********************************************
                            ********************************************

                                ****************************

                        ***             ***            ***          ***
                        *******          **           *****          **
                        ******           **           *****          **
                        ******           **           ******         **
                        ******           **           ******         **
                        ******           **           ******         **
                        *******          **           ******         **
                        *******          **           *****          ** 
                        *******          **           ******         ** 
                        *******          **           ******         **
                        *******          **           *****          **
                        ******           **           ******         ** 
                        *******          **           ******         ** 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   16 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        *********************************

              3.6.1.2   ************************

                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        ****************

                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        ******

                3.6.1.3 *******************

                        Refer to section 3.4.8

         3.6.2  ******************

                *****************************************************
                *****************************************************
                *****************************************************

                *****************************************************

                *****************************************************
                *****************************************************
                *****************************************************
                *****************************************************
                *****************************************************
                ****************************************************

                *****************************************************
                *******************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   17 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           
                                Figure 2 - Main Menu

                          ********************************

         ***************                              ***************

         **************                               ***************
         **********                                   *****************
                                                      ********************
         ********************     *******
         *********************    *************       ************    *****
         **********************   ********            *******        ******
         ***********************  ******
         ***********************  ****                **************

              *****************        **********************************
              *****************        **********************************
              *****************        **********************************
              *****************        **********************************

                                                           ***************
                                                           ***************
                                                           ***************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   18 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000                 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *************

                        ***************************
                        ********************************
                        ***************************
                        *****************************
                        *****************************
                        *****************************
                        *******************************
                        *******************************
                        ***************************
                        *******************************
                        *******************************
                        *****************************

                        **********************************************
                        ********************************

                        ************************************************
                        **********************************

                        ************************************************
                        ************************************************
                        *********************

                             *****
                             ********************
                             ************
                             ****************
                             **************
                             ********************
                             *******************



         3.6.3     *************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ***************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   19 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ************************

                        **********************************
                        *****************************
                        **********************************
                        **********************************

                   *****************************************************
                   *********

         3.7       *****************************************************
                   ***********

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   **************

         3.7.1     *********************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *********

                   *****************************************************
                   *************************************************

         3.7.2     ******************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ******************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   **********
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   20 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         3.7.3     ***************

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ********

                   *****************************************************
                   *****************************************************
                   ***********************

         3.8       *****************************************************
                   ******************

         3.8.1     ********

                   ************************

                        ************************************************
                        *******************

                        ************************************************
                        ************************************************
                        ************************************************
                        ************************************************
                        ***********

                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        **********

                   **************************

                        *******************************************
                        ************************************************
                        ************************************************
                        **********************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   21 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000                 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       TABLE 2

                              *************************

                                     ***********

                   ********************************
                   ****************************

                                     ***********

                   ********************************
                   ***************************

                                     ***********

                   *********************************
                   ****************************

         3.8.2     ********************

                   ***************


                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************

                        *****************************************************
                        ************************

                        *****************************************************

                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        *****************************************************
                        *********************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   22 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       ***************************************

                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        *********************************
                        ***********


                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************

         3.8.2.2   ***********************

                   *******************************************************
                   ***********************************

                   **************
                   ***************

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ***************

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   23 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            3.8.3  ****************

                   3.8.3.1   *********************

                             *********************************************
                             *********************************************
                             *********************************************
                             *********************************************
                             *********************************************
                             **********************************

                             *********************************************
                             *********************************************
                             *********************************************
                             *********************************************
                             ***************

                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************

                   3.8.3.2   **************************

                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************
                             ***********************

                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************
                             *******

                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************
                             **************************************************
                             ***********************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   24 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              3.8.3.3   ****************

                        **************************************************
                        *************************

                        ****************************************
                        ****************************************
                        ****************************************************
                        ****************************
                        ***********************************************
                           ***************************

                                  **********
                                  **********
                                  **********

                           ***********************************************
                           ***********************************************

              3.8.3.4   ***************

                        ****************************************************
                        **************

                             *************************
                             *************************
                             *************************
                             ***************************************
                                    **********************************

              3.8.3.5   ***************

                        ***************************************************
                        ***************************************************
                        ***************************************************
                        ******

                        ************************************

                                          **************      ************
                                       *********   *****   *******    ******
                                       ---------   -----   -------    ------
                        ***************************************************
                        ***************************************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   25 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              3.8.3.6   ***************

                        **************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        ******

              3.8.3.7   ****************

                        **************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        *********************

                        *****************************************

                        *************************************************

                                       ******
                                       *     *     *
                                       -     -     -
                        **********    ***   ***   ***   ***
                        **********     **    **    **   ***

                        **********************************************

         3.8.5     ********************

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ****************************


                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************

                   *******************************************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   26 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ******************************

         3.9       *******************************************************
                   -------------------------------------------------------
                   ***********
                   -----------
         3.9.1     ******

                   *******************************************************
                   ***************************

                   *******************************************************

                   *********************

                        ****************************************
                        ****************************************
                        ****************************************
                        ****************************************
                        ****************************************
                        ****************************************

                   ******************************************

         3.9.2     ***********

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ***********

                   *******************************************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   27 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   ************************************

                        **************************************************
                        **************************************************
                        **********************************
                        **********************************
                        *************************************
                        *************************************
                        *************************************
                        ****************************************

                   *************

                        **************************************************
                        **************

                             **********
                             ***************
                             ************

                   *********************

                        *********************


         3.9.3     **********

                   *******************************************

         3.9.4     *******

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************

                   ***********************************

         3.9.5     ************

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   28 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         3.10      ***********
                   -----------

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   **********

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ****************************************

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ****************************************

         3.10.1    ************

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ***************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ********************************
                   

         3.10.2    ***********

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   **********

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******

         3.10.3    ***********

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   29 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   *******************************************************
                   ********************************
                   
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   **********************

         3.10.4    ***********

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   **********************

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   ************

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *********

         3.10.5    ***********

                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************************************
                   *******************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   30 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                ********************

         ***************************************************

         ************                  ******
         ------------                  ------
         **********************        *****************

         **********************        *****************************

         **********************        ***********************

         **********************        ******************************
                                       **********
                                            **
                                       ******************************
                                       *******************

         **********************        ****************

         *****************             ***********************

         **********                    *****************************

         **********                    *******************************

         *********************         ********************************

         ***********************            ***************************

         *****************             ***************************

         ****************              *********************************
                                       ******

         ********************          **********************************
                                       **********

         ***********                   *************

         ****************              ******************

         **************                ******************

         ***************               *********
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   31 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         ***************               ***********************************
                                       *******

         **********************        **************************
         *************                 *********************

         **********************        ***********************************
                                       *****************************

         ********************          **********************************
         ***********************

         ***********************       ***********************************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   32 OF 35    NO. ************   C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                *********************

         ***************

         ********* *******
         --------- -------
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************
         ****     *******     *********************

              ****************              ********
         ****     ******      ***********   *****  *******
         ****     ******      ***********   ****** ************
         ****     ******      ***********   ****** ************
         ****     ******      ***********   ****** ***********
         ****     ******      ***********   ****** ***********
         ****     ******      ***********   *****  **********
         ****     ******      ***********   *****  **********
         ****     ******      ***********          ******************

         *******

         **************

         **    *******    ***********    ****************   *******************
         *     *******    ***********    ****************   ********************
         *     *******    ***********    ************    
         *     *******    ***********    ****************   ***
         *     *******    ***********    ****************   ********************
         *     *******    ***********    ****************   ********************
         *     *******    ***********    ****************   ********************
         *     *******    ***********    ****************   ********************
         *     *******    ***********    ****************   ******************* 
              
              
         --   ---------------
         **   ***************
         **   ***************
         **   *****************************************************
         ****************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   33 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         ***********

         *******************************************************
         *******************************************************
         *******************************************************
         *******************************************************
         *******************************************************
         *******************************************************
         *******************************************************
         *******************************************************
         *******************************************************


         *****************************************

         ******  ************      *******
         ------  ------------      -------     
         *********************************
         *********************************
         *****************************----
         **************
         *********************************
         *********************************
         *********************************
         *************
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   34 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   APPENDIX A3 LORAD SERIAL COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL

         *********************************************************

              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********

         *******************************************************
         **********************

         **********************

              ********************************************************

                   **********
                   **********
                   **********

         **********************************************

              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********

         ****************************

              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
              **********
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         LORAD Corporation       DATA      SHEET     DWG.              REV.
         Engineering Standard   STORAGE   35 OF 35   NO. ************  C
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                           TITLE: Software Specifications for
                                           Philips MD 3000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         ******************************************************************
         *******************************

         ******************************************************************
         ****************************

         *********************************************

              *****************************

              ****************************************
<PAGE>
 
         Agreement between Philips Medical Systems and LORAD      Exhibit 2

                                 Planning and Prices
                                 Date: 1, October 1993               Page 1





         **********
                                                                
         **************                                       
                                                              
                                                              
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              *****         *****      *****         *****      *****      
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              *****         *****      *****         *****      *****
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         ******************************

         **********************

================================================================================
         *****               *****                    *****
================================================================================

         *****          *****     *****     *****   *****  *****   *****
                        *****     *****             *****  *****   *****
                                  *****                            *****

         *****        ********    *****     *****   *****  *****   *****
================================================================================

         *****        ********    *****     *****   *****  *****   *****
         *****        ********    *****     *****   *****  *****   *****
         *****        ********    *****     *****   *****  *****   *****
         *****        ********    *****     *****   *****  *****   *****
         *******
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         *****        ********              ******         *****
         *****                    *****             *****          *****
         *****                    *****             *****          *****
================================================================================
         *****        ********    *****     ******         *****   *****
         ******
================================================================================
         *****
         **********                              ****
         ********
         *********                              ******
================================================================================

         ******                                  ***
                                                 *******
         ******                                  *******
         *******                                 *******
================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                                                      November 11, 1993

                                      Exhibit 3

                                Service Arrangements

         Exhibit 3 to the OEM Agreement (the "Agreement") between LORAD
         Corporation ("LORAD") and Philips Medical Systems North America
         Company ("PMSNA") for supply of mammography x-ray systems.

         1.        Responsibilities for Product Service

         Unless agreed to otherwise,

         PMSNA is responsible for:

              -    installing and commissioning
              -    training of the user
              -    maintenance and repair at customers' sites
              -    regular training of the PMSNA field engineers

         LORAD is responsible for:

              -    provision and accuracy of documentation
              -    spare parts supply
              -    provision of special tools as required for repair of 
                   Product(s)
                   (except for Component(s)), Option(s) or Spare
                   Parts
              -    initial training and support of PMSNA service staff and
                   regular training upon request

         2.        Product Delivery

         The requirements for delivery of Product(s), Option(s) and Spare
         Parts are 
         as set forth in the Agreement and in the other Exhibits to it.

         2.1       Service Documentation

         2.1.1     Preparation of Service Documentation

         PMSNA will supply, at no cost to LORAD, binders with PMSNA's
         standard 
         register into which the service documentation enumerated
         below shall be 
         inserted by LORAD (hereinafter, the "Service Documentation" or, as 
         assembled, the "Service Manual").  The binders will be ordered by 
         LORAD 
         from the PMSNA service organization with at least two months lead time
         before the date they will be needed by LORAD for assembly of the 
         Service 
         Manuals.

         The address for PMSNA's service organization is:

                   Philips Medical Systems North America Co.
                   P.O. Box 860
                   710 Bridgeport Avenue
                   Shelton, Connecticut 06484
    
<PAGE>
 
         (1)   Pricing for the Cytoguide adaptation and upgrade shall be *****
               for a design using plastic bearings and ****** for a design 
               using
               steel bearings.  These prices are based on LORAD's preliminary
               estimate of its cost of producing the Cytoguide adaptation and
               upgrade.  ****************************************************
               **************************************************************
               *********.
<PAGE>
 
         LORAD shall furnish to PMSNA ninety (90) days before the First
         Commercial Delivery of Product, free of charge, two sets of
         Service 
         Documentation.  If the Service Documentation complies with
         Philips' 
         standards, PMSNA will approve it for delivery and use by Philips' 
         service 
         organization.

         The Service Documentation labeling shall carry only the "Philips" name,
         trademark and Product or Option name (rather than LORAD's trademark 
         or tradename for that product).

         PMSNA will assist LORAD in producing the said Service Documentation, 
         but each party will bear its own costs with respect to preparing the 
         Service Documentation.

         The Service Documentation will be updated by LORAD during the lifetime
         of the Product(s) or Option(s) to include all implemented changes and
         modifications pertaining to Product(s) or Option(s).  Corrections
         (complete updated versions) will be furnished to PMSNA without 
         additional charge.  LORAD will supply new documents at least thirty
         (30) 
         days before the first delivery of Product which has been modified or
         updated as provided in the Agreement.

         2.1.2     Service Manual

         For each Product or Option the following information shall be provided
         by LORAD as part of the Service Documentation and the Service Manual 
         be organized in the following format:

                   -    Introduction and Technical Data
                   -    Installation
                   -    Setting to work
                   -    Acceptance: specification checks and data applicable
                        or field service
                   -    Corrective Maintenance
                   -    Diagnostic procedures for fault identification
                   -    Adjustment procedures
                   -    Instructions for assembly and disassembly
                   -    Instructions for removal and replacement
                   -    Procedures after repair or replacement
                   -    Simplified drawings to facilitate fault finding
                   -    Theory of operation and explanation
                   -    Diagrams and drawings
                   -    Repair procedures
                   -    Spare Parts lists with identification numbers
                   -    Sorted by PMSNA ID code (a set of PMSNA ID codes
                        will be provided to LORAD)
                   -    Sorted by LORAD ID code
                   -    Specification of repairable/replaceable items
                   -    Specification of required tools for:
                        -    Installation, setting to work and acceptance
                        -    Maintenance, all non-metric tools required shall 
                             be listed separately

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
         The test and diagnostic software, if any, used by field service
         personnel 
         will be made available by LORAD on a carrier suitable for the Product
         or 
         Option and will be supplied with each Product or Option.  **********
         ****************************************
         **************************************************************
         ***************

         If PMSNA requires additional Service Manuals, LORAD will supply them 
         at a price of ********************** for each set.

         2.1.3     Planned Maintenance Service Manual

         Planned Maintenance is defined as pre-planned actions performed to
         assure by means of systematic inspection that the Product or Option is
         working in a specified manner.

         The Planned Maintenance Service Manual is to be supplied directly to 
         Philips' service organization, not packed in shipments of
         Product(s) or Option(s) to PMSNA.

         Initially, five (5) sets will be provided free of charge.  Thereafter,
         PMSNA, 
         may, free of charge, reproduce them for PMSNA's use or distribution to
         Philips Associated Companies, dealers, manufacturer's representatives
         and customers.  PMSNA shall also have the right to revise, reorganize,
         translate or otherwise modify them for distribution to and use by 
         Philips'
         service organization.

         The Planned Maintenance Service Manual will contain:

                        -    Schedule(s)
                        -    Instructions
                        -    List of Spare Part(s) to be replaced
                        -    List of required lubrication
                        -    Specification of tools required (including non-
                             metric tools)
                        -    Specification of other materials

         2.2       Language

         All Service Documentation will be made available in the English
         language.

         2.3       Additional Information on Data Carrier

         All service-related information provided by LORAD hereunder, including,
         in particular, Spare Part(s) lists and prices, will be made available
         to 
         Philips' service organization on a data carrier, such as 3.5 inch 
         floppy 
         disk, and updated annually as necessary.

         3.        Support on Site

         If necessary and if requested by Philips' service organization, LORAD 
         will
         provide support at customers' sites.  Travel expenses, accommodations

        
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     and all other travel and living expenses of LORAD's personnel at the site
     will be borne by PMSNA.  All other costs will be covered by an all-
     inclusive fee of *****************************.  If, however,
     the problem or functional defect is a result of a design defect, the per 
     diem fee will not be payable to LORAD for the time spent correcting the 
     defect and travel and living expenses will also be born by LORAD.

     4.        Maintenance

     4.1       Repair Policy

     Repair will be done by replacing field exchangeable Spare Part(s), either 
     new or refurbished.  LORAD will propose those parts in consultation with
     the PMSNA service organization.  A list of these Spare Part(s) is attached
     (or is to be added when agreed upon) as Appendix 2 to this Exhibit.

     4.2       Reporting by LORAD about Reliability

     LORAD and PMSNA will exchange free of charge, all relevant data
     regarding reliability of the Product, including, but not limited to:

                        -    MTBF and MTTR-figures
                        -    Problem reports
                        -    Field failures
                        -    Parts usage and approx. costs

     at the Product and Spare Part level.

     4.3  Storage Conditions and Handling Procedures

     LORAD will specify the storage conditions for Spare Part(s), such as (but
     not limited to) temperature, humidity, shelf life and air pressure, for any
     Spare Part(s) for which there are special requirements in this regard.

     5.        Field Change Order ("FCO"), Problem Reporting and
               Service Information

     5.1       Field Change Orders

     5.1.1     Modification Kits

     Field modifications (referred to in this Exhibit as "Field Change Orders"
     or "FCO's"), if any, will be made available to PMSNA in form of individual
     modification kits in the quantity required to update the entire installed 
     base of Product(s) or Option(s) to which each field modification applies.

     These kits shall contain:

                        -    List of applicable Products and their serial
                             numbers
                        -    Implementation instructions
                        -    Material and Spare Parts
                        -    Special tools (if any)
        
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                        -    Service Documentation and Operator's Manual
                             updates

         Kits for field modifications in the categories of "mandatory for
         safety" and
         "action for performance" will be provided by LORAD to PMSNA without
         charge.

         5.1.2     Categories and Implementation of FCO's

         Three (3) categories of FCO's are distinguished:

                        -    Mandatory for Safety
                        -    Action for Performance
                        -    Service Recommendation

         Classification into any of these categories and the terms and 
         conditions
         of any action will be determined by PMSNA, based upon applicable law
         and regulations, after consultation with LORAD.

         5.2       Field Problem Reporting by PMSNA

         PMSNA will report all problems using a Field Problem Report formsheet
         (an example is attached as an annex to this Exhibit). In order to 
         shorten
         turnaround times, PMSNA may report problems to LORAD by telephone or
         fax. Telephone reports must be confirmed by a written Field Problem
         Report.

         The categories of Problems are defined as "very urgent problems,"
         "urgent
         problems," "routine problems":

              VERY URGENT PROBLEMS

                   -    Disable product or cause an abnormal termination of
                        an application program.
                   -    Cause danger for the patient being examined or for
                        personnel operating the product.

              URGENT PROBLEMS

                   -    Disable a product under certain conditions
                   -    Disable certain function(s) of a product

              ROUTINE PROBLEMS

                   -    Problems other than VERY URGENT or URGENT

         As soon as possible, but ultimately within two (2) working days after
         a
         problem has been reported, LORAD will confirm receipt of a Field
         Problem Report and start reproducing and analyzing the Problem.  In
         its
         confirmation LORAD will indicate the manner and time frame in which
         LORAD expects to have a preliminary and/or definite solution available,
         and it will use its best efforts to meet or exceed the following
         schedule:

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
         Time allowance:

                        Category       Definite Solution

                        VERY URGENT    *****************
                        URGENT         *****************
                        ROUTINE        *****************

         6.        Configuration Management

         6.1       Identification / Labeling of Spare Part(s)

         The packing as well as shipping documents for all Spare Part(s),
         assemblies and sub-assemblies will be clearly coded and marked.

         6.2       Registration

         LORAD will maintain a Configuration Record for each Product delivered
         indicating:

                        -    Product name,
                        -    Serial number,
                        -    Code number of each printed circuit board
                             ("PCB"), including Hardware and 
                             Software/Firmware level (if any), and
                        -    Identification of assemblies and subassemblies
                             contained in the product by part numbers and
                             serial number.

         The same procedure will apply for delivery of Field Change Order kits.
  
         With each FCO kit LORAD will provide PMSNA with the valid
         Configuration Record for the modified Product or Option.

         7.        Spare Part(s)

         7.1       Spare Part(s) List

         LORAD will provide to PMSNA a list of Spare Part(s) in Product(s) or 
         Option(s) as built, containing the following information,

                        -    Spare Part numbers (to include the PMSNA- and
                             LORAD Spare Part numbers for reference)
                        -    Description of the Spare Part(s), including an
                             illustrated 
                             explosion drawing, whenever applicable
                        -    Price of the Spare Part(s)
                        -    Repair and Exchange Prices
                        -    Guaranteed delivery time per Spare Part or group
                             of Spare Part(s)
                        -    Supplier name and address
                        -    Restrictions on export from the United States (if
                             applicable)

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
         7.2       Availability, Delivery

         LORAD will assure availability (F.O.B., Danbury, Connecticut) of Spare
         Part(s) no less than ***************** before the First Commercial
         Delivery 
         of Product(s) or Option(s) or of each new version of a Product or 
         Option.

         Delivery time for Spare Part(s) will be ********************** after
         receipt
         of order.  For some Spare Part(s) LORAD may require a forecast in order
         to meet this delivery time.  LORAD will advise PMSNA which Spare Part
         (s)
         are in this category.

         LORAD guarantees the availability of Spare Part(s) for Product(s) and
         Option(s) during a period of *************** after the last delivery
         of a
         Product or Option by LORAD to PMSNA under the Agreement.  During
         the seventh year after the last dispatch of Product(s) or Option(s)
         PMSNA
         and LORAD will consult each other about the expected demand for Spare
         Part(s) over the remaining service life of the Product(s) or Option(s)
         and 
         how this demand can best met in a cost effective way.

         7.3       Upgrade of Spare Part(s)

         Stocks of Spare Part(s) in PMSNA's stores which have become obsolete
         due
         to Field Change Orders will be returned to LORAD. The shipping costs
         will be borne by PMSNA.  LORAD will credit to PMSNA the actual
         purchase value or modify the Spare Part to the highest configuration 
         level, if applicable.

         7.4       Ordering of Spare Part(s)

         7.4.1     Stock Recommendations and Planning

         LORAD will provide PMSNA with recommendations for the stocking of
         Spare Part(s) required to support and maintain the Products and update
         such information as required.

         LORAD will recommend and allow PMSNA to initiate an end-of-life order
         after the agreed period.

         PMSNA will - in so far as possible - provide LORAD with a forecast of
         its
         expected demand for Spare Part(s).

         7.4.2     Priority 1 Orders (P1)

         Spare Part(s) to be delivered under a "Priority 1 order" (breakdown or
         out
         of stock situation) will be shipped by LORAD, using courier service to
         the
         shipping address indicated on PMSNA's notification or order, within 24
         hours after notification in writing (e.g. by fax).

         LORAD will make all the necessary and appropriate shipping
         arrangements.  PMSNA will reimburse the freight costs.  LORAD will
         immediately inform PMSNA of the relevant shipping information and
         expected time of arrival.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     *****************************************************************
     ***********************************************

     7.4.3     Priority 2 Orders (P2)

     Spare Part(s) to be delivered under "Priority 2 orders" (replenishment
     orders) may be placed by PMSNA during the term of this Agreement or
     thereafter during the **************** set forth in the third paragraph of 
     7.3 above.  These Spare Part(s) will - in so far as they were forecasted -
     have a delivery time of ********* *********.  In any case LORAD will 
     use its best efforts to meet delivery requirements.

     LORAD will accept orders irrespective of value and will not impose
     surcharges on any order (except as may be agreed upon with PMSNA for
     Priority 1 orders).

     7.5       Repair

     7.5.1     Repair Services and Support

     Those Spare Part(s) which are identified as repairable items may be
     returned by PMSNA to LORAD for repair and will be   repaired to their
     highest configuration level within six (6) ***************** or be replaced
     within ***************.

     LORAD will provide repair services for a period of at least *********** 
     after delivery of the last Product or Option under the Agreement.

     Repairs will not affect Form, Fit, Function, interchangeability or
     certification of the Spare Part(s).

     For warranty repairs, LORAD shall be responsible for arranging and
     paying for transportation and insurance for shipments of replacement
     parts to and from LORAD.

     For non-warranty repairs transportation charges to and from LORAD
     are the responsibility of PMSNA.

     LORAD will also provide Technical Assistance as required.  A "help desk"
     will be available during regular working hours from 8:30 A.M. to 5:00
     P.M. Eastern Standard Time.

     7.5.2     Warranty on Repaired Items

     Repaired parts will carry the same warranty as for primary delivered
     parts (as set forth in Article 8 of the Agreement).

     7.5.3     Repair at PMSNA

     If PMSNA decides in the future to start repair of exchangeable Spare
     Part(s) in its own workshops, then LORAD agrees to transfer to PMSNA all
     relevant information concerning, for example but not limited to:

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                        -    Troubleshooting
                        -    Component specifications (names and addresses
                             of vendors included)
                        -    Adjustment procedures
                        -    Tools and repair aids (specifications and prices)
                        -    Initial training (if applicable)
                        -    Schematics and wiring diagrams
                        -    Test software and firmware

  The conditions (prices, reimbursement for work involved, etc.) for
  transfer will be negotiated at the time of such transfer.

  7.6       Packing

  Each Spare Part will be packed in such a way that it can be held in
  PMSNA'S inventory without repacking for storage or shipment.
  Electrostatic discharge packing is to be used where required.

  If applicable, Spare Part(s) shall be marked as subject or not subject to 
  United States export restrictions.  Each item shall also be marked with
  the country of origin.

  7.7       Prices

  Prices for any additional Spare Part(s) required for the Product(s) or
  Option(s) will be agreed upon between the parties when each new
  Product or Option is added to the scope of this Agreement and is
  incorporated in Appendix 2 at that time.

  The prices will be based on ************************************
  ******************.

  ****************************************************************
  ****************************************************************
  ****************************************************************
  ****************************************************************
  ****************************************************************
  ****************************************************************
  **********************************

  7.8       Modifications to Spare Part(s) (Because of FCO's)

  For modifications to Spare Part(s), or at the introduction of Product(s) or 
  Option(s) for the Products, LORAD will make its best efforts to supply 
  new Spare Part(s) and price lists at least ****************** before the First
  Commercial Delivery of that Option, Product or new version of a Product 
  or Option which incorporates modified Spare Part(s), takes place.

  7.9       Second Sourcing

  LORAD will Provide PMSNA with the manufacturer's name and part
  numbers(s) for generic Spare Part(s), to enable PMSNA, if LORAD is unable
  to supply Spare Part(s), to directly source these generic Spare Part(s) from 
  LORAD's suppliers.

         
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
         LORAD shall, however, remain responsible, as set forth herein, in the 
         event certain Spare Parts are no longer available from such vendors.
 
         LORAD will then take all necessary actions to find, as soon as
         possible, substitutes for Spare Part(s) which are no longer
         available, including undertaking the necessary engineering and
         test work connected with such a substitution.

         8.        Training, Exchange of Experiences

         LORAD will provide adequate initial training for the Philips' service
         organization (a "train the trainer" program), to take place,
         preferably, in Danbury, Connecticut, as set forth in Section 15.8 of
         the Agreement. One training session will be held at least
         ***************** in advance of the First Commercial Delivery of the
         Product, and be in sufficient depth to enable PMSNA personnel to
         conduct the training of other PMSNA technical personnel. LORAD will
         assist PMSNA in preparing all documents and other training aids
         necessary for successful secondary training classes held by PMSNA.
         During instructor training classes, a complete set of Service Manuals
         will be made available free of charge by LORAD to the participants.

         If significant improvements are made to Products or new contract
         items are added to the scope of the Agreement, LORAD will provide
         training and documentation for those improvements or items on the
         conditions stated above.

         Once a year an exchange of experiences between PMSNA and LORAD
         will the planned.

         For all of the above activities, each party will bear its own
         costs.

         The schedule for the initial training will be set by mutual
         consent. Additional training will be scheduled on *************
         notice from PMSNA.

         9.        Software Support and Maintenance

         9.1       General

         LORAD will provide support, preventive and corrective maintenance
         for Software/Firmware for a minimum of *************** following
         the last shipment of Product(s) or Option(s) to PMSNA under this
         Agreement.

         For this purpose, LORAD will keep available a software maintenance
         and support group with adequate know-how regarding the various
         versions of the software.  This support will be in addition to
         that set forth in Article 8 of the Agreement.  For modifications
         to Software/Firmware the procedure set forth in Section 3.3 of the
         Agreement will be followed.



                                      10
<PAGE>
 
         9.2       Definitions

         The following definitions will apply in addition to the other
         definitions in the Agreement:

         "Compatibility"
         will mean that a new Release or a new Level can replace the former
         Release(s) or Level(s) of the Software without degrading the
         functionality and/or affecting the interfacing of the Product or
         Software.

         "Release(s)"
         will mean a specified set of functions. A new Release of the Software
         will be made as a result of changed functional specifications and will
         also contain the solutions to problems of previous Levels. A Release
         may comprise a number of Versions.

         "Version(3)"
         will mean a distinction between various software programs which fulfil
         essentially the same class of functions, but which are different for
         alternative hardware choices and/or slightly different Software
         configurations and/or differences in performance and/or for commercial
         reasons.

         "Level(s)"
         will mean improved Software having the same functional specifications
         as before, but originating from changed (corrected) source code.

         9.3       General Support

         While maintaining compatibility LORAD will actively:

         search the Software/Firmware for errors and offer corrections therefor,

         investigate, produce and offer enhancements to the Software/Firmware
         which improve and optimize the user friendliness of the
         Software/Firmware,

         on request, provide advice with regard to the capabilities of the
         Software/Firmware in order to fully exploit its potential, and

         investigate advanced software diagnostics to aid the repair of
         equipment and maintain service efficiency and a low MTTR.


         9.4       Corrective Maintenance

         While maintaining compatibility and without prejudice to the procedures
         of Section 5.3 of this Exhibit LORAD will provide Corrective
         Maintenance by:

              delivering as soon as possible solutions for VERY URGENT and
              URGENT PROBLEMS in the form of preliminary solutions
              (temporary fixes only, no corrections to the Software/
              Firmware) and definite solutions (corrections to the Software/
              Firmware) if necessary in an unscheduled Level of the
              Software/Firmware.

                                      11
<PAGE>
 
              delivering solutions for ROUTINE PROBLEMS in the form of
              definite solutions as part of the next Level of the
              Software/Firmware.

         If LORAD cannot provide a definite solution without violating the
         compatibility of the Software/Firmware with the Product(s) or 
         Option(s)'
         hardware or the Specifications, then LORAD will promptly so inform
         PMSNA in writing, with a comprehensive explanation of the reasons and
         consequences. LORAD will not undertake any implementation of such
         definite solution unless PMSNA has accepted the consequences of such
         action in writing.

         Both preliminary and definite solutions will be released to PMSNA as
         soon as possible, but only after LORAD has produced and tested each
         solution, in clinical application as well as in LORAD's product
         development laboratory. Definite solutions shall be included in the
         next available Level of any Release. The solutions will be documented
         and made available to PMSNA by the fastest means of communication
         and/or transportation.

         10.       Duration of Service Arrangements

         Unless explicitly agreed to the contrary in this Exhibit or in the
         Agreement itself, the arrangements of this Exhibit will come into
         effect on the same day as the Agreement and continue until
         *************** after delivery of the last Product or Option by LORAD
         pursuant to the Agreement.

         11.       Survival

         Should any of the provisions of this Agreement become invalid or be
         ruled invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, this shall not
         impair the legal effectiveness of the others, the parties shall,
         however, immediately replace the invalid provision by one which, in so
         far as possible, has the same legal and economic effect as the former.


         Appendices:

         Appendix 1:    Field Problem Report
         Appendix 2:    List of Spare Part(s)



                                      12
<PAGE>
 
                                ACCEPTANCE TEST

         CONTENT:

         1.   Valid papers

              hardware specification version ****************
              software specification version ****************
              ******** list date ****************
              SUMMARY OF ACTION ITEMS date ******************
                   Mentioned open test are done in the meantime.
              time schedule (EXHIBIT 6 OF CONTRACT)

         2.   First Target: ******************************
              Open major problems:

              *********

                   -    *********************************
                   -    ****************
                   -    ***************************  
                   -    ***********            **********
                   -    ***********            **********

              ********  *****************************************

              *********
                   -    *********************************
                   -    *****************************************************
                        ***********
                   -    ***********************************************
                   -    ********************

         3.   Second Target:      *************

              all points mentioned in the ***************
              all points listed in "SUMMARY OF ACTION ITEMS"
              all jobs listed in the time schedule
                   (EXHIBIT 6 of contract)
              Regarding the lower requirements for application this release
              is only valid for application and not for series.
<PAGE>
 
                         WHAT KIND OF ACTIONS ARE NECESSARY
                          TO GET A RELEASE FOR APPLICATION

         The release for application will be done by Quality department in
         Hamburg.  For a decision the 
         following parts/information must be available before in Hamburg.

                   *    ***************************************************
                        **************

                   *    ********************************
                   *    ***********************************
                   *    ****************************************
                        ****************************************

         Requirements regarding software will be done by quality department
         in Hamburg a.s.a.p.

















          [/s/ Signature Appears Here]
         ------------------------------
         John Rogers, LORAD

                                  
          [/s/ Signature Appears Here]
         ------------------------------
         Judy Haynie, Philips

                                  
          [/s/ Signature Appears Here]
         ------------------------------
         Juergen Wiechers, Philips
<PAGE>
 
                                   Exhibit 3
                                  Appendix 1
                                  ----------
                             Field Problem Report
                             --------------------

         SUPPLIER                           LICENSED PARTICIPANT

         FORM OF PROBLEM REPORT
         ----------------------


         1.   Required urgency

         2.   Reporting date

         3    Name
              Address of participant

         4.   Reference to Philips International Agreement no. ...

         5.   Equipment (hardware) and Software configuration.

         6.   Problem description

         7.   Conditions under which the problem occurs.


         Problem reports to be sent to:     Name      of Supplier
                                            Address
                                            Contact Person


         Supplier will inform requesting Participant about: 

         -    Problem acceptance/rejection for further treatment

         -    Status of Solution such as:   temporary solution, to
                                            be solved in next
                                            release, problem
                                            solved etc.
<PAGE>
 
                                   Exhibit 3

                                  Appendix 2

         PHILIPS MD3000 SPARE PARTS LIST    10/13/93              PAGE 1
         DOMESTIC VERSION

         * To assure latest software revision, these parts will be shipped
         direct from LORAD.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------
         #    PHILIPS P/N      LORAD P/N    DESCRIPTION              QTY
         -----------------------------------------------------------------
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
          *   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
         PHILIPS MD3000 SPARE PARTS LIST    10/13/93              PAGE 2
         DOMESTIC VERSION

         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************     **
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *
         **   **************   **********   *********************      *

<PAGE>
 
                                      Exhibit 4
         mammo DIAGNOST 3000    Final Production Test               Page 1
         ------------------- ---------------------------------  ----------
         Distribution:
         Original: Archive at LORAD
         Copy:     PMS-Hamburg, attn. Incoming Inspection

         Philips ID-Number

         ***********************************     S/N   .....................
         ***********************************     S/N   .....................
         ***********************************     S/N   .....................
         ***********************************     S/N   .....................
         ***********************************     S/N   .....................
         ***********************************     S/N   .....................
         ***********************************     S/N   .....................
 




                                             Name:..........................

                                       Department:..........................

                                             Date:..........................

                                        Signature:..........................


                                                             Check OK
                                                                or
                                                           Insert Value
                                                           ------------

         1.   Production-Line Test

              Earth Resistance *****                            ....... 
              Earth leakage Current *****                          MA
              Touch voltage                                     .......      
              High voltage test *****                           .......      
              High voltage test *****                           .......      

         2.   C-Arm Controls

              C-Arm up-movement                                 .......      
              C-Arm down-movement                               .......      
              C-Arm rotation release                            .......      
              Compression Up                                    .......      
              Compression down                                  .......      
              Compression release                               .......      
              Light field - illuminate the image field               
                            for approximately 30 seconds        .......      
              Compression handwheel                             .......      
              Footswitches                                      .......      
              Front panel release key                           .......      







<PAGE>
 
         mammo DIAGNOST 3000    Final Production Test               Page 2
         ------------------- ---------------------------------  ----------

                                                                     Check OK  
                                                                        or     
                                                                   Insert Value 
         3.   C-Arm Movements                                    

              C-Arm vertical movement
              *********** from floor (breast tray height)           cm
                                                                
              C-Arm down movement motorized                         1b
              C-Arm up movement motorized                           1b

              C-Arm rotation
              ***************************************               1b
              C-Arm rotation         locked min...N                  N     

         4.   Compression
              Compression plate selection                             

                   **********************                        .....
                   **********************                        .....
                   **********************                        .....
                   **********************                        .....
                   **********************                        .....
                   **********************                        .....


              Compression motorized up    **********                1B
              Compression motorized down  **********                1B
              Compression manual up       **********                1B
              Compression manual down     **********                1b
              Compression release         **********                cm
              (switch is located on the C-Arm 7 key 
              switchpad and on the front panel)
              Compression release strength                           N
              tolerance

         5.   C-Arm Pivot Tube

              Gradient of C-Arm pivot tube                          mm      

         6.   Filter and mirror
                                                                 .....
              Artefact free exposure                             .....

         7.   Resolution

              Fokus 0.1 > ..... lp/mm     vertical   x =         lo/mm
                                          horizontal y =         lo/mm      


         8.   Labels

              Main identification plate
              X-ray tube compliance label
              HV-generator compliance label
              Beam limiting device compliance label
              X-ray control compliance label
              Image receptor support device compliance label
<PAGE>
 
         mammo DIAGNOST 3000    Final Production Test               Page 3
         ------------------- ---------------------------------  ---------- 

                                                            Check OK
                                                               or
                                                          Insert Value

         9.   Evaluation Sheet for Text Exposure

         type                                                 ............

         **********
         Symetric Radiaton (left/right)
              Symmetry         a1 (left)  ......     mm
              Symmetry         a2 (right) ......     mm
         Symmetry deviation:   [a1-a2]                              mm     

         Excess radiation or overradiation to the front: not less than 1 mm
              overradiation    b1 (left)  ......     mm
              overradiation    b2 (right) ......     mm
              Max excess radiation        ......     mm
         Straight forward: deviation [b1 - b2]                      mm     

         **********
         Symetric Radiation (left/right)
              Symmetry         a1 (left)  ......     mm
              Symmetry         a2 (right) ......     mm
         Symmetry deviation:   [a1-a2]                              mm     

         Excess radiation or overradiation to the front: not less than 1 mm
              overradiation    b1 (left)  ......     mm
              overradiation    b2 (right) ......     mm
              Max excess radiation        ......     mm
         Straight forward: deviation
                               [b1-b2]                              mm     

         10.  Illuminance of Light Field

              Light field consistancy                              lux     
              (The difference between background lux and
              light field lux >= 200 lux)

              Light field alignment
              (The light field borders must be less than **** 
              away from the x-ray field borders)




         11.  Exposure

              Auto-kV mode begin at *****                        .....
              Auto-kV mode keeps the exposure mAs within the
              preset "windows"                                   .....
              Small focus      **********                        .....
              Large focus      **********                        .....

         12.  Image Receptor Selection

              Cassette holder                                    .....
              Cassette type                                           
              *********                                          .....
              Bucky                                              .....
<PAGE>
 
         mammoDIAGNOST 3000     Final Production Test               page 4
         ------------------  ---------------------------------  ----------

                                                           Check OK
                                                              or
                                                          Insert Value
                                                          ------------
         13.  Aperture

              Auto-aperture                                      .....
              Fixed aperture                                     .....

         14.  x-ray prevention

              Patient shields
                      Abdomen shield                             .....
                      Face shield                                .....

              The official authorisation for the x-ray tube has
              been granted     

         15.  Biopsy

         Couple the biopsy unit:    a lamp in the frame must
                                    be light up.                 .....

         The locking brakes for traverse and longitudinal
         carriage are applied       a lamp must light up.        .....

         Switch off the system.     The locking brakes for
                                    traverse and longitudi-
                                    nal carriage remain to 
                                    be applied.                  .....

         Use the non-locking switch.
                                    The brakes are released.     .....

         Bring the radiography unit into the upright position.
                                    Exposure release must not
                                    be possible.                 ..... 

         Correction values for the position of the biopsy unit
         are entered.                                            .....

         Checking adjustment of the biopsy cone.                 .....

         Adjustment of the Z-axis of the needle.                 .....

         Checking the radiation going beyond the film.     
         Symetric Radiaton (left/right)
              Symmetry          a1 (left)  ......    mm   
              Symmetry          a2 (right) ......    mm
         Symmetry deviation:    [a1 - a2]                           **

         Excess radiation or overradiation to the front: not less than 1 mm
              overradiation     b1 (left)  ......    mm
              overradiation     b2 (right) ......    mm
              Max excess radiation         ......    mm
         Straight forward: deviation       
                                [b1 - b2]                           **

         16.  Printer                                           ......

         17.  Keyboards                                         ......

         18.  Monitor                                           ...... 
<PAGE>
 
                                      Exhibit 5

                           Standard Form for Change Request

         Standard Form for Change Request

         1.   Change request number: (date and sequence number)

         2.   Description of change:

              Change of:

         3.   Reason of the change:

         4.   Change proposed for series:

         5.   Change proposed for Serial Number:

         6.   Reference to Drawings:

         7.   Reference to Reports and/or telexes:

         8.   Consequences for Safety standards:

         9.   Consequences for Service documentation and/or spare parts:

         10.  Consequences for Delivery Time:

         11.  Consequences for Price:

         12.  Consequences for Interfaces:

         13.  Consequences for Stock:

         14.  Initiated by:
<PAGE>
 

                                                                    Exhibit 6

                                 Time Schedule

                             Date: 1 October 1993

                               (drawing omitted)
<PAGE>
 
         Agreement between Philips Medical Systems and LORAD     Exhibit 7

                      Components from PMS, Logistic Procedures
                           Date: 30 September 1993                  Page 1

         1.   Components

         The following Components are to be supplied to LORAD

         Philips Code Number           Name

         ***********                   ****************
         ***********                   ****************
         ***********                   ****************
         ***********                   ****************

         2.   Logistic Procedure

                                  (Drawing Omitted)

         Graner: actions, responsibilities

         -    import activities, custom clearance
         -    stock keeping and reporting to PMS on incoming and outgoing
              material
         -    handle LORAD's request and provide components to LORAD
              without charge, CIP, on an "just in time" procedure
         -    transport arrangement to LORAD
         -    handle return procedure if necessary

         Lorad:  actions, responsibilities

         -    Request from GRANER Components in due time 
                    (average 1 week lead time or as found practical during daily
                    operation)
         -    stockkeeping (stock for manufacturing) not to exceed 1 months
              demand
         -    inventory control and reporting if required
         -    returnshipment of Components, which found to be of not
              sufficient quality
         -    build in and test, shipment with Product
<PAGE>
 
         Agreement between Philips Medical Systems and LORAD     Exhibit 7

                           Components from PMS, Logistic Procedures
                           Date: 30 September 1993                  Page 2
         -----------------------------------------------------------------
         3      Name and Addresses  



                               Graner Company
                               Philips Electronics North American Corporation
                               21 Grace Church Street
                               Port Chester, N.Y. 10573



         NAME             TITLE         PHONE              FAX
         Al Singleton     President     001-914-935-8003   001-914-935-8019
         Gina Knox        Sr. Buyer     001-914-935-8070   001-914-935-8099
         Dianne DiBiello  Purch. Mgr    001-914-935-8040   001-914-935-8099
         Steven Holic     Log. Manager  001-914-935-8014   001-914-935-8019


                               LORAD Corporation
                               A subsidiary of Thermo Trex Corporation
                               36 Apple Ridge Road
                               Danbury, Connecticut 06810


         NAME             TITLE          PHONE             FAX
         Hal Kirshner     President      001-203-790-1188  001-203-792-8220
         John Rodgers     VP Research&E  001-203-790-1189  001-203-743-3370
         Barry Wrenn      VP Operations  001-203-790-1188  001-203-743-3370
         Jack DeMorro     Traffic Man.   001-203-731-8412  001-203-731-8440
         Bill Smith       Prod. Control  001-203-731-8417  001-203-731-8441
<PAGE>
 
                                      Exhibit 8

                            LORAD's ISO 9000 Certificate

                          [To be added later as received].
<PAGE>
 
                                      Exhibit 9
                          ***********************************Page 1
              =====================================================
              |*****      | *****      | *****      | ******      |
                             **                         **
              =====================================================
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              =====================================================

              ***  ************************************************
                   ************************************************
                   ************************************************
                   ************************************************
                   *****
<PAGE>
 
                                      Exhibit 9

              ********************************               *****
              --------------------------------               -----
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      | *****      | *****      | ******      |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+

              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      | *****      | *****      | ******      |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
<PAGE>
 
                                   Exhibit 9
                                                             Page 3
              **************
              =====================================================
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |     x      |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              =====================================================

<PAGE>
 
                                   Exhibit 9
              **************                                 Page 4
              =====================================================
              |*****      | *****      | *****      | ******      |
                            **                           **
              =====================================================
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |           |            |            |             |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              =====================================================
              
              
              =====================================================
              |*****      | *****      |            | ******      |
                  *                                     *
              =====================================================
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              +-----------+------------+------------+-------------+
              |*****      |            |            |     x       |
              =====================================================
              

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.89

                                 N E T   L E A S E
                                 -----------------         
         
                                     ARTICLE I
         
                                   Reference Data
                                   --------------
         
         
1.1  Subjects Referred To.
     --------------------
    
     Each reference in this Lease to any of the following subjects shall be 
construed to incorporate the data stated for that subject in this Section 1.1.
         
     (a)  Date of this Lease:      May 29, 1996

     (b)  Premises:  The land with the 156,000 square foot building thereon 
          commonly known as 300 Foster Street, Littleton, Massachusetts, 
          more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

     (c)  Landlord:  John K. Grady, Trustee of Concord Associates Foster 
          Street Trust u/d/t dated July 21, 1982 and recorded with the 
          Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds in Book 14680, Page 354.

     (d)  Original Address of Landlord: 300 Foster Street,
          Littleton, Massachusetts 01460

     (e)  Tenant:  XRE Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
          corporation

         
     (f)  Original Address of Tenant:   300 Foster Street,
                                        Littleton, Massachusetts  01460
         
     (g)  Term:  Sixteen (16) Years.
         


         
<PAGE>
 
     (h)  Annual Fixed Rent:

          Lease Years:                  Annual Fixed Rent:

          1 through 5                        $858,000
          6 through 10                       $975,000
          11 through 16                      $1,092,000

     (i)  Permitted Uses:     All uses permitted by applicable law

     (j)  Public Liability Insurance Limits:

               Bodily Injury:      $2,000,000
               Property Damage:    $2,000,000

     (k)  Tenant's Option to Purchase:  As set forth in Section 9.11.
          
1.2  Exhibits.
     --------
    
     The Exhibits listed below in this section are incorporated in this 
Lease by reference and are to be construed as a part of this Lease:
         
     EXHIBIT A.     Description of Premises.
         
         

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE II
         
                               Premises and Term
                               -----------------
         
     2.1  Premises.  Landlord hereby leases and demises to Tenant and Tenant
          -------- 
hereby leases from Landlord, subject to and with the benefit of the terms, 
covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease, the Premises.
         
     2.2  Term.  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD for a term beginning on the date hereof 
          ----
and continuing for the Term, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.
         
                                  ARTICLE III
         
                             Condition of Premises
                             ---------------------
         
     3.1  As Is.  Tenant accepts the Premises in their "as is" condition as 
          -----
of the date of this Lease.  Landlord shall not be required to construct any 
leasehold improvements as a condition precedent to the commencement of the 
Term of this Lease.
         
                                  ARTICLE IV
         
                                     Rent
                                     ----
         
     4.1  The Fixed Rent.  Tenant covenants and agrees to pay Annual Fixed 
          --------------
Rent to Landlord at the Original Address of Landlord or at such other place or 
to such other person or entity as Landlord may by notice to Tenant from time 
to time direct in equal installments of 1/12th of the Annual Fixed Rent in 
advance on the first day of each calendar month included in the Term; and for 
any portion of a calendar month at the beginning or end of the Term, at that 
rate payable in advance for such portion.
         
     4.2  Additional Rent.  This Lease is a NET LEASE, and Landlord shall 
          ---------------
not be obligated to pay any charge or bear any expense whatsoever against or 
with respect to the Premises except to the extent hereinafter provided.  In 
order that the Fixed Rent shall be net to Landlord, Tenant covenants and 
agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, taxes, betterment assessments, insurance 
costs, and utility charges with respect to the Premises as provided in this 
Section 4.2 as follows:
         
          4.2.1  Real Estate Taxes.  Tenant shall pay, directly to the 
                 -----------------
authority charged with collection  all "real estate taxes" which are, at any 
time prior to or during the Term hereof, imposed or levied upon or assessed 
against the Premises.  If any real estate taxes levied against the Premises 
may legally be paid in installments, Tenant may elect to pay such real estate 
taxes in
         

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
installments together with all interest and other charges due thereon 
or on account thereof.  For each tax or assessment period, or installment 
period thereof, wholly included in the Term, all such payments shall be made 
by Tenant no later than the last date on which the same may be paid without 
interest or penalty; provided that for any fraction of a tax or assessment 
period, or installment period thereof, included in the Term at the beginning 
or end thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within 20 days after receipt of 
invoice therefor, the fraction of real estate taxes so levied or assessed or 
becoming payable which is allocable to such included period.
         
          The term "real estate taxes" as used herein shall mean all real 
estate taxes, assessments, and other governmental impositions and charges of 
every kind and nature whatsoever, extraordinary as well as ordinary, foreseen 
and unforeseen, and each and every installment thereof, which shall or may 
during the Term as it may be extended be assessed, imposed, become due and 
payable or be levied by the lawful taxing authorities attributable to the 
period commencing on the Term commencement date against the Premises or liens 
upon or arising in connection with the use or occupancy or possession of, or 
becoming due or payable out of or for, the Premises or any part thereof.  
"Real estate taxes" shall include all interest or penalties imposed with 
respect to the Premises which arise due to Tenant's failure to pay tax 
payments as and when due pursuant to this Lease.
         
          Except as otherwise set forth in the immediately succeeding 
paragraph of this Section 4.2.1 nothing herein contained shall be construed to 
include as a real estate tax any inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, 
gift, franchise, corporation, income or profit tax or capital levy that is or 
may be imposed upon Landlord; provided, however, that, if at any time during 
the Term the methods of taxation prevailing at the Term commencement date 
shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any 
part of the real estate taxes now levied, assessed or imposed, there shall be 
levied, assessed or imposed an income or other tax of whatever nature, then 
the same shall be included in the computation of real estate taxes hereunder.
         
          Real estate taxes shall include any excise, transaction, sales or 
privilege tax now or hereafter imposed by any government or governmental 
agency upon Landlord, in substitution for or in addition to the real estate 
taxes now levied on the Premises, on account of, attributed to, or measured by 
rent or other charges payable by Tenant or levied by reason of the parking 
available on the Premises, and shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord in 
addition to and together with the Annual Fixed Rent, additional rent and other 
charges otherwise payable hereunder.
         

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall 
not be obligated to pay any tax unless it is levied solely upon the Premises 
or on the Annual Fixed Rent or any additional rent payable under this Lease.

          If Tenant shall deem itself aggrieved by any such real estate  
taxes and shall elect to contest the payment thereof, Tenant may make such 
payment under protest or, if postponement of such payment will not result in 
a lien or otherwise jeopardize Landlord's title to the Premises nor prejudice 
Landlord's rights with respect to abatement proceedings, Tenant may postpone 
the same.
         
          Either party paying any real estate taxes shall be entitled to 
recover, receive and retain for its own benefit all abatements and refunds 
related thereto, unless it has previously been reimbursed by the other party.  
Any abatement or refund related to the payment of which was apportioned 
between the parties shall be first applied to the costs of securing such 
abatement or refund, and the balance shall be apportioned in like manner.  
Neither party shall discontinue any abatement proceedings begun by it without 
first giving the other party notice of its intent so to do and reasonable 
opportunity to be substituted in such proceedings.  Notwithstanding any other 
provision of this Lease to the contrary, neither party paying any real estate 
taxes shall make such payment in such an amount, in such a manner, or at such 
a time as would prejudice any abatement proceeding.
         
          4.2.2  Insurance.  Tenant shall take out and maintain throughout 
                 ---------
the Term the following insurance:
         
               4.2.2.1  All-risk insurance covering all buildings and 
improvements now existing or hereafter erected upon the Premises, and all 
equipment, fixtures, motors, machinery, furnishings and furniture installed in 
or used in connection with the Premises, with such additional endorsements as 
may be necessary to include coverage for vandalism and malicious conduct, 
floods, water damage, earthquake and debris removal and demolition, in an 
amount sufficient for Tenant to avoid any co-insurance obligation and not less 
than the replacement cost of all such buildings, improvements, equipment, 
fixtures, motors, machinery, furnishings and furniture (but not less than the 
agreed amount if coverage is pursuant to an agreed amount clause) as such 
replacement cost may be determined from time to time by agreement with the 
insurance carrier.  Tenant shall not be required to provide insurance with 
respect to defect in the Premises or any obligation of Landlord existing as of 
the commencement of the Term of this Lease.
         

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
               4.2.2.2  Commercial general liability insurance indemnifying 
Landlord and Tenant against all claims and demands for any injury to person or 
property which may be claimed to have occurred on or about the Premises or on 
the sidewalk or ways adjoining the Premises, in amounts which shall, at the 
beginning of the Term, be at least equal to the limits set forth in Section 
1.1, and, from time to time during the Term, shall be for such higher limits, 
if any, as are customarily carried in the area in which the Premises are 
located on property similar to the Premises and used for similar purposes; and 
workmen's compensation insurance with statutory limits covering all of 
Tenant's employees working on the Premises.
         
               4.2.2.3  Insurance against loss or damage from sprinklers 
and from leakage or explosion or cracking of boilers, pipes carrying steam or 
water, or both, pressure vessels or similar apparatus, in the so-called 
"broad form" and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require.
         
               4.2.2.4  All policies required under this Section 4.2.2 
shall be obtained from responsible companies qualified to do business in the 
state in which the Premises are located and in good standing therein, which 
companies and the amount of insurance allocated thereto shall be subject to 
Landlord's reasonable approval.  Such insurance may be provided under blanket 
policies.  All such insurance shall name Tenant, Landlord and any mortgagee of 
which Landlord has provided Tenant notice as an additional insured as their 
interests may appear.  Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord with certificates 
evidencing all such insurance prior to the beginning of the Term hereof and 
evidence of each renewal policy at least 30 days prior to the expiration of 
the policy it renews.  Each such policy shall be non-cancellable with respect 
to the interest of Landlord and the holders of any mortgages on the Premises 
without at least 30 days' prior written notice thereto.
         
               4.2.2.5  All insurance which is carried by either party with 
respect to the Premises or to furniture, furnishings, fixtures or equipment 
therein or alterations or improvements thereto, whether or not required, 
shall include provisions which either designate the other party as one of the 
insured or deny to the insurer acquisition by subrogation of rights of 
recovery against the other party to the extent such rights have been waived by 
the insured party prior to occurrence of loss or injury, insofar as, and to 
the extent that such provisions may be effective without making it impossible 
to obtain insurance coverage from responsible companies qualified to do bus-
iness in the state in which the Premises are located (even though extra 
premium may result therefrom).  In the event that extra premium is payable by 
either party as a result of this provision, the other party shall
         

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
reimburse the party paying such premium the amount of such extra premium. If at
the request of one party, this non-subrogation provision is waived as to such
party, then the obligation of reimbursement by such party shall cease for such
period of time as such waiver shall be effective, but nothing contained in this
Section 4.2.2.5 shall derogate from or otherwise affect releases else-where
herein contained of either party for claims. Each party shall be entitled to
have duplicates or certificates of any policies containing such provisions. Each
party hereby waives all rights of recovery against the other for loss or injury
against which the waiving party is protected by insurance containing said non-
subrogation provisions, reserving, however, any rights with respect to any
excess of loss or injury over the amount recovered by such insurance.
         
          4.2.3  Utilities.  Tenant shall pay directly to the proper 
                 ---------
authorities charged with the collection thereof all charges for water, sewer, 
gas, electricity, telephone and other utilities or services used or consumed 
on the Premises, whether called charge, tax, assessment, fee or otherwise, 
including, without limitation, water and sewer use charges and taxes, if any, 
all such charges to be paid as the same from time to time become due.

     4.3  Late Payment of Rent.  If any installment of Fixed Rent or payment 
          --------------------
of Additional Rent is paid more than ten (10) days after the date the same was 
due, it shall bear interest from the due date at the prime commercial rate of 
The First National Bank of Boston, as it may be adjusted from time to time, 
plus two percent per annum, but in no event more than the maximum rate of 
interest allowed by law, the payment of which shall be Additional Rent. 


                                   ARTICLE V
         
                         Tenant's Additional Covenants
                         -----------------------------

     5.1  Affirmative Covenants.  Tenant covenants at its sole expense at 
          ---------------------
all times during the Term and for such prior or subsequent time as Tenant 
occupies the Premises or any part thereof:
         
          5.1.1  Perform Obligations.  To perform promptly all of the 
                 -------------------
obligations of Tenant set forth in this Lease; and to pay when due the Fixed 
Rent and Additional Rent and all charges, rates and other sums which by the 
terms of this Lease are to be paid by Tenant.
         
          5.1.2  Use.  To use the Premises only for the Permitted Uses, and 
                 ---
from time to time to procure all licenses and permits necessary therefor at 
Tenant's sole expense.
         

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
          5.1.3  Repair and Maintenance.  Except as otherwise provided in 
                 ----------------------
Article VI, to keep the Premises (but not the roof and structure of the 
Premises, which shall be maintained by Landlord in good condition during the 
Term) in good order, condition and repair and in at least as good order, 
condition and repair as they are in on the Commencement Date or may be put in 
during the Term, reasonable use and wear, fire and other casualty only 
excepted; to maintain in good condition all lawns and planted areas and keep 
in good repair and clean and neat and free of snow and ice all surfaced 
roadways, walks, and parking and loading areas; and to make all repairs and to 
do all other work necessary for the foregoing purposes.
         
          5.1.4  Compliance with Law.  To make all non-structural repairs, 
                 -------------------
alterations, additions or replacements to the Premises required by any law or 
ordinance or any order or regulation of any public authority; to keep the 
Premises equipped with all safety equipment required; to pay all municipal, 
county, or state taxes assessed against the leasehold interest hereunder, or 
against personal property of any kind on or about the Premises; and to comply 
with the orders, regulations, variances, licenses and permits of or granted by 
governmental authorities with respect to zoning, building, fire, health and 
other codes, regulations, ordinances or laws applicable to the Premises, and 
the condition, use or occupancy thereof, except that Tenant may defer 
compliance so long as the validity of any such order, regulation, code, 
ordinance or law shall be contested by Tenant in good faith and by appropriate 
legal proceedings.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall make such 
repairs, alterations or replacements, shall furnish such safety equipment, and 
shall otherwise bring the Premises into compliance with all applicable laws as 
of the commencement of the Term of this Lease.
         
          5.1.5  Tenant's Work.  To procure at Tenant's sole expense all 
                 -------------
necessary permits and licenses before undertaking any work on the Premises; to 
do all such work in a good and workmanlike manner employing materials of good 
quality and so as to conform with all applicable zoning, building, fire, 
health and other codes, regulations, ordinances and laws; to pay promptly when 
due the entire cost of any work on the Premises undertaken by Tenant so that 
the Premises shall at all times be free of liens for labor and materials; to 
require such contractors employed by Tenant to carry workmen's compensation 
insurance in accordance with statutory requirements; and to save Landlord 
harmless and indemnified from all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person 
or property occasioned by or growing out of such work.  Tenant shall not make 
any alterations to the Premises having a cost in excess of $50,000 or which 
affect the structure of the Premises without the Landlord's prior approval of 
the plans and specifications therefor, which approval shall not be 
unreasonably
         

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
withheld or delayed.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with such 
insurance as Landlord shall reasonably request when any such alterations are 
being undertaken by Tenant.
         
          5.1.6  Indemnity.  Tenant shall defend all actions against 
                 ---------
Landlord, any partner, trustee, stockholder, officer, director, employee or 
beneficiary of Landlord, holders of mortgages on the Premises and any other 
party having an interest in the Premises (herein, "Indemnified Parties") with 
respect to, and shall pay, protect, indemnify and save harmless, to the extent 
permitted by law, all Indemnified Parties from and against, any and all 
liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' 
fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgments of 
any nature arising from (i) injury to or death of any person, or damage to or 
loss of property, on or about the Premises or on adjoining sidewalks, streets 
or ways, or connected with the use, condition or occupancy of any thereof, 
unless such injury, death or damage was caused by the negligence or willful 
misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, (ii) 
violation by Tenant of this Lease, or (iii) any act, fault, omission, or other 
misconduct of Tenant or its agents, contractors, licensees, sublessees or 
invitees.  
         
          Landlord shall defend all actions against Tenant, any partner,
trustee, stockholder, officer, director, employee or beneficiary of Tenant
(herein, "Tenant Indemnified Parties") with respect to, and shall pay, protect,
indemnify and save harmless, to the extent permitted by law, all Tenant
Indemnified Parties from and against, any and all liabilities, losses, damages,
costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), causes of
action, suits, claims, demands or judgments of any nature arising from (i)
injury to or death of any person, or damage to or loss of property, on or about
the Premises or on adjoining sidewalks, streets or ways, or connected with the
use, condition or occupancy of any thereof caused by the negligence or willful
misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, (ii)
violation by Landlord of this Lease, or (iii) any act, fault, omission, or other
misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, licensees, sublessees or
invitees.
         
          5.1.7  Landlord's Right to Enter.  To permit Landlord and its 
                 -------------------------
agents to enter the Premises at reasonable times after reasonable notice to 
examine the Premises, to make such repairs and replacements as Landlord may 
elect or as Landlord may be required to perform hereunder, and to show the 
Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants, and, during the last 
six months of the Term, to keep affixed in suitable places notices of 
availability of the Premises.
                   

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
          5.1.8  Personal Property at Tenant's Risk.  All of the 
                 ----------------------------------
furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects and property of every kind, nature 
and description of Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through or under 
Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the 
Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant, may be on the Premises, 
shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant and if the whole or any part 
thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or otherwise, or by the 
leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft or 
from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or to 
be borne by Landlord, except that Landlord shall in no event be indemnified 
or held harmless or exonerated from any liability to Tenant or to any other 
person for any injury, loss, damage or liability caused by Landlord's 
negligence or willful misconduct.
                   
          5.1.9  Yield Up.  At the expiration of the Term or earlier 
                 --------
termination of this Lease: to surrender all keys to the Premises, to remove 
all furnishings, fixtures, equipment and other personal property now or 
hereafter located in the Premises, and to deliver and yield up the Premises 
broom-clean and in the same condition the Premises are in as of the date 
hereof, reasonable wear and tear, fire and other casualty excepted.
         
          5.1.10  Estoppel Certificate.  Upon not less than 20 days' prior 
                  --------------------
notice by Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a 
statement in writing, addressed to such party as Landlord shall designate in 
its notice to Tenant, certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full 
force and effect and that Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims 
against its obligations to pay the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and any 
other charges and to perform its other covenants under this Lease (or, if 
there have been any modifications that the same is in full force and effect as 
modified and stating the modifications and, if there are any defenses, offsets 
or counterclaims, setting them forth in reasonable detail), the dates to 
which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and other charges have been paid and 
a statement that Landlord is not in default hereunder (or if in default, the 
nature of such default, in reasonable detail).  Any such statement delivered 
pursuant to this Section 5.1.10 may be relied upon by any prospective 
purchaser or mortgagee of the Premises, or any prospective assignee of any 
such mortgagee.
         
     5.2  Negative Covenants.  Tenant covenants at all times during the Term 
          ------------------
and for such further time as Tenant occupies the Premises or any part thereof:
         
          5.2.1  Assignment and Subletting.  Not to assign, transfer, 
                 -------------------------
mortgage or pledge this Lease or to grant a security interest in Tenant's 
rights hereunder, or to sublease (which term
         

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
shall be deemed to include the granting of concessions and licenses and the
like) or permit anyone other than Tenant to occupy all or any part of the
Premises or suffer or permit this Lease or the leasehold interest hereby
created or any other rights arising under this Lease to be assigned,
transferred or encumbered, in whole or in part, whether voluntarily,
involuntarily or by operation of law, unless, in each instance the prior
written consent of Landlord thereto shall have been obtained, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant may
assign this Lease or sublet any portion or all of the Premises to any
corporation, partnership, trust, association or other business or
organization (x) directly or indirectly controlling and beneficially owning
Tenant, (y) directly or indirectly controlled by and beneficially owned by
Tenant, or (z) in common control with Tenant, or to any successor of Tenant
by merger, consolidation or acquisition of substantially all of the assets
of Tenant, without the prior written consent of Landlord. For purposes of
this Lease, "control" shall mean the controlling party owns directly or
indirectly fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the voting interest of the
controlled party and that there are no super majority requirements generally
prohibiting control with fifty-one percent (51%) of such voting interest.

          If for any assignment or sublease or occupancy by another, Tenant 
receives rent or other consideration, either initially or over the term of the 
assignment, sublease or occupancy, after payment of any expenses incurred in 
connection therewith, in excess of the rent called for hereunder, or in case 
of sublease of part of the Premises, in excess of such rent fairly allocable 
to the part so subleased, after appropriate adjustments to assure that all 
other payments called for hereunder are appropriately taken into account, 
Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, 50% of the excess of each 
such payment of rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after 
its receipt.
         
          Any attempted assignment, transfer, mortgage, pledge, grant of 
security interest, sublease or other encumbrance, except as permitted by this 
Section 5.2.1, shall be void.  No assignment, transfer, mortgage, grant of 
security interest, sublease or other encumbrance, whether or not approved, and 
no indulgence granted by Landlord to any assignee, sublessee or occupant shall 
in any way impair Tenant's continuing primary liability (which after an 
assignment or subletting shall be joint and several with the assignee or 
sublessee) of Tenant hereunder, and no approval in a particular instance shall 
be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation to obtain Landlord's approval in 
any other case.
         

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
          5.2.2  Overloading and Nuisance.  Not to injure, overload, deface 
                 ------------------------
or otherwise harm the Premises; nor commit any nuisance.  
         
          5.2.3  Environmental Considerations.  
                 ----------------------------
                 (a)  For purposes of this Section 5.2.3 the following 
definitions shall apply:
         
                 "Environmental Release":  The term Environmental Release 
                 shall mean any intentional or unintentional releasing, 
                 spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, 
                 discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, disposing, 
                 abandoning, discarding or dumping of any Toxic Substance 
                 from, on, into or about the land, water or air of the 
                 Premises in violation of applicable law.
                          
                 "Remediation":  The term Remediation shall mean 
                 activities in connection with the clean-up of an 
                 Environmental Release, including but not limited to 
                 sampling, analysis, excavation, removal, disposal and 
                 replacement of soils, ground water and/or other materials 
                 in accordance with the provisions of any and all 
                 applicable laws, ordinances and regulations, now or 
                 hereinafter enacted.
                          
                 "Toxic Substance":  The term Toxic Substance shall mean 
                 hazardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material, 
                 pollutant or contaminant, as such terms are now or 
                 hereafter defined in all applicable federal, state, and 
                 local laws, ordinances or regulations now or hereafter 
                 enacted or amended, and any and all other terms which are 
                 or may be used in any or all applicable laws now or 
                 hereafter enacted to define prohibited or regulated 
                 substances.
                          
                 (b)  Tenant shall not use the Premises or any part 
thereof for the purpose of treating, producing, handling, transferring, 
processing, transporting, disposing, using or storing a Toxic Substance except 
in accordance with applicable law.
         
                 (c)  Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, 
licensees and invitees shall not cause or permit to exist, as the result of an 
action or omission by one or more of them, an Environmental Release in 
violation of applicable law.
         

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
The occurrence of an Environmental Release in violation of applicable law shall
be deemed an Event of Default under this Lease.
         
                 (d)  Notwithstanding this foregoing, Tenant may use 
Toxic Substances in the ordinary course of Tenant's business provided that 
such materials are used, stored and disposed of in compliance with any and all 
applicable laws, ordinances and regulations, as now or hereafter enacted.
         
                 (e)  Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant shall 
dispose, remove and/or arrange for the disposal and/or removal of its trash by 
a trash disposal company, reasonably approved by Landlord, and which shall be 
operated in accordance with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.  
Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, licensees and invitees shall 
not place or permit the placement of any Toxic Substance in any waste 
receptacle located in the Premises or the plumbing or sewer systems of the 
Premises.
         
                 (f)  The covenants, representations and warranties 
provided in this Section 5.2.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier 
termination of this Lease.
         
                 (g)  Tenant shall pay, defend, at its expense with 
counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify, and hold harmless 
Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees from and against 
any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, liabilities and fines arising from 
or relating to an Environmental Release by Tenant, Remediation with respect to 
such a Release by Tenant, or the failure of Tenant, or its agents, employees, 
contractors, licensees or invitees to comply with the provisions of this 
Section 5.2.2.
         
                 (h)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall 
indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against all loss, cost, expense or 
damages Tenant, its stockholders, officers, directors or employees may suffer 
or incur as a result of (i) an Environmental Release caused by Landlord, 
including the costs of any Remediation thereof, or (ii) an Environmental 
Release on or about the Premises prior to the commencement of the Term of this 
Lease, including the costs of any Remediation thereof.
         
                                  ARTICLE VI
         
                              Casualty or Taking
                              ------------------
         
     6.1  Termination.  In the event that the Premises, or any material part 
          -----------
thereof, shall be taken by any public authority or for any public use, or 
shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or
         

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
casualty, or by the action of any public authority, then this Lease may be
terminated at the election of Tenant. For purposes hereof, a material part of
the Premises shall mean that not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the
building contained on the Premises shall have been taken, destroyed or damaged
and can not be restored within 90 days. Such election, which may be made
notwithstanding the fact that Landlord's entire interest may have been divested,
shall be made by the giving of notice within 30 days after the right of election
accrues.
         
     6.2  Restoration.  If this Lease is not terminated as aforesaid, this 
          -----------
Lease shall continue in force and a just proportion of the rent reserved, 
according to the nature and extent of the damages sustained by the Premises, 
shall be suspended or abated until the Premises, or what may remain thereof, 
shall be put by Landlord in proper condition for use, which Landlord covenants 
to do with reasonable diligence.
         
          In no event shall the Landlord or any mortgagee be liable for 
restoration beyond the extent of available insurance proceeds.  The Landlord's 
obligation to restore is further conditioned upon the holder of any mortgage 
on the Premises releasing insurance proceeds for restoration.  If any 
mortgagee refuses to permit all such insurance proceeds to be utilized in the 
restoration of the Premises and the Landlord elects not to restore the 
Premises, then either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease 
within 15 days after the date Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord's election 
not to restore the Premises.  The Landlord shall notify the Tenant within 15 
days of the date the Landlord receives notice from its mortgagee that 
insurance proceeds will not be made available for restoration.
         
          Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 6.2 to the 
contrary, if the unexpired portion of the Term of this Lease remaining after 
the anticipated completion of restoration to the Premises is six months or 
less, then either the Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease.
         
     6.3  Eminent Domain Award.  The Landlord reserves, and the Tenant 
          --------------------
grants to the Landlord, all rights which the Tenant may have for damages or 
injury to the Premises for any taking by eminent domain, except for damage to 
the Tenant's fixtures, property, or equipment, and except for any separate 
award for Tenant's moving expenses.
         

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VII
         
                                   Defaults
                                   --------
         
     7.1  Events of Default.  (a) If Tenant shall default in the performance 
          -----------------
of any of its obligations to pay the Fixed Rent or Additional Rent hereunder 
and if such default shall continue for 10 days after notice from Landlord 
designating such default (provided, however, that Landlord shall not be 
obligated to send such notice more than two (2) times in any twelve month 
period) or if within 30 days after notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying 
any other default or defaults Tenant has not commenced diligently to correct 
the default or defaults so specified or has not thereafter diligently pursued 
such correction to completion, or (b) if Tenant becomes insolvent or fails to 
pay its debts as they fall due, or (c) if a trust mortgage or assignment is 
made by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or (d) if Tenant proposes a 
composition, arrangement, reorganization or recapitalization with creditors, 
or (e) if the leasehold estate under this Lease or any substantial part of the 
property of Tenant is taken on execution, or by other process of law, or is 
attached or subjected to any other involuntary encumbrance, or (f) if a 
receiver, trustee, custodian, guardian, liquidator or similar agent is 
appointed with respect to Tenant, or if any such person or a mortgagee, 
secured party or other creditor takes possession of the Premises or of any 
substantial part of the property of Tenant, and, in either case, if such 
appointment or taking of possession is not terminated within 90 days after it 
first occurs, or (g) if a petition is filed by or with the consent of Tenant 
under any federal or state law concerning bankruptcy, insolvency, 
reorganization, arrangement, or relief from creditors, or (h) if a petition is 
filed against Tenant under any federal or state law concerning bankruptcy, 
insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, or relief from creditors, and such 
petition is not dismissed within 90 days thereafter, or (i) if Tenant 
dissolves or is dissolved or liquidates or adopts any plan or commences any 
proceeding, the result of which is intended to include dissolution or 
liquidation, then, and in any of such cases, Landlord and the agents and ser-
vants of Landlord lawfully may, in addition to and not in derogation of any 
remedies for any preceding breach of covenant, immediately or at any time 
thereafter and without demand or notice and with or without process of law 
enter into and upon the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole 
or mail a notice of termination addressed to Tenant, and repossess the same 
as of Landlord's former estate and expel Tenant and those claiming through or 
under Tenant and remove its and their effects without being deemed guilty of 
any manner of trespass and without prejudice to any remedies which might other-
wise be used for arrears of rent or prior breach of covenant, and upon such 
entry or mailing as aforesaid this Lease shall terminate. Notwithstanding 
anything to the contrary hereunder, Tenant will pay all reasonable attorney's 
fees incurred by Landlord in the exercise by Landlord of its remedies 
hereunder in the event of a default by Tenant.
         

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
     7.2  Remedies.  In the event this Lease is terminated by reason of the 
          --------
Tenant's default hereof, Landlord may at Landlord's option occupy the Premises 
or cause the Premises to be altered or divided or otherwise changed or 
prepared for reletting, and may relet the Premises or any part thereof, for a 
term or terms to expire prior to, at the same time as or subsequent to, the 
original expiration date of this Lease, at Landlord's option, and receive the 
rent therefor, applying the same first to the payment of such reasonable 
expense as Landlord may have incurred in connection with the recovery of 
possession, altering, dividing or otherwise changing or preparing for 
reletting, including brokerage and reasonable attorney's fees, and then to the 
payment of damages in amounts equal to the Annual Fixed Rent, additional rent 
and other charges hereunder and to the cost and expense of performance of the 
other covenants of Tenant as herein provided; and Tenant agrees, whether of 
not Landlord has relet, to pay to Landlord damages equal to the rent, 
additional rent and all other sums to be paid by Tenant as and when due under 
the terms of this Lease as if there were no default, less the net proceeds of 
the reletting, if any, as ascertained from time to time.  Landlord agrees to 
use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in the event of such default by 
Tenant.  In reletting the Premises as aforesaid, Landlord may grant such rent 
concessions as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary for such reletting, and 
Tenant shall not be credited therewith.  No such reletting shall constitute a 
surrender and acceptance or be deemed evidence thereof.  The Tenant shall not 
be entitled to any surplus accruing as a result of any reletting.
         
          Nothing contained in this Lease shall however, limit or prejudice 
the right of Landlord to prove and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or 
insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the 
maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and 
governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proven, whether or 
not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or 
damages referred to above.
         
     7.3  Remedies Cumulative.  Any and all rights and remedies which 
          -------------------
Landlord or Tenant may have under this Lease, and at law and equity, shall be 
cumulative and shall not be deemed inconsistent with each other, and any two 
or more of all such rights and remedies may be exercised at the same time 
insofar as permitted by law.
         
     7.4  Landlord's and Tenant's Right to Cure Defaults.  Either Landlord 
          ----------------------------------------------
or Tenant may, but shall not be obligated to, cure, at any time, following 10 
days' prior notice to the other party hereto, except in cases of emergency 
when no notice shall be required, any default by the other party hereto under 
this Lease;
         

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
and whenever the non-defaulting party so elects, all costs and 
expenses incurred by such non-defaulting party, including reasonable 
attorneys' fees, in curing a default shall be paid by the defaulting party on 
demand, together with interest thereon at the rate provided in Section 4.3.  
In the event Landlord fails to reimburse any such amount paid by Tenant within 
ten (10) days after demand, Tenant shall have the right to offset such amount 
against the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder.
         
     7.5  Effect of Waivers of Default.  Any consent or permission by 
          ----------------------------
Landlord or Tenant to any act or omission which otherwise would be a breach of 
any covenant or condition herein, or any waiver by Landlord or Tenant of the 
breach of any covenant or condition herein, shall be effective only if made in 
writing, and according to its express terms and conditions and shall not in 
any way be held or construed (unless expressly so declared) to operate so as 
to impair the continuing obligation of any covenant or condition herein, or 
otherwise, except as to the specific instance, operate to permit similar acts 
or omissions.
         
     The failure of Landlord or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or 
to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this 
Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such violation nor prevent a subsequent 
act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all 
the force and effect of an original violation.  The receipt by Landlord of 
rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be 
deemed to have been a waiver of such breach by Landlord, or by Tenant, unless 
such waiver be in writing signed by the party to be charged.  No consent or 
waiver, express or implied, by Landlord or Tenant to or of any breach of any 
agreement or duty shall be construed as a waiver or consent to or of any 
other breach of the same or any other agreement or duty.
         
     7.6  No Accord and Satisfaction.  No acceptance by Landlord of a 
          --------------------------
lesser sum than the Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other charge then due 
shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of 
such rent or charge due, unless Landlord elects by notice to Tenant to credit 
such sum against the most recent installment due, nor shall any endorsement or 
statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent 
or other charge be deemed a waiver, an agreement or an accord and satis-
faction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to 
Landlord's right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any 
other remedy in this Lease provided.
         

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE VIII
         
                                   Mortgages
                                   ---------
         
     8.1  Rights of Mortgage Holders.  The word "mortgage" as used herein 
          --------------------------
includes mortgages, deeds of trust or other similar instruments evidencing 
other voluntary liens or encumbrances, and modifications, consolidations, 
extensions, renewals, replacements and substitutes thereof.  The word "holder" 
shall mean a mortgagee, and any subsequent holder or holders of a mortgage.  
Until the holder of a mortgage shall enter and take possession of the Premises 
for the purpose of foreclosure, such holder shall have only such rights of 
Landlord as are necessary to preserve the integrity of this Lease as security.  
Upon entry and taking possession of the Premises for the purpose of 
foreclosure, such holder shall have all the rights of Landlord.  
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, including 
without limitation Section 9.4, no such holder of a mortgage shall be liable 
either as mortgagee or as assignee, to perform, or be liable in damages for 
failure to perform, any of the obligations of Landlord unless and until such 
holder shall enter and take possession of the Premises for the purpose of 
foreclosure.  Upon entry for the purpose of foreclosure, such holder shall be 
liable to perform all of the obligations of Landlord accruing from and after 
such entry, subject to and with the benefit of the provisions of Section 9.4, 
provided that a discontinuance of any foreclosure proceeding shall be deemed a 
conveyance under said provisions to the owner of the Premises.  No Fixed Rent, 
Additional Rent or any other charge shall be paid more than 30 days prior to 
the due dates thereof and payments made in violation of this provision shall 
(except to the extent that such payments are actually received by a mortgagee 
in possession or in the process of foreclosing its mortgage) be a nullity as 
against such mortgagee and Tenant shall be liable for the amount of such 
payments to such mortgagee.  
         
     The covenants and agreements contained in this Lease with respect to the 
rights, powers and benefits of a holder of a mortgage (including, without 
limitation, the covenants and agreements contained in this Section 8.1) 
constitute a continuing offer to any person, corporation or other entity, 
which by accepting a mortgage subject to this Lease, assumes the obliga-
tions herein set forth with respect to such holder; such holder is hereby 
constituted a party of this Lease as an obligee hereunder to the same extent 
as though its name were written hereon as such; and such holder shall be 
entitled to enforce such provisions in its own name.  Tenant agrees on 
request of Landlord to execute and deliver from time to time any agreement 
which may be necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 8.1.
         

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
     8.2  Lease Superior or Subordinate to Mortgages.  This Lease is and 
          ------------------------------------------
shall continue to be subject and subordinate to any presently existing 
mortgage or mortgages secured by the Premises, and to any and all advances 
hereafter made thereunder, and to the interest of the holder or holders 
thereof in the Premises.  The holder of any such presently existing mortgage 
shall have the election to subordinate the same to this Lease, exercisable by 
filing with the appropriate recording office a notice of such election, 
whereupon this Lease shall have priority over such mortgage.  A copy of such 
filing shall be given to Tenant.  Such election by the holder of any 
presently existing mortgage shall not affect priority with respect to this 
Lease of any other presently existing mortgage.
         
     Any mortgage or other voluntary lien or other encumbrance recorded 
subsequent to the recording of the notice or short form referred to in Section 
9.3 shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease unless Landlord and the 
holder of any such subsequent mortgage and the holders of all mortgages prior 
to such subsequent mortgage elect to subordinate this Lease to such subsequent 
mortgage and to any and all advances thereafter made thereunder and to the 
interest of the holder thereof in the Premises, such election to be 
exercisable by Landlord and all such holders by filing with the appropriate 
recording office (a) a notice of such election and (b) an agreement between 
the holder of such subsequent mortgage and Tenant, consented to by holders of 
all mortgages having priority over such subsequent mortgage, by the terms of 
which such holder will agree to recognize the rights of Tenant under this 
Lease and to accept Tenant as tenant of the Premises under the terms and 
conditions of this Lease in the event of acquisition of title by such holder 
through foreclosure proceedings or otherwise and Tenant will agree to 
recognize the holder of such subsequent mortgage as Landlord in such event, 
which agreement shall be made expressly to bind and inure to the benefit of 
the successors and assigns of Tenant and of such holder and upon anyone 
purchasing said Premises at any foreclosure sale brought by such holder.  
Tenant and Landlord agree to execute and deliver any appropriate instruments 
necessary to carry out the agreements contained in this Section 8.2.  
         

                                  ARTICLE IX
         
                           Miscellaneous Provisions
                           ------------------------
         
     9.1  Notices from One Party to the Other.  All notices required or 
          -----------------------------------
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and addressed, if to the Tenant, at 
the Original Address of Tenant or such other address as Tenant shall have 
last designated by notice in writing to Landlord and, if to Landlord, at the 
Original Address of Landlord or such other address as Landlord shall have 
last designated
         

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
by notice in writing to Tenant. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when
mailed to such address postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, or when delivered to such address by hand or by nationally
recognized overnight courier service.
         
     9.2  Quiet Enjoyment.  Landlord agrees that upon Tenant's paying the 
          ---------------
rent and performing and observing the terms, covenants, conditions and 
provisions on its part to be performed and observed, Tenant shall and may 
peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term 
without any manner of hindrance or molestation from Landlord or anyone 
claiming under Landlord.
         
     9.3  Lease not to be Recorded.  Tenant agrees that it will not record 
          ------------------------
this Lease.  Both parties shall, upon the request of either, execute and 
deliver a notice or short form of this Lease in such form, if any, as may be 
permitted by applicable statute.  If this Lease is terminated before the Term 
expires the parties shall execute, deliver and record an instrument acknow-
ledging such fact and the actual date of termination of this Lease.
         
     9.4  Bind and Inure.  The obligations of this Lease shall run with the 
          --------------
land, and this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the par-
ties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  
         
     9.5  Acts of God.  In any case where either party hereto is required to 
do any act, delays caused by or resulting from Acts of God, war, civil 
commotion, fire, flood or other casualty, labor difficulties, shortages of 
labor, materials or equipment, government regulations, unusually severe 
weather, or other causes beyond such party's reasonable control shall not be 
counted in determining the time during which work shall be completed, whe-
ther such time be designated by a fixed date, a fixed time or a "reasonable 
time", and such time shall be deemed to be extended by the period of such 
delay.  
         
     9.6  Landlord's Default.  Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default 
          ------------------
in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder unless it shall fail to 
perform such obligations and such failure shall continue for a period of 30 
days following receipt of notice from Tenant, or such additional time as is 
reasonably required with the exercise of reasonable diligence to correct any 
such default, after notice has been given by Tenant to Landlord specifying the 
nature of Landlord's default.  Any notice to Landlord shall also be sent to 
each mortgagee of which Tenant has been given notice by Landlord, which notice 
shall include the mailing address of such mortgagee.
         

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
     9.7  Brokerage.  Landlord and Tenant each warrants and represents to 
          ---------
the other party hereto that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in 
connection with this Lease and covenants to defend, hold harmless and 
indemnify the other party hereto from and against any and all cost, expense or 
liability for any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any broker 
or agent with respect to such party's dealings in connection with this Lease 
or the negotiation thereof.
         
     9.8  Applicable Law and Construction.
          -------------------------------

          9.8.1  Applicable Law.  This Lease shall be governed by and 
                 --------------
construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are 
located and shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of such state.  
If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease or the application 
thereof to any person or circumstances shall be declared invalid, or 
unenforceable by the final ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction having 
final review, the remaining terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of 
this Lease and their application to persons or circumstances shall not be 
affected thereby and shall continue to be enforced and recognized as valid 
agreements of the parties, and in the place of such invalid or unenforceable 
provision, there shall be substituted a like, but valid and enforceable 
provision which comports to the findings of the aforesaid court and most 
nearly accomplishes the original intention of the parties.
         
          9.8.2  No Other Agreement.  There are no oral or written 
                 ------------------
agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting this Lease.  This Lease may 
be amended, and the provisions hereof may be waived or modified, only by 
instruments in writing executed by Landlord and Tenant.  
         
          9.8.3  Titles.  The titles of the several Articles and Sections 
                 ------
contained herein are for convenience only and shall not be considered in 
construing this Lease.  
         
          9.8.4  "Landlord" and "Tenant".  Unless repugnant to the context, 
                 -----------------------
the words "Landlord" and "Tenant" appearing in this Lease shall be construed 
to mean those named above and their respective heirs, executors, admin-
istrators, successors and assigns, and those claiming through or under them 
respectively.  If there be more than one tenant the obligations imposed by 
this Lease upon Tenant shall be joint and several.
         
     9.9  Submission Not an Offer.  The submission of a draft of this Lease 
          -----------------------
or a summary of some or all of its provisions does not constitute an offer to 
lease or demise the Premises, it being understood and agreed that neither 
Landlord nor Tenant shall be legally bound with respect to the leasing of the 
Premises unless
         

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
and until this Lease has been executed by both Landlord and Tenant and a fully
executed copy delivered.
         
     9.10 Attorneys' Fees.  Landlord and Tenant, as the case may be, shall 
          ---------------
each be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees incurred by such party 
in connection with the successful enforcement of any provision of this Lease.
         
     9.11 Tenant's Option to Purchase.  Tenant will have the option to 
          ---------------------------
purchase the Premises during the Term of this Lease at a price equal to "Fair 
Market Value" (as defined below) plus the amount due under any promissory note 
or mortgage securing same in excess of the outstanding principal and interest 
due thereunder, such as (without limitation) a prepayment penalty or a payment 
in accordance with a yield maintenance formula.  "Fair Market Value" will be 
the value of the Premises, not to be less than $10,000,000, as determined by a 
qualified professional real estate appraiser or appraisal firm (an 
"Appraiser") selected by agreement between Landlord and Tenant, which value 
shall be determined (i) assuming an arms-length sale pursuant to the Greater 
Boston Real Estate Board Form Purchase and Sale Agreement with the usual and 
customary changes thereto between a willing buyer and a willing seller, 
(ii) assuming delivery of good and clear record and marketable title, free of 
mortgages and encumbrances, and (iii) using a combination of valuation methods 
which include replacement cost, income capitalization and comparable sales 
data (with the Appraiser to determine the relative weights of the respective 
methods).  The cost of such appraisal to be equally divided between Landlord 
and Tenant.  In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on an 
Appraiser, Landlord and Tenant shall each engage an Appraiser at its own 
expense and those two Appraisers shall together engage a third qualified 
Appraiser, the cost and expense of which shall be divided equally between 
Landlord and Tenant.  If the determination of the Fair Market Value of any two 
or all three of the Appraisers shall be identical in amount, said amount shall 
be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Premises.  If the determinations 
of all three Appraisers shall be different in amount, the average of the two 
values nearest in amount shall be deemed the Fair Market Value.  The Fair 
Market Value of the Premises determined in accordance with the provisions of 
this Section 9.11 shall be binding and conclusive upon Landlord and Tenant.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing option rights, if Landlord should desire 
to sell the Premises, or any portion thereof, Landlord will give Tenant 
written notice in accordance with this Lease (the "Landlord's Offer Notice"), 
which shall include the proposed purchase price (the "Asking Price") and other 
terms and conditions of the offer to sell.  Landlord agrees that the Asking 
Price shall be no greater than Landlord's good faith determination
         

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
of the fair market value of the Premises or portion thereof to be sold. Tenant
shall have the right to exercise its rights hereunder by notice (the "Tenant's
Notice") given to Landlord in accordance with this Lease not later than thirty
(30) days from the date of Landlord's Offer Notice, a Purchase and Sale
Agreement will be executed within fifteen (15) days from the date of Tenant's
Notice and the closing will be held no later than ninety (90) days from the date
of Landlord's Offer Notice. If Tenant does not exercise it rights as provided in
the immediately preceding sentence, then Tenant's option rights hereunder shall
expire and be of no further legal effect, unless Landlord fails to close on the
sale of the Premises (or portion thereof as described in Landlord's Offer
Notice) within six (6) months of the date of Landlord's Offer Notice at a price
substantially equal to or greater than the Asking Price, in which event Tenant's
option rights hereunder shall remain in full force and effect.
         
     WITNESS the execution hereof under seal as of the day and year set forth 
in Section 1.1.
         
                                       Landlord:
                                            
                                            
                                       By: /s/ John K. Grady
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Trustee as aforesaid, and not 
                                           individually
         
         
         
         
                                       Tenant:
         
                                       XRE ACQUISITION CORP. 
         
                                            
                                            
                                            
                                            
                                       By: /s/ Hal Kirshner
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Title: Chief Executive Officer
                                                  of XRE Acquisition Corp.

                                      -23-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Trex Medical Corporation:
 
  As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Trex Medical Corporation.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
   
May 30, 1996     

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Bennett X-Ray Corporation:
 
  As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Trex Medical Corporation.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
   
May 30, 1996     

<PAGE>
 
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.3
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To XRE Corporation:
 
  As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Trex Medical Corporation.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
   
May 30, 1996     

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.4
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Continental Group:
 
  As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Trex Medical Corporation.
 
                                          Topel Forman L.L.C.
 
Chicago, Illinois
   
May 30, 1996     


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission